Автор | Сообщение |
---|---|
Заголовок сообщения: Omron r7d-ap04h сброс ошибок
|
|
|
Здрасвуйте. После пробоя входного варистора сервопривод выдает ошибку А.С2 (сбой фазы). Варистор заменен, как можно сбросить ошибку? В мануале на этот счет информации нет. Спасибо. |
В начало |
|
![]() |
simati |
Заголовок сообщения: Re: Omron r7d-ap04h сброс ошибок
|
|
Аналогичная проблема,тот же драйв — Omron r7d-ap04h, та же ошибка А С2 , тот же варистор ))) .реально ли восстановить? |
В начало |
|
![]() |
Thank you for choosing this SMARTSTEP A-series product. Proper use and handling
of the product will ensure proper product performance, will lengthen product life, and
may prevent possible accidents.
Please read this manual thoroughly and handle and operate the product with care.
Please keep this manual handy for reference after reading it.
1. To ensure safe and proper use of the OMRON Inverters, please read this USER’S MANUAL (Cat. No.
I533-E1) to gain sufficient knowledge of the devices, safety information, and precautions before actual
use.
2. The products are illustrated without covers and shieldings for closer look in this USER’S MANUAL. For
actual use of the products, make sure to use the covers and shieldings as specified.
3. This USER’S MANUAL and other related user’s manuals are to be delivered to the actual end users of the
products.
4. Please keep this manual close at hand for future reference.
5. If the product has been left unused for a long time, please inquire at our sales representative.
1. This manual describes information about installation, wiring, switch setting, and troubleshooting of the
SMARTSTEP A-series Servomotors and Servo Drivers. For information about actual operating proce-
dures using a Parameter Unit, refer to the SMARTSTEP A Series Operation Manual (I534).
2. Be sure that this manual accompanies the product to its final user.
3. Although care has been given in documenting the product, please contact your OMRON representative
if you have any suggestions on improving this manual.
4. Assume that anything not specifically described in this manual is not possible.
5. Do not allow the Servomotor or Servo Driver to be wired, set, or operated (from a Parameter Unit) by
anyone that is not a profession electrical engineer or the equivalent.
6. We recommend that you add the following precautions to any instruction manuals you prepare for the
system into which the product is being installed.
• Precautions on the dangers of high-voltage equipment.
• Precautions on touching the terminals of the product even after power has been turned OFF. (These
terminals are live even with the power turned OFF.)
7. Specifications and functions may be changed without notice in order to improve product performance.
8. Positive and negative rotation of AC Servomotors described in this manual are defined as looking at the
end of the output shaft of the motor as follows: Counterclockwise rotation is positive and clockwise rota-
tion is negative.
9. Do not perform withstand-voltage or other megameter tests on the product. Doing so may damage inter-
nal components.
10. Servomotors and Servo Drivers have a finite service life. Be sure to keep replacement products on hand
and to consider the operating environment and other conditions affecting the service life.
11. Do not set values for any parameters not described in this manual. Operating errors may result. Consult
your OMRON representative if you have questions.
12. Before using the product under conditions which are not described in the manual or applying the product
to nuclear control systems, railroad systems, aviation systems, vehicles, combustion systems, medical
equipment, amusement machines, safety equipment, and other systems, machines, and equipment that
may have a serious influence on lives and property if used improperly, consult your OMRON represen-
tative.
Items to Check Before Unpacking
1. Check the following items before removing the product from the package:
• Has the correct product been delivered (i.e., the correct model number and specifications)?
• Has the product been damaged in shipping?
2. Check that the following accessories have been delivered.
• Safety Precautions
No connectors or mounting screws are provided. Obtain these separately.
NOTICE
Cat. No. I533-E1-04
USERS MANUAL
SMARTSTEP A SERIES
MODELS R7M-A@ (Servomotors) R7D-AP@ (Servo Drivers)
Servomotors/Servo Drivers
Thank you for choosing this SMARTSTEP A-series product. Proper use and handling of the product will ensure proper product performance, will lengthen product life, and may prevent possible accidents. Please read this manual thoroughly and handle and operate the product with care. Please keep this manual handy for reference after reading it.
1.To ensure safe and proper use of the OMRON Inverters, please read this USER’S MANUAL (Cat. No. I533-E1) to gain sufficient knowledge of the devices, safety information, and precautions before actual use.
2.The products are illustrated without covers and shieldings for closer look in this USER’S MANUAL. For actual use of the products, make sure to use the covers and shieldings as specified.
3.This USER’S MANUAL and other related user’s manuals are to be delivered to the actual end users of the products.
4.Please keep this manual close at hand for future reference.
5. If the product has been left unused for a long time, please inquire at our sales representative.
Items to Check Before Unpacking 1.Check the following items before removing the product from the package:
Has the correct product been delivered (i.e., the correct model number and specifications)? Has the product been damaged in shipping?
2.Check that the following accessories have been delivered. Safety Precautions
No connectors or mounting screws are provided. Obtain these separately.
NOTICE 1.This manual describes information about installation, wiring, switch setting, and troubleshooting of the
SMARTSTEP A-series Servomotors and Servo Drivers. For information about actual operating proce- dures using a Parameter Unit, refer to the SMARTSTEP A Series Operation Manual (I534).
2.Be sure that this manual accompanies the product to its final user. 3.Although care has been given in documenting the product, please contact your OMRON representative
if you have any suggestions on improving this manual. 4.Assume that anything not specifically described in this manual is not possible.
5.Do not allow the Servomotor or Servo Driver to be wired, set, or operated (from a Parameter Unit) by anyone that is not a profession electrical engineer or the equivalent.
6.We recommend that you add the following precautions to any instruction manuals you prepare for the system into which the product is being installed.
Precautions on the dangers of high-voltage equipment. Precautions on touching the terminals of the product even after power has been turned OFF. (These
terminals are live even with the power turned OFF.) 7.Specifications and functions may be changed without notice in order to improve product performance. 8.Positive and negative rotation of AC Servomotors described in this manual are defined as looking at the
end of the output shaft of the motor as follows: Counterclockwise rotation is positive and clockwise rota- tion is negative.
9.Do not perform withstand-voltage or other megameter tests on the product. Doing so may damage inter- nal components.
10.Servomotors and Servo Drivers have a finite service life. Be sure to keep replacement products on hand and to consider the operating environment and other conditions affecting the service life.
11.Do not set values for any parameters not described in this manual. Operating errors may result. Consult your OMRON representative if you have questions.
12.Before using the product under conditions which are not described in the manual or applying the product to nuclear control systems, railroad systems, aviation systems, vehicles, combustion systems, medical equipment, amusement machines, safety equipment, and other systems, machines, and equipment that may have a serious influence on lives and property if used improperly, consult your OMRON represen- tative.
Notice: OMRON products are manufactured for use according to proper procedures by a qualified operator and only for the purposes described in this manual.
The following conventions are used to indicate and classify precautions in this manual. Always heed the information provided with them. Failure to heed precautions can result in injury to people or dam- age to property.
!DANGER Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. Additionally, there may be severe property damage.
!WARNING Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury. Additionally, there may be severe property damage.
!Caution Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury, or property damage.
OMRON Product References All OMRON products are capitalized in this manual. The word Unit is also capitalized when it refers to an OMRON product, regardless of whether or not it appears in the proper name of the product.
The abbreviation Ch, which appears in some displays and on some OMRON products, often means word and is abbreviated Wd in documentation in this sense.
The abbreviation PC means Programmable Controller and is not used as an abbreviation for anything else.
Visual Aids The following headings appear in the left column of the manual to help you locate different types of information.
Note Indicates information of particular interest for efficient and convenient operation of the product.
OMRON, 2001 All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, mechanical, electronic, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of OMRON.
No patent liability is assumed with respect to the use of the information contained herein. Moreover, because OMRON is con- stantly striving to improve its high-quality products, the information contained in this manual is subject to change without notice. Every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this manual. Nevertheless, OMRON assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions. Neither is any liability assumed for damages resulting from the use of the information contained in this publication.
General Warnings Observe the following warnings when using the SMARTSTEP Servomotor and Servo Driver and all connected or peripheral devices.
This manual may include illustrations of the product with protective covers removed in order to describe the components of the product in detail. Make sure that these protective covers are on the product before use.
Consult your OMRON representative when using the product after a long period of storage.
!WARNING Always connect the frame ground terminals of the Servo Driver and the Servomo- tor to a class-3 ground (to 100 or less). Not connecting to a class-3 ground may result in electric shock.
!WARNING Do not touch the inside of the Servo Driver. Doing so may result in electric shock.
!WARNING Do not remove the front cover, terminal covers, cables, or optional items while the power is being supplied. Doing so may result in electric shock.
!WARNING Installation, operation, maintenance, or inspection must be performed by autho- rized personnel. Not doing so may result in electric shock or injury.
!WARNING Wiring or inspection must not be performed for at least five minutes after turning OFF the power supply. Doing so may result in electric shock.
!WARNING Do not damage, press, or put excessive stress or heavy objects on the cables. Doing so may result in electric shock.
!WARNING Do not touch the rotating parts of the Servomotor in operation. Doing so may result in injury.
!WARNING Do not modify the product. Doing so may result in injury or damage to the product.
!WARNING Provide a stopping mechanism on the machine to ensure safety. The holding brake is not designed as a stopping mechanism for safety purposes.
!WARNING Provide an external emergency stopping mechanism that can stop operation and shutting off the power supply immediately. Not doing so may result in injury.
!WARNING Do not come close to the machine immediately after resetting momentary power interruption to avoid an unexpected restart. (Take appropriate measures to secure safety against an unexpected restart.) Doing so may result in injury.
!Caution Use the Servomotors and Servo Drivers in a specified combination. Using them incorrectly may result in fire or damage to the products.
!Caution Do not store or install the product in the following places. Doing so may result in fire, electric shock, or damage to the product.
Locations subject to direct sunlight.
Locations subject to temperatures or humidity outside the range specified in the specifications.
Locations subject to condensation as the result of severe changes in tempera- ture.
Locations subject to corrosive or flammable gases.
Locations subject to dust (especially iron dust) or salts.
Locations subject to shock or vibration.
Locations subject to exposure to water, oil, or chemicals.
!Caution Do not touch the Servo Driver radiator, Servo Driver regeneration resistor, or Ser- vomotor while the power is being supplied or soon after the power is turned OFF. Doing so may result in a skin burn due to the hot surface.
Storage and Transportation Precautions
!Caution Do not hold the product by the cables or motor shaft while transporting it. Doing so may result in injury or malfunction.
!Caution Do not place any load exceeding the figure indicated on the product. Doing so may result in injury or malfunction.
Installation and Wiring Precautions
!Caution Do not step on or place a heavy object on the product. Doing so may result in injury.
!Caution Do not cover the inlet or outlet ports and prevent any foreign objects from entering the product. Doing so may result in fire.
!Caution Be sure to install the product in the correct direction. Not doing so may result in malfunction.
!Caution Provide the specified clearances between the Servo Driver and the control panel or with other devices. Not doing so may result in fire or malfunction.
!Caution Do not apply any strong impact. Doing so may result in malfunction.
!Caution Be sure to wire correctly and securely. Not doing so may result in motor runaway, injury, or malfunction.
!Caution Be sure that all the mounting screws, terminal screws, and cable connector screws are tightened to the torque specified in the relevant manuals. Incorrect tightening torque may result in malfunction.
!Caution Use crimp terminals for wiring. Do not connect bare stranded wires directly to ter- minals. Connection of bare stranded wires may result in burning.
!Caution Always use the power supply voltage specified in the Users Manual. An incorrect voltage may result in malfunction or burning.
!Caution Take appropriate measures to ensure that the specified power with the rated volt- age and frequency is supplied. Be particularly careful in places where the power supply is unstable. An incorrect power supply may result in malfunction.
!Caution Install external breakers and take other safety measures against short-circuiting in external wiring. Insufficient safety measures against short-circuiting may result in burning.
!Caution Take appropriate and sufficient countermeasures when installing systems in the following locations. Failure to do so may result in damage to the product.
Locations subject to static electricity or other forms of noise.
Locations subject to strong electromagnetic fields and magnetic fields.
Locations subject to possible exposure to radioactivity.
Locations close to power supplies.
Operation and Adjustment Precautions
!Caution Confirm that no adverse effects will occur in the system before performing the test operation. Not doing so may result in equipment damage.
!Caution Check the newly set parameters and switches for proper execution before actually running them. Not doing so may result in equipment damage.
!Caution Do not make any extreme adjustments or setting changes. Doing so may result in unstable operation and injury.
!Caution Separate the Servomotor from the machine, check for proper operation, and then connect to the machine. Not doing so may cause injury.
!Caution When an alarm occurs, remove the cause, reset the alarm after confirming safety, and then resume operation. Not doing so may result in injury.
!Caution Do not use the built-in brake of the Servomotor for ordinary braking. Doing so may result in malfunction.
Maintenance and Inspection Precautions
!WARNING Do not attempt to disassemble, repair, or modify any Units. Any attempt to do so may result in malfunction, fire, or electric shock.
!Caution Resume operation only after transferring to the new Unit the contents of the data required for operation. Not doing so may result in an unexpected operation.
Warning Labels Warning labels are pasted on the product as shown in the following illustration. Be sure to follow the instructions given there.
Warning label
Example from R7D-AP01L
Example from R7D-AP01L
Read and Understand this Manual Please read and understand this manual before using the product. Please consult your OMRON representative if you have any questions or comments.
Warranty and Limitations of Liability
WARRANTY
OMRON’s exclusive warranty is that the products are free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one year (or other period if specified) from date of sale by OMRON.
OMRON MAKES NO WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, REGARDING NON- INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, OR FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE OF THE PRODUCTS. ANY BUYER OR USER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE BUYER OR USER ALONE HAS DETERMINED THAT THE PRODUCTS WILL SUITABLY MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THEIR INTENDED USE. OMRON DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY
OMRON SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, LOSS OF PROFITS OR COMMERCIAL LOSS IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THE PRODUCTS, WHETHER SUCH CLAIM IS BASED ON CONTRACT, WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE, OR STRICT LIABILITY.
In no event shall the responsibility of OMRON for any act exceed the individual price of the product on which liability is asserted.
IN NO EVENT SHALL OMRON BE RESPONSIBLE FOR WARRANTY, REPAIR, OR OTHER CLAIMS REGARDING THE PRODUCTS UNLESS OMRON’S ANALYSIS CONFIRMS THAT THE PRODUCTS WERE PROPERLY HANDLED, STORED, INSTALLED, AND MAINTAINED AND NOT SUBJECT TO CONTAMINATION, ABUSE, MISUSE, OR INAPPROPRIATE MODIFICATION OR REPAIR.
Application Considerations
SUITABILITY FOR USE
OMRON shall not be responsible for conformity with any standards, codes, or regulations that apply to the combination of products in the customer’s application or use of the products.
At the customer’s request, OMRON will provide applicable third party certification documents identifying ratings and limitations of use that apply to the products. This information by itself is not sufficient for a complete determination of the suitability of the products in combination with the end product, machine, system, or other application or use.
The following are some examples of applications for which particular attention must be given. This is not intended to be an exhaustive list of all possible uses of the products, nor is it intended to imply that the uses listed may be suitable for the products:
Outdoor use, uses involving potential chemical contamination or electrical interference, or conditions or uses not described in this manual.
Nuclear energy control systems, combustion systems, railroad systems, aviation systems, medical equipment, amusement machines, vehicles, safety equipment, and installations subject to separate industry or government regulations.
Systems, machines, and equipment that could present a risk to life or property.
Please know and observe all prohibitions of use applicable to the products.
NEVER USE THE PRODUCTS FOR AN APPLICATION INVOLVING SERIOUS RISK TO LIFE OR PROPERTY WITHOUT ENSURING THAT THE SYSTEM AS A WHOLE HAS BEEN DESIGNED TO ADDRESS THE RISKS, AND THAT THE OMRON PRODUCTS ARE PROPERLY RATED AND INSTALLED FOR THE INTENDED USE WITHIN THE OVERALL EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM.
PROGRAMMABLE PRODUCTS
OMRON shall not be responsible for the user’s programming of a programmable product, or any consequence thereof.
Disclaimers
CHANGE IN SPECIFICATIONS
Product specifications and accessories may be changed at any time based on improvements and other reasons.
It is our practice to change model numbers when published ratings or features are changed, or when significant construction changes are made. However, some specifications of the products may be changed without any notice. When in doubt, special model numbers may be assigned to fix or establish key specifications for your application on your request. Please consult with your OMRON representative at any time to confirm actual specifications of purchased products.
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
Dimensions and weights are nominal and are not to be used for manufacturing purposes, even when tolerances are shown.
PERFORMANCE DATA
Performance data given in this manual is provided as a guide for the user in determining suitability and does not constitute a warranty. It may represent the result of OMRON’s test conditions, and the users must correlate it to actual application requirements. Actual performance is subject to the OMRON Warranty and Limitations of Liability.
ERRORS AND OMISSIONS
The information in this manual has been carefully checked and is believed to be accurate; however, no responsibility is assumed for clerical, typographical, or proofreading errors, or omissions.
Table of Contents
Chapter 1. Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 1-1 Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 1-2 System Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 1-3 Servo Driver Nomenclature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 1-4 Applicable Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 1-5 System Block Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Chapter 2. Standard Models and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 2-1 Standard Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 2-2 External and Mounted Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 2-3 Servo Driver Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 2-4 Servomotor Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31 2-5 Reduction Gear Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39 2-6 Cable and Connector Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43 2-7 Servo Relay Units and Cable Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58 2-8 Parameter Unit Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-111 2-9 External Regeneration Resistor Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-113 2-10 DC Reactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-114
Chapter 3. System Design and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 3-1 Installation Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 3-2 Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 3-3 Regenerative Energy Absorption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
Chapter 4. Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 4-1 Operational Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 4-2 Switch Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 4-3 Preparing for Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 4-4 Trial Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 4-5 Gain Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 4-6 User Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15 4-7 Operating Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
Chapter 5. Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 5-1 Measures when Trouble Occurs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 5-2 Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 5-3 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 5-4 Overload Characteristics (Electron Thermal Characteristics) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15 5-5 Periodic Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Chapter 6. Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 6-1 Connection Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Revision History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-1
Chapter 1
Introduction
1-1 Features
1-2 System Configuration
1-3 Servo Driver Nomenclature
1-4 Applicable Standards
1-5 System Block Diagrams
Chapter 1
1-2
Introduction
1-1 Features
The SMARTSTEP A-series Servomotors and Servo Drivers have been developed as pulse string input-type Position Controllers to replace stepping motors in simple positioning systems. The SMARTSTEP A-series Servomotors and Servo Drivers combine the stepping motors ease of use with faster positioning resulting from high speed and high torque, higher reliability with no loss of positioning accuracy even during sudden load changes, and other advanced features.
Faster Response and Rotation Speed SMARTSTEP A-series Servomotors and Servo Drivers incorporate the same high-speed and high- torque features, unachievable with stepping motors, as the OMNUC W Series. The SMARTSTEP A- series Servomotors provide faster rotation speeds of up to 4,500 r/min, with constant operation pos- sible at this speed. Faster output torque of up to 1 s can output up to approximately 300% of the rated torque, providing even faster middle- and long-stroke positioning.
Constant Accuracy The A-series product lines higher encoder resolution of 2,000 pulses/rotation provides feedback control enabling continuous operation without loss of positioning accuracy, even with sudden load changes or sudden acceleration or deceleration.
Minimal Setting with Servo Driver Front Panel Switches The SMARTSTEP A Series can be operated immediately without time-consuming parameter setting. The A-series Servo Drivers front panel switches enable easier alteration of function or positioning resolution settings.
Resolution Settings SMARTSTEP A-series Servomotor resolution can be selected from the following four levels: 500 pulses/rotation (0.72/step); 1,000 pulses/rotation (0.36/step) (default setting); 5,000 pulses/ rotation (0.072/step); or 10,000 pulses/rotation (0.036/step)
Command Pulse Input Setting SMARTSTEP A-series command pulse input setting can be switched between CW/CCW (2-pulse) and SIGN/PULS (single-pulse) methods to easily adapt to Position Controller output specifica- tions.
Dynamic Brake Setting SMARTSTEP A-series Servomotors can be forcibly decelerated to a stop at RUN OFF or when an alarm occurs.
Gain Setting A special rotary switch on SMARSTEP A-series Servo Drivers enables easy gain setting. Online autotuning can also be activated with the flick of a switch, and responsiveness can be easily matched to the machinery to be used.
Chapter 1
1-3
Introduction
Note Using aParameter Unit or personal computer enables operation with parameter settings.
Cylinder-style and Flat-style Servomotors The SMARTSTEP A Series offers Flanged Cylinder-style Servomotors, with a smaller mounting area, and Flat-style Servomotors, with a shorter overall length. The Flat Servomotor depth dimen- sions are approximately the same as those of stepping motors of the same output capacity. Servo- motors can be selected by size, thereby making equipment more compact.
A Wider Selection of Programming Devices Special SMARTSTEP A-series Parameter Units and personal computer monitoring software are available. The special monitoring software enables performing parameter setting, speed and current monitoring, speed and current waveform displays, I/O monitoring, autotuning, jogging, and other operations from a computer. It is also possible to perform multiple-axis communications that set the parameters and monitor operations for multiple Servo Drivers. For details, refer to the Servo Driver Personal Computer Monitor Software (CD-ROM) for Windows 95/98, Version 2.0 (WMON Win Ver.2.0) (Catalog No.: SBCE-011).
Chapter 1
1-4
Introduction
1-2 System Configuration
MACHINE No.
RUN ERROR
SENS DATA
X Y Z U
NC413
CN1 CN2
A24
A1
B24
B1
No.
MS
NS
M0
M1
M2
3F88M-DRT1411 AXIS POSITIONER
NA 10
1
DR0 DR1 L/R
1 2
3 O
N
0
1 2 3
4 5
6789 0
1 2 3
4 5
6789
DIP SWITCH
DIP SWITCH
L/R
DR0 DR1
ON
ON ON ONOFF OFF
OFF
ON OFF
OFF
COMMUNICATION
SPEED
125kbps
250kbps
500kbps
LOCAL/REMOTE
REMOTE MODE
LOCAL MODE
ALARM
LS
SOFT LIMIT
ORG SRH NG
ENCODER ALM
STOP
DRIVER ALM
OTHER
M0 M1
M2
(RED : )
CCW
CW
OPEN
LINE
OPEN
LINE
I/O
PA203 POWER
/
SCROLL MODE/SET
DATA
RESET
JOG
RUN
DRIVER PR PR DRIVER
READ WRITE
R7APR02A PARAMETER UNIT
B.B INP VCMP
TGON REF POWER
SYSMAC CJ/CS/C/CV Programmable Controller
Position Control Units CJ1W-NC113/213/413 CJ1W-NC133/233/433 CS1W-NC113/213/413 CS1W-NC133/233/433 C200HW-NC113/213/413 C500-NC113/211
R7A-PR02A Parameter Unit (Hand-held)
Pulse String
SMARTSTEP A-series R7D-AP@ Servo Driver
SMARTSTEP A-series R7M-A@ Servomotor
3F88M-DRT141 Single-shaft Positioner for DeviceNet
SYSMAC CQM1H
SYSMAC CPM2CSYSMAC CPM2A
SYSMAC + Position Control Unit with pulse string output
SYSMAC Programmable Controllers with pulse outputs
Single-shaft Positioner with pulse string output
Chapter 1
1-5
Introduction
1-3 Servo Driver Nomenclature
Rotary switch for unit No. selection
Rotary switch for gain adjustment
Function selection switches:
Alarm display
Control-circuit power supply indicator
Communications connector (CN3)
Monitor output connector (CN4)
Control I/O connector (CN1)
Encoder input connector (CN2)
Main-circuit power supply indicator
Main-circuit power supply input terminals
DC reactor connection terminals
Control-circuit power supply input terminals
Servomotor power terminals
FG terminals for power supply and servomotor power
External regeneration resistance terminals
Switch/parameter setting enable switch Resolution setting Command pulse input setting Dynamic braking setting Online autotuning switch
Chapter 1
1-6
Introduction
1-4 Applicable Standards
EC Directives
Note Installation under the conditions stipulated in 3-2-5 EMC-compatible Wiring must be met to ensure conformance to EMC Directives.
UL and cUL Standards
EC Directives Product Applicable standards Remarks Low Voltage Directive
AC Servo Drivers EN50178 Safety requirements for electrical devices for measurement, control, and research facilities
AC Servomotors IEC60034-1, -5, -8, -9 EN60034-1, -9
Rotating electrical equipment
EMC Directives AC Servo Drivers and AC Servomotors
EN55011 class A group 1 Wireless interference and measure- ment methods for radio-frequency devices for industry, science, and medical application
EN61000-6-2 Electromagnetic compatibility and immunity standards for industrial environments
Standards Product Applicable standards File No. Remarks UL AC Servo Drivers UL508C E179149 Power conversion devices
AC Servomotors UL1004 E179189 Electric motors
cUL AC Servo Drivers cUL C22.2 No. 14 E179149 Industrial control devices
AC Servomotors cUL C22.2 No. 100 E179189 Motors and generators
Chapter 1
1-7
Introduction
1-5 System Block Diagrams
100 V AC: R7D-APA3L/-APA5L/-AP01L/-AP02L/-AP04L
AC Servo Driver
Command pulse input
Control I/OSerial port
Speed control
Current command processing
Position control
Encoder signal processing
Digital current amp
PWM generation
Current detection
Interface
Gate drive overcurrent protection
Gate drive Voltage detection
Relay drive
Fuse
DC/DC conversion
Analog voltage
conversion
CN4 Analog monitor output
CN3 Parameter Unit/computer
Voltage detection
1
2
L1
L2
L2C
L1C
R
T
P1
N1
+
+
5 V +16.5 V +5 V 15 V
+
M
E
CHARGE
B1 B2
P2
N2
U V W
U V W
CN2
CN1
I/O CPU
ASIC
+5 V POWER
0 V
(See note.)
RS-422
AC Servomotor
Alarm code display
Command pulse
processing
Note Only on R7D-AP04H/AP04L.
Chapter 1
1-8
Introduction
200 V AC: R7D-APA3H/-APA5H/-AP01H/-AP02H/-AP04H
200 V AC: R7D-AP08H
AC Servo Driver
Command pulse input
Control I/OSerial port
Speed control
Current command processing
Position control
Encoder signal processing
Digital current amp
PWM generation
Current detection
Interface
Gate drive overcurrent protection
Gate driveVoltage detection
Relay drive
Fuse
DC/DC conversion
Analog voltage
conversion
CN4 Analog monitor output
CN3 Parameter Unit/computer
Voltage detection
1
2
L1
L2
L2C
L1C
R
T
P1
N1
+
+
5 V +16.5 V +5 V 15 V
+
M
E
CHARGE
B1 B2
P2
N2
U V W
U V W
CN2
CN1
I/O CPU
ASIC
+5 V POWER
0 V
(See note.)
RS-422
AC Servomotor
Alarm code display
Command pulse
processing
Note Only on R7D-AP04H/AP04L.
AC Servo Driver
Ther- mistor
AC Servomotor
Command pulse input
Control I/OSerial port
Speed control
Current command processing
Position control
Command pulse
processing
Encoder signal
processing Digital
current amp
PWM generation
Interface
Gate drive over- current protectionGate
drive Voltage detection
Relay drive
Fuse
DC/DC conversion
Analog voltage
conversion
Alarm code display
CN4 Analog monitor output
CN3 Parameter Unit/computer
Voltage detection
1
2
L1
L2
L3
L2C
L1C
R
S
T
P
N
+
+
5 V +16.5 V +5 V 15 V
+
M
E
CHARGE
B1 B2 B3
P
N
U V W
U V W
CN2
CN1
RS-422
I/O CPU
ASIC
+5 V POWER
0 V
12 V
FAN
Current detection
Chapter 2
Standard Models and Specifications
2-1 Standard Models
2-2 External and Mounted Dimensions
2-3 Servo Driver Specifications
2-4 Servomotor Specifications
2-5 Reduction Gear Specifications
2-6 Cable and Connector Specifications
2-7 Servo Relay Units and Cable Specifications
2-8 Parameter Unit Specifications
2-9 External Regeneration Resistor Specifications
2-10 DC Reactors
Chapter 2
2-2
Standard Models and Specifications
2-1 Standard Models
Servomotors
3,000-r/min Cylinder-style Servomotors
3,000-r/min Flat-style Servomotors
Servo Drivers
Specifications Model
Without brake
Straight shaft without key
30 W R7M-A03030
50 W R7M-A05030
100 W R7M-A10030
200 W R7M-A20030
400 W R7M-A40030
750 W R7M-A75030
Straight shaft with key
30 W R7M-A03030-S1
50 W R7M-A05030-S1
100 W R7M-A10030-S1
200 W R7M-A20030-S1
400 W R7M-A40030-S1
750 W R7M-A75030-S1
With brake
Straight shaft without key
30 W R7M-A03030-B
50 W R7M-A05030-B
100 W R7M-A10030-B
200 W R7M-A20030-B
400 W R7M-A40030-B
750 W R7M-A75030-B
Straight shaft with key
30 W R7M-A03030-BS1
50 W R7M-A05030-BS1
100 W R7M-A10030-BS1
200 W R7M-A20030-BS1
400 W R7M-A40030-BS1
750 W R7M-A75030-BS1
Specifications Model
Without brake
Straight shaft without key
100 W R7M-AP10030
200 W R7M-AP20030
400 W R7M-AP40030
750 W R7M-AP75030
Straight shaft with key
100 W R7M-AP10030-S1
200 W R7M-AP20030-S1
400 W R7M-AP40030-S1
750 W R7M-AP75030-S1
With brake
Straight shaft without key
100 W R7M-AP10030-B
200 W R7M-AP20030-B
400 W R7M-AP40030-B
750 W R7M-AP75030-B
Straight shaft with key
100 W R7M-AP10030-BS1
200 W R7M-AP20030-BS1
400 W R7M-AP40030-BS1
750 W R7M-AP75030-BS1
Specifications Model
Single-phase 100 V AC
30 W R7D-APA3L
50 W R7D-APA5L
100 W R7D-AP01L
200 W R7D-AP02L
400 W R7D-AP04L
Single-phase 200 V AC
30 W R7D-APA3H
50 W R7D-APA5H
100 W R7D-AP01H
200 W R7D-AP02H
400 W R7D-AP04H
750 W R7D-AP08H
Chapter 2
2-3
Standard Models and Specifications
Reduction Gears (Straight Shaft with Key)
For Cylinder-style Servomotors (Backlash = 3 Max.)
Note There are no reduction gears for 30-W Servo- motors.
For Flat-style Servomotors (Backlash = 3 Max.)
For Cylinder-style Servomotors (Backlash = 45 Max.)
Note There are no reduction gears for 30-W Servo- motors.
For Flat-style Servomotors (Backlash = 45 Max.)
Specifications Model Servomotor
capacity Reduction gears
(deceleration ratio) 50 W 1/5 R7G-VRSFPB05B50
1/9 R7G-VRSFPB09B50
1/15 R7G-VRSFPB15B50
1/25 R7G-VRSFPB25B50
100 W 1/5 R7G-VRSFPB05B100
1/9 R7G-VRSFPB09B100 1/15 R7G-VRSFPB15B100
1/25 R7G-VRSFPB25B100
200 W 1/5 R7G-VRSFPB05B200
1/9 R7G-VRSFPB09C400
1/15 R7G-VRSFPB15C400
1/25 R7G-VRSFPB25C200 400 W 1/5 R7G-VRSFPB05C400
1/9 R7G-VRSFPB09C400
1/15 R7G-VRSFPB15C400
1/25 R7G-VRSFPB25D400
750 W 1/5 R7G-VRSFPB05C750
1/9 R7G-VRSFPB09D750 1/15 R7G-VRSFPB15D750
1/25 R7G-VRSFPB25E750
Specifications Model Servomotor
capacity Reduction gears
(deceleration ratio) 100 W 1/5 R7G-VRSFPB05B100P
1/9 R7G-VRSFPB09B100P 1/15 R7G-VRSFPB15B100P
1/25 R7G-VRSFPB25C100P
200 W 1/5 R7G-VRSFPB05B200P
1/9 R7G-VRSFPB09C400P
1/15 R7G-VRSFPB15C400P
1/25 R7G-VRSFPB25C200P
400 W 1/5 R7G-VRSFPB05C400P 1/9 R7G-VRSFPB09C400P
1/15 R7G-VRSFPB15C400P
1/25 R7G-VRSFPB25D400P
750 W 1/5 R7G-VRSFPB05C750P
1/9 R7G-VRSFPB09D750P
1/15 R7G-VRSFPB15D750P 1/25 R7G-VRSFPB25E750P
Specifications Model Servomotor
capacity Reduction gears
(deceleration ratio) 50 W 1/5 R7G-RGSF05B50
1/9 R7G-RGSF09B50
1/15 R7G-RGSF15B50
1/25 R7G-RGSF25B50
100 W 1/5 R7G-RGSF05B100
1/9 R7G-RGSF09B100 1/15 R7G-RGSF15B100
1/25 R7G-RGSF25B100
200 W 1/5 R7G-RGSF05B200
1/9 R7G-RGSF09C400
1/15 R7G-RGSF15C400
1/25 R7G-RGSF25C400 400 W 1/5 R7G-RGSF05C400
1/9 R7G-RGSF09C400
1/15 R7G-RGSF15C400
1/25 R7G-RGSF25C400
750 W 1/5 R7G-RGSF05C750
1/9 R7G-RGSF09C750 1/15 R7G-RGSF15C750
1/25 R7G-RGSF25C750
Specifications Model Servomotor
capacity Reduction gears
(deceleration ratio) 100 W 1/5 R7G-RGSF05B100P
1/9 R7G-RGSF09B100P 1/15 R7G-RGSF15B100P
1/25 R7G-RGSF25B100P
200 W 1/5 R7G-RGSF05B200P
1/9 R7G-RGSF09C400P
1/15 R7G-RGSF15C400P
1/25 R7G-RGSF25C400P
400 W 1/5 R7G-RGSF05C400P 1/9 R7G-RGSF09C400P
1/15 R7G-RGSF15C400P
1/25 R7G-RGSF25C400P
750 W 1/5 R7G-RGSF05C750P
1/9 R7G-RGSF09C750P
1/15 R7G-RGSF15C750P 1/25 R7G-RGSF25C750P
Chapter 2
2-4
Standard Models and Specifications
Servo Relay Units for CN1
Control Cables for CN1
Integrated Servomotor Cables
Separate Servomotor Cables Power Cables
Encoder Cables
Note Use a robot cable if cable flexibility is required.
Specifications Model Servo Relay Unit
For CS1W-NC113/133 CJ1W-NC113/133 C200HW-NC113 C200H-NC112 3F88M-DRT141 (No communications supported.)
XW2B-20J6-1B
For CS1W-NC213/233/413/433 CJ1W-NC213/233/413/433 C200HW-NC213/413 C500-NC113/211 C200H-NC211 (No communications supported.)
XW2B-40J6-2B
For CS1W-HCP22 CQM1H-PLB21 CQM1-CPU43-V1 (No communications supported.)
XW2B-20J6-3B
For CS1W-NC213/233/413/433 CJ1W-NC213/233/413/433 (Communications supported.)
XW2B-40J6-4A
For CJ1M-CPU21/CPU22/ CPU23
XW2B-20J6-8A
XW2B-40J6-9A
For CS1W-HCP22-V1 and FQM1-MMP21
XW2B-80J7-1A
Servo Driver Cable
No communications supported.
1 m XW2Z-100J-B5
2 m XW2Z-200J-B5
Communications sup- ported.
1 m XW2Z-100J-B7
2 m XW2Z-200J-B7
For FQM1-MMP21 1 m XW2Z-100J-B10
2 m XW2Z-200J-B10
For CS1W-HCP22-V1 1 m XW2Z-100J-B12 2 m XW2Z-200J-B12
Position Control Unit Cable
For CQM1H-PLB21, CQM1-CPU43-V1
0.5 m XW2Z-050J-A3
1 m XW2Z-100J-A3
For C200H-NC112 0.5 m XW2Z-050J-A4
1 m XW2Z-100J-A4
For C200H-NC211, C500-NC113/211
0.5 m XW2Z-050J-A5 1 m XW2Z-100J-A5
For CS1W-NC113, C200HW-NC113
0.5 m XW2Z-050J-A8
1 m XW2Z-100J-A8
For CS1W-NC213/413, C200HW-NC213/413
0.5 m XW2Z-050J-A9
1 m XW2Z-100J-A9
For CS1W-NC133 0.5 m XW2Z-050J-A12 1 m XW2Z-100J-A12
For CS1W-NC233/433 0.5 m XW2Z-050J-A13
1 m XW2Z-100J-A13
For CJ1W-NC113 0.5 m XW2Z-050J-A16
1 m XW2Z-100J-A16
For CJ1W-NC213/413 0.5 m XW2Z-050J-A17 1 m XW2Z-100J-A17
For CJ1W-NC133 0.5 m XW2Z-050J-A20
1 m XW2Z-100J-A20
For CJ1W-NC233/433 0.5 m XW2Z-050J-A21
1 m XW2Z-100J-A21
For CS1W-HCP22 (1 axis)
0.5 m XW2Z-050J-A22 1 m XW2Z-100J-A22
For CS1W-HCP22 (2 axes)
0.5 m XW2Z-050J-A23
1 m XW2Z-100J-A23
For 3F88M-DRT141 0.5 m XW2Z-050J-A25
1 m XW2Z-100J-A25
Position Control Unit Cable
For CJ1M-CPU21/ CPU22/CPU23
1 m XW2Z-100J-A26
For FQM1-MMP21 for general-purpose I/O
0.5 m XW2Z-050J-A28
1 m XW2Z-100J-A28 For CS1W-HCP22-V1 for general-purpose I/O
0.5 m XW2Z-050J-A29
1 m XW2Z-100J-A29
For FQM1-MMP21 for special I/O
0.5 m XW2Z-050J-A30
1 m XW2Z-100J-A30
For CS1W-HCP22-V1 for special I/O
0.5 m XW2Z-050J-A32
1 m XW2Z-100J-A32
Specifications Model General-purpose Control Cable (with Connector on one end)
1 m R88A-CPU001S 2 m R88A-CPU002S
Connector Terminal Block Cable 1 m R88A-CTU001N 2 m R88A-CTU002N
Connector Terminal Blocks XW2B-40F5-P
Specifications Model For Servomotors without brakes (both Cylinder- and Flat-style)
3 m R7A-CEA003S 5 m R7A-CEA005S 10 m R7A-CEA010S 15 m R7A-CEA015S 20 m R7A-CEA020S
For Servomotors with brakes (both Cylinder- and Flat-style)
3 m R7A-CEA003B 5 m R7A-CEA005B 10 m R7A-CEA010B 15 m R7A-CEA015B 20 m R7A-CEA020B
Specifications Standard cable model
Robot cable model
For Servo- motors with- out brakes (both Cylin- der- and Flat-style)
3 m R88A-CAWA003S R88A-CAWA003SR 5 m R88A-CAWA005S R88A-CAWA005SR 10 m R88A-CAWA010S R88A-CAWA010SR 15 m R88A-CAWA015S R88A-CAWA015SR 20 m R88A-CAWA020S R88A-CAWA020SR
For Servo- motors with brakes (both Cylinder- and Flat- style)
3 m R88A-CAWA003B R88A-CAWA003BR 5 m R88A-CAWA005B R88A-CAWA005BR 10 m R88A-CAWA010B R88A-CAWA010BR 15 m R88A-CAWA015B R88A-CAWA015BR 20 m R88A-CAWA020B R88A-CAWA020BR
Specifications Standard cable model
Robot cable model
For Servo- motors (Cyl- inder-style or Flat-style)
3 m R7A-CRA003C R7A-CRA003CR
5 m R7A-CRA005C R7A-CRA005CR
10 m R7A-CRA010C R7A-CRA010CR
15 m R7A-CRA015C R7A-CRA015CR
20 m R7A-CRA020C R7A-CRA020CR
Specifications Model
Chapter 2
2-5
Standard Models and Specifications
Peripheral Cable Connectors
Parameter Units
External Regeneration Resistors
DC Reactors
Front-panel Brackets
Specifications Model Analog Monitor Cable (CN4) 1 m R88A-CMW001S Computer Monitor Cable (CN3) DOS 2 m R7A-CCA002P2
PC98 2 m R7A-CCA002P3 Control I/O Connector (CN1) R88A-CNU01C Encoder Connector (CN2) R7A-CNA01R Encoder Connector (Servomotor end) R7A-CNA02R Communications Cable 1 m XW2Z-100J-C1
2 m XW2Z-200J-C1
Specifications Model Hand-held (with 1-m cable) R7A-PR02A
Specifications Model Resistor 220 W 47 R88A-RR22047S
Specifications Model For R7D-APA3L/APA5L/APA01L R88A-PX5063 For R7D-AP02L R88A-PX5062 For R7D-AP04L R88A-PX5061 For R7D-APA3H/APA5H/AP01H R88A-PX5071 For R7D-AP02H R88A-PX5070 For R7D-AP04H R88A-PX5069 For R7D-AP08H R88A-PX5061
Specifications Model For the SMARTSTEP A Series R88A-TK01W
Chapter 2
2-6
Standard Models and Specifications
2-2 External and Mounted Dimensions
2-2-1 Servo Drivers
Single-phase 100 V AC: R7D-APA3L/-APA5L/-AP01L/-AP02L (30 W to 200 W) Single-phase 200 V AC: R7D-APA3H/-APA5H/-AP01H/-AP02H (30 W to 200 W)
Wall Mounting
Front Panel Mounting (Using Mounting Brackets)
External dimensions Mounted dimensions
55
16 0
(75) 130
Two, M4
(5 ) 5
5. 5
16 0
55 14
9. 5
0. 5
17
External dimensions Mounted dimensions
18 0
19 5
7. 5
(7 .5
)
18 0
0. 5
19 5
7. 5
(7 .5
)
5 dia. 24.5
2 Two, M4
(1 68
)
10
52
6 6
1.5
5
11.542
32.5
Chapter 2
2-7
Standard Models and Specifications
Single-phase 100 V AC: R7D-AP04L (400 W) Single-phase 200 V AC: R7D-AP04H (400 W)
Wall Mounting
Front Panel Mounting (Using Mounting Brackets)
External dimensions Mounted dimensions
16 0
14 9.
5 5.
5 (5
)
5 dia.
5
12
75
(75) 130
17
Two, M4
14 9.
5 0.
5
16 0
5. 5
(5 )
75
12
External dimensions Mounted dimensions 24.5
2
5 dia.
(7 .5
) 5
11.542
18 0
19 5
7. 5
32.5
18 0
0. 5
19 5
7. 5
(7 .5
)
Two, M4
10
52 1.5 (1
68 )
6 6
Chapter 2
2-8
Standard Models and Specifications
Single-phase/Three-phase 200 V AC: R7D-AP08H (750 W)
Wall Mounting
Front Panel Mounting (Using Mounting Brackets)
External dimensions Mounted dimensions 5 dia.
90
16 0
(75) 180
17
Two, M4
14 9.
5 0.
5
16 0
5. 5
(5 )
90
27
14 9.
5 5.
5 (5
)
External dimensions Mounted dimensions 5 dia.
7. 5
(7 .5
) 5
42
24.5
2
18 0
19 5
18 0
0. 5
19 5
7. 5
(7 .5
)
Two, M4
10
22.5
43.5
52 12.5
(1 68
) 6
6
Chapter 2
2-9
Standard Models and Specifications
2-2-2 Parameter Unit
R7A-PR02A Hand-held Parameter Unit
SCROLL MODE/SET
DATA
RESET
JOG
RUN
DRIVER PR PR DRIVER
READ WRITE
R7APR02A PARAMETER UNIT
B.B INP VCMP
TGON REF POWER
70
12 0
10 00
42
6
13.2 dia.
17 0.8
1.5
4.8 dia.
Chapter 2
2-10
Standard Models and Specifications
2-2-3 Servomotors
Cylinder-style Servomotors without a Brake
30 W/50 W/100 W R7M-A03030(-S1)/-A05030(-S1)/-A10030(-S1)
Cylinder-style Servomotors with a Brake
30 W/50 W/100 W R7M-A03030-B(S1)/-A05030-B(S1)/-A10030-B(S1)
Model Dimensions (mm)
LL S b h t1
R7M-A03030-@ 69.5 6h6 2 2 1.2
R7M-A05030-@ 77 6h6 2 2 1.2
R7M-A10030-@ 94.5 8h6 3 3 1.8
Model Dimensions (mm)
LL S b h t1
R7M-A03030-B@ 101 6h6 2 2 1.2
R7M-A05030-B@ 108.5 6h6 2 2 1.2
R7M-A10030-B@ 135 8h6 3 3 1.8
Dimensions of shaft end with key (-S1)Two, 4.3 dia.
LL 25
405 2.5
S d
ia .
30 h7
d ia
.
30030
30030
40
14
h
t1
b
6 dia. 7 dia.
9. 5
19.5 20
11
21.5 5
46 dia.
Dimensions of shaft end with key (-BS1)
14
Two, 4.3 dia.
LL 25
405 2.5
S d
ia .
30 h7
d ia
.
30030
30030
46 dia.
40
h
t1
b
6 dia. 7 dia.
9. 5
19.5 27
11
21.5 5
Chapter 2
2-11
Standard Models and Specifications
Cylinder-style Servomotors without a Brake
200 W/400 W/750 W R7M-A20030(-S1)/-A40030(-S1)/-A75030(-S1)
Cylinder-style Servomotors with a Brake
200 W/400 W/750 W R7M-A20030-B(S1)/-A40030-B(S1)/-A75030-B(S1)
Model Dimensions (mm)
LL LR C D1 D2 G Z S QK
R7M-A20030-@ 96.5 30 60 70 50h7 6 5.5 14h6 20
R7M-A40030-@ 124.5 30 60 70 50h7 6 5.5 14h6 20
R7M-A75030-@ 145 40 80 90 70h7 8 7 16h6 30
Model Dimensions (mm)
LL LR C D1 D2 G Z S QK
R7M-A20030-B@ 136 30 60 70 50h7 6 5.5 14h6 20
R7M-A40030-B@ 164 30 60 70 50h7 6 5.5 14h6 20
R7M-A75030-B@ 189.5 40 80 90 70h7 8 7 16h6 30
Dimensions of output section of 750-W Servomotors
Dimensions of shaft end with key (-S1)
30030
30030
S d
ia .
D 2
di a.
LL LR
G 3
C
C
Four, Z dia.
QK
2
5
5
3
6 dia.
7 dia.
20
11
13
9
21.5
D1 dia.
Dimensions of output section of 750-W Servomotors
Dimensions of shaft end with key (-BS1)
30030
30030
S d
ia .
D 2
di a.
LL LR
G 3
C
C
Four, Z dia.
D1 dia.
6 dia. 7 dia.
21.5
9
13 27
11
QK
2
5
5
3
Chapter 2
2-12
Standard Models and Specifications
Flat-style Servomotors without a Brake 100 W/200 W/400 W/750 W R7M-AP10030(-S1)/-AP20030(-S1)/-AP40030(-S1)/AP75030(-S1)
Flat-style Servomotors with a Brake
100 W/200 W/400 W/750 W R7M-AP10030-B(S1)/-AP20030-B(S1)/-AP40030-B(S1)/AP75030-B(S1)
Model Dimensions (mm) Basic servomotor dimensions With key (shaft
end dimensions) Cable outlet dimensions
LL LR C D1 D2 F G Z S QK b h t1 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 R7M-AP10030-@ 62 25 60 70 50h7 3 6 5.5 8h6 14 3 3 1.8 9 18 25 21 14 R7M-AP20030-@ 67 30 80 90 70h7 3 8 7 14h6 16 5 5 3 R7M-AP40030-@ 87 R7M-AP75030-@ 86.5 40 120 145 110h7 3.5 10 10 16h6 22 5 5 3 28 38 19
Model Dimensions (mm) Basic servomotor dimensions With key (shaft
end dimensions) Cable outlet dimensions
LL LR C D1 D2 F G Z S QK b h t1 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 R7M-AP10030-B@ 91 25 60 70 50h7 3 6 5.5 8h6 14 3 3 1.8 9 18 25 21 23 R7M-AP20030-B@ 98.5 30 80 90 70h7 3 8 7 14h6 16 5 5 3 R7M-AP40030-B@ 118.5 R7M-AP75030-B@ 120 40 120 145 110h7 3.5 10 10 16h6 22 5 5 3 28 38 26
Dimensions of shaft end with key (-S1)
G F
LL LR
S d
ia .
D 2 d
ia .
C
C
30030
30030
Four, Z dia.
QK
h
t1
b
6 di
a. 7
di a.
A 1
A 2
13
A5
A3
A4
D1 dia.
Dimensions of shaft end with key (-BS1)
G F
LL LR
S d
ia .
D 2
di a.
30030
30030
C
C Four, Z dia.
D1 dia.
QK
h
t1
b
6 di
a. 7
di a. A3
A4
A 1
13
A 2
A5
Chapter 2
2-13
Standard Models and Specifications
2-2-4 Reduction Gears
For Cylinder-style Servomotors (Backlash = 3 Max.)
* «AT» in the table refers to the set bolt.
External Diagrams
Model Dimensions (mm) Weight (kg)
LM LR C1 C2 D1 D2 D3 D4 E3 F G S T Z1 Z2 AT* l Key dimensions
QK b h t1
50 W 1/5 R7G-VRSFPB05B50 67.5 32 52 40 46 60 50 45 10 3 6 12 20 M4 M5 M3 12 16 4 4 2.5 0.55
1/9 R7G-VRSFPB09B50 67.5 32 52 40 46 60 50 45 10 3 6 12 20 M4 M5 M3 12 16 4 4 2.5 0.55
1/15 R7G-VRSFPB15B50 78 32 52 40 46 60 50 45 10 3 6 12 20 M4 M5 M3 12 16 4 4 2.5 0.7
1/25 R7G-VRSFPB25B50 78 32 52 40 46 60 50 45 10 3 6 12 20 M4 M5 M3 12 16 4 4 2.5 0.7
100 W 1/5 R7G-VRSFPB05B100 67.5 32 52 40 46 60 50 45 10 3 6 12 20 M4 M5 M3 12 16 4 4 2.5 0.55
1/9 R7G-VRSFPB09B100 67.5 32 52 40 46 60 50 45 10 3 6 12 20 M4 M5 M3 12 16 4 4 2.5 0.55
1/15 R7G-VRSFPB15B100 78 32 52 40 46 60 50 45 10 3 6 12 20 M4 M5 M3 12 16 4 4 2.5 0.7
1/25 R7G-VRSFPB25C100 92 50 78 40 46 90 70 62 17 3 6 19 30 M4 M6 M3 20 22 6 6 3.5 1.7
200 W 1/5 R7G-VRSFPB05B200 72.5 32 52 60 70 60 50 45 10 3 10 12 20 M5 M5 M4 12 16 4 4 2.5 0.72
1/9 R7G-VRSFPB09C400 89.5 50 78 60 70 90 70 62 17 3 8 19 30 M5 M6 M4 20 22 6 6 3.5 1.7
1/15 R7G-VRSFPB15C400 100 50 78 60 70 90 70 62 17 3 8 19 30 M5 M6 M4 20 22 6 6 3.5 2.1
1/25 R7G-VRSFPB25C400 100 50 78 60 70 90 70 62 17 3 8 19 30 M5 M6 M4 20 22 6 6 3.5 2.1
400 W 1/5 R7G-VRSFPB05C400 89.5 50 78 60 70 90 70 62 17 3 8 19 30 M5 M6 M4 20 22 6 6 3.5 1.7
1/9 R7G-VRSFPB09C400 89.5 50 78 60 70 90 70 62 17 3 8 19 30 M5 M6 M4 20 22 6 6 3.5 1.7
1/15 R7G-VRSFPB15C400 100 50 78 60 70 90 70 62 17 3 8 19 30 M5 M6 M4 20 22 6 6 3.5 2.1
1/25 R7G-VRSFPB25D400 104 61 98 60 70 115 90 75 18 5 8 24 40 M5 M8 M4 20 30 8 7 4 3.2
750 W 1/5 R7G-VRSFPB05C750 93.5 50 78 80 90 90 70 62 17 3 10 19 30 M6 M6 M4 20 22 6 6 3.5 2.1
1/9 R7G-VRSFPB09D750 97.5 61 98 80 90 115 90 75 18 5 10 24 40 M6 M8 M4 20 30 8 7 4 3.4
1/15 R7G-VRSFPB15D750 110 61 98 80 90 115 90 75 18 5 10 24 40 M6 M8 M4 20 30 8 7 4 3.8
1/25 R7G-VRSFPB25E750 135 75 125 80 90 135 110 98 17 5 10 32 55 M6 M10 M4 20 45 10 8 5 7.2
Key dimensions
QK
b
h
t1
D1 dia.
Four, Z1 dia.
@C2
LM
G
LR
T
F
E3
D 4
di a.
D 3h
7 di
a.
S h6
d ia
.
@C1
D2 dia.
Set bolt (AT)
Four, Z2 dia. (effective depth: l)
Chapter 2
2-14
Standard Models and Specifications
For Cylinder-style Servomotors (Backlash = 45 Max.)
* «AT» in the table refers to the set bolt.
External Diagrams
Model Dimensions (mm) Weight (kg)
LM LR C1 C2 D1 D2 D3 D4 E3 F G S T Z1 Z2 AT* l Key dimensions
QK b h t1
50 W 1/5 R7G-RGSF05B50 67.5 32 52 40 46 60 50 45 10 3 6 12 20 M4 M5 M3 12 16 4 4 2.5 0.55
1/9 R7G-RGSF09B50 67.5 32 52 40 46 60 50 45 10 3 6 12 20 M4 M5 M3 12 16 4 4 2.5 0.55
1/15 R7G-RGSF15B50 78 32 52 40 46 60 50 45 10 3 6 12 20 M4 M5 M3 12 16 4 4 2.5 0.70
1/25 R7G-RGSF25B50 78 32 52 40 46 60 50 45 10 3 6 12 20 M4 M5 M3 12 16 4 4 2.5 0.70
100 W 1/5 R7G-RGSF05B100 67.5 32 52 40 46 60 50 45 10 3 6 12 20 M4 M5 M3 12 16 4 4 2.5 0.55
1/9 R7G-RGSF09B100 67.5 32 52 40 46 60 50 45 10 3 6 12 20 M4 M5 M3 12 16 4 4 2.5 0.55
1/15 R7G-RGSF15B100 78 32 52 40 46 60 50 45 10 3 6 12 20 M4 M5 M3 12 16 4 4 2.5 0.70
1/25 R7G-RGSF25B100 78 32 52 40 46 60 50 45 10 3 6 12 20 M4 M5 M3 12 16 4 4 2.5 0.70
200 W 1/5 R7G-RGSF05B200 72.5 32 52 60 70 60 50 45 10 3 10 12 20 M5 M5 M4 12 16 4 4 2.5 0.72
1/9 R7G-RGSF09C400 89.5 50 78 60 70 90 70 62 17 3 8 19 30 M5 M6 M4 20 22 6 6 3.5 1.7
1/15 R7G-RGSF15C400 100 50 78 60 70 90 70 62 17 3 8 19 30 M5 M6 M4 20 22 6 6 3.5 2.1
1/25 R7G-RGSF25C400 100 50 78 60 70 90 70 62 17 3 8 19 30 M5 M6 M4 20 22 6 6 3.5 2.1
400 W 1/5 R7G-RGSF05C400 89.5 50 78 60 70 90 70 62 17 3 8 19 30 M5 M6 M4 20 22 6 6 3.5 1.7
1/9 R7G-RGSF09C400 89.5 50 78 60 70 90 70 62 17 3 8 19 30 M5 M6 M4 20 22 6 6 3.5 1.7
1/15 R7G-RGSF15C400 100 50 78 60 70 90 70 62 17 3 8 19 30 M5 M6 M4 20 22 6 6 3.5 2.1
1/25 R7G-RGSF25C400 100 50 78 60 70 90 70 62 17 3 8 19 30 M5 M6 M4 20 22 6 6 3.5 2.1
750 W 1/5 R7G-RGSF05C750 93.5 50 78 80 90 90 70 62 17 3 10 19 30 M6 M6 M4 20 22 6 6 3.5 2.1
1/9 R7G-RGSF09C750 93.5 50 78 80 90 90 70 62 17 3 10 19 30 M6 M6 M4 20 22 6 6 3.5 2.1
1/15 R7G-RGSF15C750 110 50 78 80 90 90 70 62 17 3 10 19 30 M6 M6 M4 20 22 6 6 3.5 2.5
1/25 R7G-RGSF25C750 110 50 78 80 90 90 70 62 17 3 10 19 30 M6 M6 M4 20 22 6 6 3.5 2.5
Key dimensions
QK
b
h
t1
D1 dia.
Four, Z1 dia.
@C2
LM
G
LR
T
F
E3
D 4
di a.
D 3h
7 di
a.
S h6
d ia
.
@C1
D2 dia.
Set bolt (AT)
Four, Z2 dia. (effective depth: l)
Chapter 2
2-15
Standard Models and Specifications
For Flat-style Servomotors (Backlash = 3 Max.)
* «AT» in the table refers to the set bolt.
External Diagrams
Model Dimensions (mm) Weight (kg)
LM LR C1 C2 D1 D2 D3 D4 E3 F G S T Z1 Z2 AT* l Key dimensions
QK b h t1
100 W 1/5 R7G-VRSFPB05B100P 72.5 32 52 60 70 60 50 45 10 3 10 12 20 M5 M5 M4 12 16 4 4 2.5 0.72
1/9 R7G-VRSFPB09B100P 72.5 32 52 60 70 60 50 45 10 3 10 12 20 M5 M5 M4 12 16 4 4 2.5 0.72
1/15 R7G-VRSFPB15B100P 83 32 52 60 70 60 50 45 10 3 10 12 20 M5 M5 M4 12 16 4 4 2.5 0.77
1/25 R7G-VRSFPB25C100P 92 50 78 60 70 90 70 62 17 3 10 19 30 M5 M6 M3 20 22 6 6 3.5 1.8
200 W 1/5 R7G-VRSFPB05B200P 72.5 32 52 80 90 60 50 45 10 3 12 12 20 M6 M5 M4 12 16 4 4 2.5 0.85
1/9 R7G-VRSFPB09C400P 93.5 50 78 80 90 90 70 62 17 3 12 19 30 M6 M6 M4 20 22 6 6 3.5 1.8
1/15 R7G-VRSFPB15C400P 100 50 78 80 90 90 70 62 17 3 12 19 30 M6 M6 M4 20 22 6 6 3.5 2.2
1/25 R7G-VRSFPB25C200P 100 50 78 80 90 90 70 62 17 3 12 19 30 M6 M6 M4 20 22 6 6 3.5 2.2
400 W 1/5 R7G-VRSFPB05C400P 93.5 50 78 80 90 90 70 62 17 3 10 19 30 M6 M6 M4 20 22 6 6 3.5 1.8
1/9 R7G-VRSFPB09C400P 93.5 50 78 80 90 90 70 62 17 3 12 19 30 M6 M6 M4 20 22 6 6 3.5 1.8
1/15 R7G-VRSFPB15C400P 100 50 78 80 90 90 70 62 17 3 12 19 30 M6 M6 M4 20 22 6 6 3.5 2.2
1/25 R7G-VRSFPB25D400P 109 61 98 80 90 115 90 75 18 5 12 24 40 M6 M8 M4 20 30 8 7 4 3.4
750 W 1/5 R7G-VRSFPB05C750P 98 50 78 120 145 90 70 62 17 3 15 19 30 M8 M6 M4 20 22 6 6 3.5 2.6
1/9 R7G-VRSFPB09D750P 97.5 61 98 120 145 115 90 75 18 5 15 24 40 M8 M8 M4 20 30 8 7 4 3.8
1/15 R7G-VRSFPB15D750P 110 61 98 120 145 115 90 75 18 5 15 24 40 M8 M8 M4 20 30 8 7 4 4.2
1/25 R7G-VRSFPB25E750P 155 75 125 120 145 135 110 98 17 5 15 32 55 M8 M10 M4 20 45 10 8 5 7.8
Key dimensions
QK
b
h
t1
LM
G
D1 dia.
Four, Z1 dia.
@C2
@C1
D2 dia.
LR
T
F
E3
D 4
di a.
D 3h
7 di
a.
S h6
d ia
.
Set bolt (AT)
Four, Z2 dia. (effective depth: l)
Chapter 2
2-16
Standard Models and Specifications
For Flat-style Servomotors (Backlash = 45 Max.)
* «AT» in the table refers to the set bolt.
External Diagrams
Model Dimensions (mm) Weight (kg)
LM LR C1 C2 D1 D2 D3 D4 E3 F G S T Z1 Z2 AT* l Key dimensions
QK b h t1
100 W 1/5 R7G-RGSF05B100P 72.5 32 52 60 70 60 50 45 10 3 10 12 20 M5 M5 M4 12 16 4 4 2.5 0.72
1/9 R7G-RGSF09B100P 72.5 32 52 60 70 60 50 45 10 3 10 12 20 M5 M5 M4 12 16 4 4 2.5 0.72
1/15 R7G-RGSF15B100P 78 32 52 60 70 60 50 45 10 3 8 12 20 M5 M5 M4 12 16 4 4 2.5 0.77
1/25 R7G-RGSF25B100P 78 32 52 60 70 60 50 45 10 3 8 12 20 M5 M5 M4 12 16 4 4 2.5 0.77
200 W 1/5 R7G-RGSF05B200P 72.5 32 52 80 90 60 50 45 10 3 12 12 20 M6 M5 M4 12 16 4 4 2.5 0.85
1/9 R7G-RGSF09C400P 89.5 50 78 80 90 90 70 62 17 3 12 19 30 M6 M6 M4 20 22 6 6 3.5 1.8
1/15 R7G-RGSF15C400P 100 50 78 80 90 90 70 62 17 3 12 19 30 M6 M6 M4 20 22 6 6 3.5 2.2
1/25 R7G-RGSF25C400P 100 50 78 80 90 90 70 62 17 3 12 19 30 M6 M6 M4 20 22 6 6 3.5 2.2
400 W 1/5 R7G-RGSF05C400P 89.5 50 78 80 90 90 70 62 17 3 12 19 30 M6 M6 M4 20 22 6 6 3.5 1.8
1/9 R7G-RGSF09C400P 89.5 50 78 80 90 90 70 62 17 3 12 19 30 M6 M6 M4 20 22 6 6 3.5 1.8
1/15 R7G-RGSF15C400P 100 50 78 80 90 90 70 62 17 3 12 19 30 M6 M6 M4 20 22 6 6 3.5 2.2
1/25 R7G-RGSF25C400P 100 50 78 80 90 90 70 62 17 3 12 19 30 M6 M6 M4 20 22 6 6 3.5 2.2
750 W 1/5 R7G-RGSF05C750P 93.5 50 78 120 145 90 70 62 17 3 15 19 30 M8 M6 M4 20 22 6 6 3.5 2.5
1/9 R7G-RGSF09C750P 93.5 50 78 120 145 90 70 62 17 3 15 19 30 M8 M6 M4 20 22 6 6 3.5 2.5
1/15 R7G-RGSF15C750P 110 50 78 120 145 90 70 62 17 3 15 19 30 M8 M6 M4 20 22 6 6 3.5 2.9
1/25 R7G-RGSF25C750P 110 50 78 120 145 90 70 62 17 3 15 19 30 M8 M6 M4 20 22 6 6 3.5 2.9
Key dimensions
QK
b
h
t1
LM
G
LR
T
F
E3
D 4
di a.
D 3h
7 di
a.
S h6
d ia
.
@C1
D2 dia. D1 dia.
Four, Z1 dia.
@C2
Set bolt (AT)
Four, Z2 dia. (effective depth: l)
Chapter 2
2-17
Standard Models and Specifications
2-3 Servo Driver Specifications
SMARTSTEP A-series R7D-AP@ Servo Drivers Select a Servo Driver to match the Servomotor to be used.
2-3-1 General Specifications
Note 1. The above items reflect individual evaluation testing. The results may differ under compound conditions.
Note 2. Absolutely do not conduct a withstand voltage test with a Megger tester on the Servo Driver. If such tests are conducted, internal elements may be damaged.
Note 3. Depending on the operating conditions, some Servo Driver parts will require maintenance. Refer to 5-5 Periodic Maintenance for details.
Note 4. The service life of the Servo Driver is 50,000 hours at an average ambient temperature of 40C at 80% of the rated torque.
Item Specifications Ambient operating temperature 0 to 55C Ambient operating humidity 90% max. (with no condensation)
Ambient storage temperature 20 to 85C Ambient storage humidity 90% max. (with no condensation)
Storage and operating atmo- sphere
No corrosive gasses.
Vibration resistance 10 to 55 Hz in X, Y, and Z directions with 0.1-mm double amplitude; accel- eration: 4.9 m/s2 max.
Impact resistance Acceleration 19.6 m/s2 max., in X, Y, and Z directions, three times
Insulation resistance Between power line terminals and case: 0.5 M min. (at 500 V DC)
Dielectric strength Between power line terminals and case: 1,500 V AC for 1 min at 50/60 Hz Between each control signal and case: 500 V AC for 1 min
Protective structure Built into panel (IP10).
Chapter 2
2-18
Standard Models and Specifications
2-3-2 Performance Specifications
Control Specifications
100-V AC Input Type
200-V AC Input Type (Single-phase Input)
Item R7D-APA3L R7D-APA5L R7D-AP01L R7D-AP02L R7D-AP04L Continuous output cur- rent (rms)
0.42 A 0.6 A 0.89 A 2.0 A 2.6 A
Momentary maximum out- put current (rms)
1.3 A 1.9 A 2.8 A 6.0 A 8.0 A
Input power supply
Main cir- cuits
Single-phase 100/115 V AC (85 to 127 V) 50/60 Hz (double voltage method)
Control circuits
Single-phase 100/115 V AC (85 to 127 V) 50/60 Hz
Heating value Main cir- cuits
3.1 W 4.6 W 6.7 W 13.3 W 20.0 W
Control circuits
13 W 13 W 13 W 13 W 13 W
Control method All-digital servo
Speed feedback 2,000 pulses/revolution, incremental encoder
Inverter method PWM method based on IGBT
PWM frequency 11.7 kHz
Maximum applicable fre- quency (command pulse application)
250 kpps
Weight Approx. 0.8 kg Approx. 0.8 kg Approx. 0.8 kg Approx. 0.8 kg Approx. 1.1 kg
Applicable Servomotor wattage
30 W 50 W 100 W 200 W 400 W
Applicable Servomotor (R7M-)
Cylinder- style
A03030 A05030 A10030 A20030 A40030
Flat-style AP10030 AP20030 AP40030
Item R7D- APA3H
R7D- APA5H
R7D- AP01H
R7D- AP02H
R7D- AP04H
R7D- AP08H
Continuous output cur- rent (rms)
0.42 A 0.6 A 0.89 A 2.0 A 2.6 A 4.4 A
Momentary maximum output current (rms)
1.3 A 1.9 A 2.8 A 6.0 A 8.0 A 13.9 A
Input power supply
Main cir- cuits
Single-phase 200/230 V AC (170 to 253 V) 50/60 Hz (for R7DAP08H only, three- phase input possible)
Control circuits
Single-phase 200/230 V AC (170 to 253 V) 50/60 Hz
Heating value
Main cir- cuits
3.1 W 4.6 W 6.7 W 13.3 W 20 W 47 W
Control circuits
20 W 20 W 20 W 20 W 20 W 20 W
Control method All-digital servo
Chapter 2
2-19
Standard Models and Specifications
2-3-3 Terminal Block Specifications
Speed feedback 2,000 pulses/revolution, incremental encoder
Inverter method PWM method based on IGBT
PWM frequency 11.7 kHz
Maximum applicable frequency (command pulse application)
250 kpps
Weight Approx. 0.8 kg
Approx. 0.8 kg
Approx. 0.8 kg
Approx. 0.8 kg
Approx. 1.1 kg
Approx. 1.7 kg
Applicable Servomotor wattage
30 W 50 W 100 W 200 W 400 W 750 W
Applicable Servomotor (R7M-)
Cylinder- type
A03030 A05030 A10030 A20030 A40030 A75030
Flat-type AP10030 AP20030 AP40030 AP75030
Signal Function Condition L1 Main circuits power
supply input R7DAP@H: Single-phase 200/230 V AC (170 to 253 V AC) 50/60 Hz R7DAP@L: Single-phase 100/115 V AC (85 to 127 V AC) 50/60 Hz Note: Only the R7DAP08H (750 W) has an L3 terminal, enabling three- phase input: Three-phase 200/230 V AC (170 to 253 V AC) 50/60 Hz
L2
L3
+1 DC Reactor termi- nal for power sup- ply harmonic control
Normally short-circuit between +1 and +2. If harmonic control measures are required, connect a DC Reactor between +1 and +2.
+2
Main circuit DC out- put (Reverse)
Do not connect anything.
L1C Control circuits power supply input
R7D-AP@H: Single-phase 200/230 V AC (170 to 253 V AC) 50/60 Hz R7D-AP@L: Single-phase 100/115 V AC (85 to 127 V AC) 50/60 HzL2C
B1 External regenera- tion resistance con- nection terminals
30 to 200 W: No External Regeneration Resistor can be connected. 400 W: This terminal does not normally need to be connected. If regenerative energy is high, connect an External Regeneration Resistor between B1 and B2. 750 W: Normally shorted between B2 and B3. If there is high regenerative energy, remove the short bar between B2 and B3 and connect an External Regeneration Resistor between B1 and B2.
B2
B3
U Servomotor con- nection terminals
Red These are the terminals for outputs to the Servomotor. Be sure to wire these terminals correctly.V White
W Blue
Green/ Yellow
Frame ground This is the ground terminal. Ground to a minimum of 100 (class D, class 3).
Item R7D- APA3H
R7D- APA5H
R7D- AP01H
R7D- AP02H
R7D- AP04H
R7D- AP08H
Chapter 2
2-20
Standard Models and Specifications
2-3-4 Control I/O Specifications (CN1)
Control I/O and External Signals for Position Control
Note 1. Interface for RS-422:
Applicable line driver: T.I. SN75174, MC3487 or equivalent
Applicable line receiver: T.I. SN75175, MC3486 or equivalent
Note 2. Automatic-reset fuses are used for output protection. If overcurrent causes the fuse to oper- ate, current will not flow, and after a fixed period of time it will automatically reset.
Maximum operating voltage: 30 V DC
RUN command
Alarm reset
Reverse pulse
Forward pulse
Deviation counter reset
Positioning completed output
Frame ground Shell
200
4
5
6
200
200
+CW
CW
+CCW
CCW
+ECRST
ECRST
1
2
3
INP8
OGND
BKIR7
10
18RESET
3.3 k14RUN
13+24VIN24 V DC
FG
(See note 1.)
3.3 k
ZCOM
Z32
33
ALMCOM
ALM34
35
22
23 TXD
TXD+
20 RXD+
21 RXD
24 RT
(See note 2.)
(See note 2.)
(See note 2.)
(See note 2.)
Maximum Output Current: Phase Z: 20 mA DC Other than Phase Z: 50 mA DC
Brake interlock
Phase Z
Alarm output
Transmission data
Reception data
Terminating resistance terminal
Chapter 2
2-21
Standard Models and Specifications
Control I/O Signals
CN1 Control Inputs
CN1 Control Outputs
Note An open-collector output interface is used for pin-7 and -8 sequence outputs. (Maximum operating volt- age: 30 V DC; maximum output current: 50 mA)
Pin No.
Signal name Function Contents
1 +PULS/CW/A Feed pulses, reverse pulses, or 90 phase difference pulses (phase A)
Pulse string input terminals for position commands. Line-driver input: 7 mA at 3 V Maximum response frequency: 250 kpps Open-collector input: 7 to 15 mA Maximum response frequency: 250 kpps Any of the following can be selected by means of a Pn200.0 setting: feed pulses or direction signals (PULS/SIGN); forward or reverse pulses (CW/CCW); 90 phase difference (phase A/B) signals (A/B).
2 PULS/CW/A
3 +SIGN/CCW/B Direction signal, for- ward pulses, or 90 phase difference pulses (phase B)
4 SIGN/CCW/B
5 +ECRST Deviation counter reset
Line-driver input: 7 mA at 3 V Open-collector input: 7 to 15 mA ON: Pulse commands prohibited and deviation counter cleared.
Note Input for at least 20 s.
6 ECRST
13 +24VIN +24-V power supply input for control DC
Power supply input terminal (+24 V DC) for sequence inputs (pins 14 and 18).
14 RUN RUN command input ON: Servo ON (Starts power to Servomotor.)
18 RESET Alarm reset input ON: Servo alarm status is reset.
Pin No.
Signal name
Function Contents
32 Z Phase Z output Outputs the Encoders phase Z. (1 pulse/revolution) Open collector output (maximum output voltage: 30 V DC max; maximum output current: 20 mA)
33 ZCOM
34 ALM Alarm output When the Servo Driver generates an alarm, the output turns OFF. Open collector output (maximum operating voltage: 30 V DC; maximum output current: 50 mA)
35 ALMCOM
7 BKIR Brake interlock output Outputs the holding brake timing signals.
8 INP Positioning completed output
ON when the position error is within the positioning completed range (Pn500).
10 OGND Output ground common Ground common for sequence outputs (pins 7 and 8).
Chapter 2
2-22
Standard Models and Specifications
Interface for RS-422
CN1: Pin Arrangement
Note Do not wire the empty pins.
CN1 Connectors (36P) Servo Driver receptacle 10236-52A2JL (Sumitomo 3M) Cable solder plug 10136-3000VE (Sumitomo 3M) Cable case 10336-52A0-008 (Sumitomo 3M)
Pin No.
Signal name Function Contents
20 RXD+ Reception data Interface for RS-422A transmission and reception.
21 RXD
22 TXD+ Transmission data
23 TXD
24 RT Terminating resistance terminal Connect to pin 21 (RXD) on the end Unit.
19 GND RS-422A ground Ground for RS-422A.
2
4
6
8
PULS /CW/A
10 OGND
12
SIGN /CCW
/B
14
ECRST
16
18
1
3
5
7
+PULS /+CW/+A
9
11
+SIGN /+CCW/+B
13
15
+ECRST
17
28
RXD+
29
TXD+
33
35
31
ALM
ALMCOM
RUN
feed pulse, reverse pulse,
phase A
Output ground common
direction signal,
forward pulse, phase B
Deviation counter reset
+ feed pulse, + reverse pulse,
+ phase A
+ direction signal,
+ forward pulse, + phase B
Reception data +
Transmission data +
Alarm output
Alarm output ground
RUN command input Z
Encoder phase-Z
output
20
22
24
26INP
+ deviation counter reset
Positioning completed
output
+24VIN Control DC +24-V input
36RESET Alarm reset
input
BKIR Brake interlock
output
RT
Terminating resistance
terminal
27
19
21
23
25
32
34
30
GND Ground for RS-422A
RXD
TXD Transmission
data
Reception data
ZCOM Phase-Z
output ground
Chapter 2
2-23
Standard Models and Specifications
Control Input Circuits
Position Command Pulse Inputs and Deviation Counter Reset Inputs
Line Driver Input
Open Collector Input Using External Power Supply
Note Select a value for resistance R so that the input current will be from 7 to 15 mA.
Sequence Inputs
Signal Levels ON level: Minimum (+24VIN-11) V OFF level: Maximum (+24VIN-1) V
Vcc R 24 V 1.6 to 2.4 k 12 V 750 to 1.1 k 5 V None
Controller Servo Driver
Applicable line driver: AM26LS31A or equivalent
Input current: 7 mA, 3 V 200 +
+
Controller Servo Driver
Input current: 7 to 15 mA 200 +
Vcc
R
External power supply: 24 V + 1 V DC Power supply capacity: 50 mA min. (per Unit)
To other input circuit GNDs To other input circuits
Photocoupler input: 24 V DC, 7 mA
Servo Driver
13+24VIN
14 3.3 k
Minimum ON time: 2 ms
Chapter 2
2-24
Standard Models and Specifications
Control Output Circuits
Sequence and Alarm Outputs
Note Automatic-reset fuses are used for output protection. If overcurrent causes the fuse to operate, current will not flow, and after a fixed period of time it will automatically reset.
Phase-Z Output
Note Automatic-reset fuses are used for output protection. If overcurrent causes the fuse to operate, current will not flow, and after a fixed period of time it will automatically reset.
To other output circuits
Di: Diode for preventing surge voltage (Use speed diodes.)
External power supply 24 V DC 1 V
Maximum operating voltage: 30 V DC Maximum output current: 50 mA
Servo Driver
+
X
Di
(See note.)
Maximum operating voltage: 30 V DC Maximum output current: 20 mA
(See note.) FG
ZCOM
Z32
33
Servo Driver Controller
Chapter 2
2-25
Standard Models and Specifications
Control Input Details
Feed Pulse/Direction Signal, Reverse Pulse/Forward Pulse, +90 Phase Difference Signals (Phase A/Phase B)
CN1 Pin Numbers CN1 pin 1: +Feed Pulse (+PULS), +Reverse Pulse (+CW), +90 Phase Difference Signals (Phase A) (+A) CN1 pin 2: Feed Pulse (PULS), Reverse Pulse (CW), 90 Phase Difference Signals (Phase A) (A) CN1 pin 3: +Direction Signal (+SIGN), +Forward Pulse (+CCW), +90 Phase Difference Signals (Phase B) (+B) CN1 pin 4: Direction Signal (SIGN), Forward Pulse (CCW), 90 Phase Difference Signals (Phase B) (B)
Functions The function of these signals depends on the setting of Pn200.0 (command pulse mode: position control setting 1).
Logic Pn200.0 setting
Command pulse mode
Input pins Servomotor forward command
Servomotor reverse command
0 Feed pulse and direction signal
1: +PULS 2: PULS 3: +SIGN 4: SIGN
1 Reverse pulse and forward pulse
1: +CW 2: CW 3: +CCW 4: CCW
2 90 phase differ- ence signals (1)
1: +A 2: A 3: +B 4: B
3 90 phase differ- ence signals (2)
4 90 phase differ- ence signals (4)
P os
iti ve
H L
L
L
Chapter 2
2-26
Standard Models and Specifications
5 Feed pulse and direction signal
1: +PULS 2: PULS 3: +SIGN 4: SIGN
6 Reverse pulse and forward pulse
1: +CW 2: CW 3: +CCW 4: CCW
7 90 phase differ- ence signals (1)
1: +A 2: A 3: +B 4: B
8 90 phase differ- ence signals (2)
9 90 phase differ- ence signals (4)
Logic Pn200.0 setting
Command pulse mode
Input pins Servomotor forward command
Servomotor reverse command
N eg
at iv
e
L H
H
H
Chapter 2
2-27
Standard Models and Specifications
Command Pulse Timing
The following wave forms are for positive logic. Conditions are the same for negative logic.
Command pulse mode
Timing
Feed pulse and direc- tion signal Maximum input fre- quency: 250 kpps
Reverse pulse and for- ward pulse Maximum input fre- quency: 250 kpps
90 phase difference signals Maximum input fre- quency: 1: Line driver: 250 kpps 2: Line driver: 250 kpps 4: Line driver: 187.5 kpps
Direction signals
Feed pulses
Forward rotation command Reverse rotation command
t1 0.1 s t2 > 3.0 s 2.0 s T 4.0 s (/T) 100 50 (%)
t1 t1t2 t2 t2
t1 t1
T
Reverse pulses
Forward pulses
Forward rotation command Reverse rotation command
t1 0.1 s t2 > 3.0 s 2.0 s T 4.0 s (/T) 100 50 (%)
T
t2
t1 t1
Phase A pulses
Phase B pulses
Forward rotation command Reverse rotation command
t1 0.1 ms 2.0 ms T 4.0 ms (/T) 100 50 (%)
t1 t1
T
Chapter 2
2-28
Standard Models and Specifications
+ Deviation Counter Reset (5: +ECRST) Deviation Counter Reset (6: ECRST)
The content of the deviation counter will be reset when the deviation counter reset signal turns ON and the position loop will be disabled. Input the reset signal for 20 s minimum. The counter will not be reset if the signal is too short.
RUN Command Input (14: RUN) This is the input that turns ON the power drive circuit for the main circuit of the Servo Driver. If this signal is not input (i.e., servo-OFF status), the Servomotor cannot operate except for JOG opera- tions.
Alarm Reset (18: RESET) This is the external reset signal input for the alarm. Remove the cause of the alarm and then restart operation. Turn OFF the RUN command before inputting the reset signal. It can be dangerous to input the reset signal while the RUN command is ON.
Control Output Details
Control Output Sequence
Alarm Output (34: ALM) Alarm Output Ground (35: ALMCOM)
When the Servo Driver detects an error, outputs are turned OFF. This output is OFF at the time of powering up, and turns ON when the initial processing is completed.
Power supply input
(L1C, LC2, L1, L2, (L3))
Alarm output
(ALM)
Brake interlock output
(BKIR)
RUN command input
(RUN)
Alarm reset input
(RESET)
2 ms
0 to 35 ms
300 ms
Positioning completed output
(INP)
Approx. 2 s
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
2 ms
Chapter 2
2-29
Standard Models and Specifications
Positioning Completed Output (8: INP) The INP signal turns ON when the number of accumulated pulses in the deviation counter is less than Pn500 (positioning completed range).
Brake Interlock Output (7: BKIR) External brake timing signals are output.
2-3-5 Encoder Input Connector Specifications (CN2)
CN2 Connectors Used (14P) Servo Driver receptacle: 10214-52A2JL (Sumitomo 3M) Cable solder plug: 10114-3000VE (Sumitomo 3M) Cable case: 10314-52A0-008 (Sumitomo 3M)
2-3-6 Communications Connector Specifications (CN3)
CN3 Connectors Used (8P) Servo Driver receptacle: HR12-10R-8 SDL (Hirose Electric) Cable connector: HR212-10P-8P (Hirose Electric)
Pin No. Symbol Signal name Function/Interface 1, 2, 3 E0V Encoder power supply GND Power supply outlet for encoder: 5 V, 180 mA
4, 5, 6 E5V Encoder power supply +5 V
8 S+ Encoder + phase-S input Line driver input (conforming to EIARS-422A) (Input impedance: 300 5%)9 S Encoder phase-S input
10 A+ Encoder + phase-A input Line driver input (conforming to EIARS-422A) (Input impedance: 300 5%)11 A Encoder phase-A input
12 B+ Encoder + phase-B input Line driver input (conforming to EIARS-422A) (Input impedance: 300 5%)13 B Encoder phase-B input
Shell FG Shield ground Cable shield ground
Pin No. Symbol Signal name Function/Interface 1 /TXD Transmission data Transmission data, RS-232C output
Reception data, RS-232C input2 /RXD Reception data
3 PRMU Unit switching This is the switching terminal for a Parameter Unit or personal computer.
7 +5V +5 V output This is the +5-V power supply output to the Parameter Unit.8 GND Ground
Shell FG Shield ground Cable shield ground
Chapter 2
2-30
Standard Models and Specifications
2-3-7 Monitor Output Connector Specifications (CN4)
CN4 Connectors Used (4P) Servo Driver receptacle: DF11-4DP-2DSA (01) (Hirose Electric) Cable connector socket: DF11-4DS-2C (Hirose Electric) Cable connector contact: DF11-2428SCF (Hirose Electric)
Pin No. Symbol Signal name Function/Interface 1 NM Speed monitor Speed monitor output: 1 V per 1,000 r/min
Forward rotation: voltage; reverse rotation: + voltage The output accuracy is approximately 15%.
2 AM Current monitor Current monitor output: 1 V / rated torque Forward rotation: voltage; reverse rotation: + voltage The output accuracy is approximately 15%.
3 GND Monitor ground Grounds for monitor output
4 GND Monitor ground
Chapter 2
2-31
Standard Models and Specifications
2-4 Servomotor Specifications
SMARTSTEP A-series Servomotors (R7M-A@) There are two kinds of SMARTSTEP A-series Servomotor:
3,000-r/min Cylinder-style Servomotors
3,000-r/min Flat-style Servomotors
These Servomotors also have optional specifications, such as the shaft type, brake, etc. Select the appropriate Servomotor for your system according to the load conditions and installa- tion environment.
2-4-1 General Specifications
Note 1. Vibration may be amplified due to sympathetic resonance of machinery, so use the Servo- motor Driver under conditions that will not exceed 80% of the specification values over a long period of time.
Note 2. The above items reflect individual evaluation testing. The results may differ under compound conditions.
Note 3. The Servomotors cannot be used in misty environments.
Item Specification Ambient operating temperature 0 to 40C Ambient operating humidity 20% to 80% (with no condensation)
Storage ambient temperature 20 to 60C Ambient storage temperature 20% to 80% (with no condensation)
Storage and operating atmo- sphere
No corrosive gasses.
Vibration resistance (See note 1.)
10 to 2,500 Hz, 0.2-mm double amplitude or 24.5 m/s2 max. acceleration, whichever is smallest, in X, Y, and Z directions.
Impact resistance Acceleration 98 m/s2 max., in X, Y, and Z directions, two times
Insulation resistance Between power line terminals and FG: 10 M min. (via 500-V DC Megger Tester)
Dielectric strength Between power line terminals and FG: 1,500 V AC for 1 min at 50/60 Hz
Run position All directions
Insulation grade Type B
Structure Totally-enclosed self-cooling
Protective structure IP55 (Excluding through-shaft portion)
Vibration grade V-15
Mounting method Flange-mounting
Chapter 2
2-32
Standard Models and Specifications
2-4-2 Performance Specifications
3,000-r/min Cylinder-style Servomotors Item Unit R7M-
A03030 R7M-
A05030 R7M-
A10030 R7M-
A20030 R7M-
A40030 R7M-
A75030 Rated output* W 30 50 100 200 400 750
Rated torque* Nm 0.095 0.159 0.318 0.637 1.27 2.39
Rated rotation speed
r/min 3,000
Momentary maxi- mum rotation speed
r/min 4,500
Momentary maxi- mum torque*
Nm 0.29 0.48 0.96 1.91 3.82 7.1
Rated current* A (rms) 0.42 0.60 0.89 2.0 2.6 4.4
Momentary maxi- mum current*
A (rms) 1.3 1.9 2.8 6.0 8.0 13.9
Rotor inertia kgm2 (GD2/4)
1.7 106 2.2 106 3.6 106 1.19 105 1.87 105 6.67 105
Torque constant* Nm/A 0.255 0.286 0.408 0.355 0.533 0.590
Induced voltage constant*
mV/ (r/ min)
8.89 9.98 14.0 12.4 18.6 20.6
Power rate* kW/s 5.31 11.5 28.1 34.1 86.3 85.6
Mechanical time constant
ms 1.2 0.8 0.5 0.4 0.2 0.3
Winding resistance 15.8 9.64 6.99 1.34 1.23 0.45
Winding inductance mH 23.1 16.9 13.2 7.2 7.9 5.7
Electrical time con- stant
ms 1.5 1.8 1.9 5.4 6.4 13
Allowable radial load
N 68 68 78 245 245 392
Allowable thrust load
N 54 54 54 74 74 147
W ei
gh t Without brake kg Approx. 0.3 Approx. 0.4 Approx. 0.5 Approx. 1.1 Approx. 1.7 Approx. 3.4
With brake kg Approx. 0.6 Approx. 0.7 Approx. 0.8 Approx. 1.6 Approx. 2.2 Approx. 4.3
Radiation shield dimensions (material)
t6 @250 mm (Al)
Applicable Servo Driver (R7D-)
100 VAC APA3L APA5L AP01L AP02L AP04L
200 VAC APA3H APA5H AP01H AP02H AP04H AP08H
Chapter 2
2-33
Standard Models and Specifications
Note 1. *The values for items marked by asterisks are the values at an armature winding tempera- ture of 100C, combined with the Servo Driver. Other values are at normal conditions (20C, 65%). The momentary maximum torque shown above indicates the standard value.
Note 2. The brakes are the non-excitation operation type (released when excitation voltage is ap- plied).
Note 3. The operation time is the measured value (reference value) with a surge killer (CR50500, by Okaya Electric Industries co. LTD) inserted.
Note 4. The allowable radial and thrust loads are the values determined for a service life of 20,000 hours at normal operating temperatures.
Note 5. The value indicated for the allowable radial load is for the positions shown in the diagrams following the next table.
B ra
ke s
pe ci
fic at
io ns Brake inertia kgm2
(GD2/4) 8.5 107 8.5 107 8.5 107 6.4 106 6.4 106 1.71 105
Excitation volt- age
V 24 V DC 10%
Power con- sumption (at 20C)
W 6 6 6 7 7 7.7
Current con- sumption (at 20C)
A 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.29 0.29 0.32
Static friction torque
Nm 0.2 min. 0.2 min. 0.34 min. 1.47 min. 1.47 min. 2.45 min.
Attraction time (See note 3.)
ms 30 max. 30 max. 30 max. 60 max. 60 max. 60 max.
Release time (See note 3.)
ms 60 max. 60 max. 60 max. 20 max. 20 max. 20 max.
Backlash 1 (reference value)
Rating Continuous
Insulation grade Type F
Item Unit R7M- A03030
R7M- A05030
R7M- A10030
R7M- A20030
R7M- A40030
R7M- A75030
Radial load
Thrust load
5 mm
Chapter 2
2-34
Standard Models and Specifications
3,000-r/min Cylinder-style Servomotors: Torque and Rotation Speed Characteristics The following graphs show the characteristics with a 3-m standard cable, and a 100-V AC input for R7D-AP@L Servo Drivers, or a 200-V AC input for R7D-AP@H Servo Drivers.
R7M-A03030 (30 W)
Repeated usage
Continuous usage
R7M-A05030 (50 W)
Repeated usage
Continuous usage
R7M-A10030 (100 W)
Repeated usage
Continuous usage
R7M-A20030 (200 W)
Repeated usage
Continuous usage
R7M-A40030 (400 W)
Repeated usage
Continuous usage
R7M-A75030 (750 W)
Repeated usage
Continuous usage
0.1
1000 2000 3000
0.1590.159
0.107
4000 5000 0
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5 0.48 0.48
(Nm)
(r/min)
0.1
0.2
0.3
1000 2000 3000
0.0950.095
0.069
4000 5000 0
0.29 0.29
(Nm)
(r/min)
0.2
1000 2000 3000
0.96
(3600)
0.3180.318
0.91
0.222
4000 5000 0
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0 0.96
(Nm)
(r/min)
0.5
1.0
1.5
1000 2000 3000
1.91 (3650)
0.6370.637
1.33
0.452
4000 5000 0
2.0 1.91
(Nm)
(r/min)
1.0
2.0
3.0
1000 2000 3000
3.82 (2900)
(2000)
1.271.27 1.45
0.89
4000 5000 0
4.0 3.82
(Nm)
(r/min)
2.0
4.0
6.0
1000 2000 3000
7.1 (2225)
2.392.39
1.24
4000 5000 0
8.0
7.1
(Nm)
(r/min)
1.24
100-V AC input
Chapter 2
2-35
Standard Models and Specifications
3,000-r/min Flat-style Servomotors Item Unit R7M-
AP10030 R7M-
AP20030 R7M-
AP40030 R7M-
AP75030 Rated output* W 100 200 400 750
Rated torque* Nm 0.318 0.637 1.27 2.39
Rated rotation speed r/min 3,000
Momentary maximum rotation speed
r/min 4,500
Momentary maximum torque*
Nm 0.96 1.91 3.82 7.1
Rated current* A (rms) 0.89 2.0 2.6 4.1
Momentary maximum current*
A (rms) 2.8 6.0 8.0 13.9
Rotor inertia kgm2 (GD2/4) 6.5 106 2.09 105 3.47 105 2.11 104
Torque constant* Nm/A 0.392 0.349 0.535 0.641
Induced voltage con- stant*
mV/ (r/min) 13.7 12.2 18.7 22.4
Power rate* kW/s 15.7 19.4 46.8 26.9
Mechanical time con- stant
ms 0.7 0.6 0.4 0.7
Winding resistance 5.53 1.13 1.04 0.43
Winding inductance mH 20.7 8.4 8.9 7.7
Electrical time con- stant
ms 3.7 7.4 8.5 18
Allowable radial load N 78 245 245 392
Allowable thrust load N 49 68 68 147
W ei
gh t Without brake kg Approx. 0.7 Approx. 1.4 Approx. 2.1 Approx. 4.2
With brake kg Approx. 0.9 Approx. 1.9 Approx. 2.6 Approx. 5.7
Radiation shield dimensions (mate- rial)
t6 @250 mm (Al) t12 @300 mm (Al)
Applicable Servo Driver (R7D-)
100 VAC AP01L AP02L AP04L
200 VAC AP01H AP02H AP04H AP08H
B ra
ke s
pe ci
fic at
io ns Brake inertia kgm2 (GD2/4) 2.9 106 1.09 105 1.09 105 8.75 105
Excitation voltage V 24 V DC 10%
Power consump- tion (at 20C)
W 6 5 7.6 7.5
Current consump- tion (at 20C)
A 0.25 0.21 0.32 0.31
Static friction torque
Nm 0.4 min. 0.9 min. 1.9 min. 3.5 min.
Attraction time (See note 3.)
ms 40 max. 40 max. 40 max. 40 max.
Release time (See note 3.)
ms 20 max. 20 max. 20 max. 20 max.
Backlash 1 (reference value)
Rating Continuous
Insulation grade
Type F
Chapter 2
2-36
Standard Models and Specifications
Note 1. *The values for items marked by asterisks are the values at an armature winding tempera- ture of 100C, combined with the Servo Driver. Other values are at normal conditions (20C, 65%). The momentary maximum torque shown above indicates the standard value.
Note 2. The brakes are the non-excitation operation type (released when excitation voltage is ap- plied).
Note 3. The operation time is the measured value (reference value) with a surge killer (CR50500, by Okaya Electric Industries co. LTD) inserted.
Note 4. The allowable radial and thrust loads are the values determined for a service life of 20,000 hours at normal operating temperatures.
Note 5. The value indicated for the allowable radial load is for the position shown in the following di- agram.
Radial load
5 mm
Thrust load
Chapter 2
2-37
Standard Models and Specifications
3,000-r/min Flat-style Servomotors: Torque and Rotation Speed Characteristics The following graphs show the characteristics with a 3-m standard cable, and a 100-V AC input for R7D-AP@L Servo Drivers, or a 200-V AC input for R7D-AP@H Servo Drivers.
R7M-AP10030 (100 W)
Repeated usage
Continuous usage
R7M-AP20030 (200 W)
Repeated usage
Continuous usage
R7M-AP40030 (400 W)
Repeated usage
Continuous usage
R7M-AP75030 (750 W)
Repeated usage
Continuous usage
0.2
1000 2000 3000
0.96
(3725)
0.3180.318
0.800
0.222
4000 5000 0
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0 0.96
(Nm)
(r/min)
0.5
1.0
1.5
1000 2000 3000
1.91 (3600)
0.6370.637
1.40
0.452
4000 5000 0
2.0 1.91
(Nm)
(r/min)
1.0
2.0
3.0
1000 2000 3000
1.271.27
1.77
1.22
0.87
4000 5000 0
4.0 3.82
(Nm)
(r/min)
2.0
4.0
6.0
1000 2000 3000
7.1 (3200)
2.392.39
1.54 1.64
2.45
4000 5000 0
8.0
7.1
(Nm)
(r/min)
3.82 (3250)
(2350)
Three-phase 200-V AC input
(2500) 100-V AC input
Single-phase 200-V AC input
Chapter 2
2-38
Standard Models and Specifications
Servomotor and Mechanical System Temperature Characteristics SMARTSTEP A-series Servomotors use rare earth magnets (neodymium-iron magnets). The tem-
perature coefficient for these magnets is approximately 0.13%/C. As the temperature drops, the Servomotors momentary maximum torque increases, and as the temperature rises the Servomo- tors momentary maximum torque decreases. When the normal temperature of 20C and 10C are compared, the momentary maximum torque increases by approximately 4%. Conversely, when the magnet warms up to 80C from the normal temperature of 20C, the momentary maximum torque decreases by approximately 8%.
Generally, in a mechanical system, when the temperature drops the friction torque increases and the load torque becomes larger. For that reason, overloading may occur at low temperatures. In particular, in systems which use reduction gear, the load torque at low temperatures may be nearly twice the load torque at normal temperatures. Check with a current monitor to see whether over- loading is occurring at low temperatures, and how much the load torque is. Likewise, check to see whether there abnormal Servomotor overheating or alarms are occurring at high temperatures.
An increase in load friction torque visibly increases load inertia. Therefore, even if the Servo Driver parameters are adjusted at a normal temperature, there may not be optimal operation at low tem- peratures. Check to see whether there is optimal operation at low temperatures too.
2-4-3 Encoder Specifications Item Specification
Cylinder-style Servomotors Flat-style Servomotors Encoder method Optical encoder (incremental) Magnetic encoder
(incremental)
Number of output pulses Phase A, B: 2,000 pulses/revolution Phase Z: 1 pulse/revolution
Power supply voltage 5 V DC5%
Power supply current 150 mA max.
Maximum rotation speed 4,500 r/min
Output signals +A, A, +B, B, +S, S
Output interface Conforming to EIA RS-422A. Output based on AM26LS31CN or equivalent.
Serial communications data Phase Z, poll sensor, phases U, V, W
Serial communications method Combined communications method using phases A, B, and S.
Chapter 2
2-39
Standard Models and Specifications
2-5 Reduction Gear Specifications
Reduction Gears for SMARTSTEP A-series Servomotors (R7G-@) There are two kinds of reduction gears for SMARTSTEP A-series Servomotors:
Reduction gears for 3,000-r/min Cylinder-style Servomotors (Backlash 3 max. and backlash 45 max.)
Reduction gears for 3,000-r/min Flat-style Servomotors (Backlash 3 max. and backlash 45 max.)
There are four reduction ratios: 1/5, 1/9, 1/15, and 1/25. Select a reduction ratio to match the ca- pacity of the Servomotor.
Note There are no 30-W reduction gears for Cylinder-style Servomotors.
Reduction Gears for Cylinder-style Servomotors
Backlash = 3 Max.
Note 1. The reduction gear inertia indicates the Servomotor shaft conversion value.
Note 2. The enclosure rating for Servomotors with reduction gears is IP44.
Note 3. The allowable radial torque is the value for the center of the shaft.
Model Rated rotation speed
Rated torque
Ratio Maximum momentary
rotation speed
Maximum momentary
torque
Reduction gear inertia
Allowable radial torque
Allowable thrust torque
r/min Nm % r/min Nm kgm2 N N
50 W 1/5 R7G-VRSFPB05B50 600 0.517 65 900 1.56 4.13 106 392 196
1/9 R7G-VRSFPB09B50 333 0.93 65 500 2.81 3.53 106 441 220
1/15 R7G-VRSFPB15B50 200 1.67 70 300 5.04 3.67 106 588 294
1/25 R7G-VRSFPB25B50 120 2.78 70 180 8.40 3.59 106 686 343
100 W 1/5 R7G-VRSFPB05B100 600 1.19 75 900 3.60 4.08 106 392 196
1/9 R7G-VRSFPB09B100 333 2.29 80 500 6.91 3.43 106 441 220
1/15 R7G-VRSFPB15B100 200 3.82 80 300 11.5 3.62 106 588 294
1/25 R7G-VRSFPB25C100 120 6.36 80 180 19.2 3.92 106 1323 661
200 W 1/5 R7G-VRSFPB05B200 600 2.71 85 900 8.12 1.53 105 392 196
1/9 R7G-VRSFPB09C400 333 3.78 66 500 11.3 2.68 105 931 465
1/15 R7G-VRSFPB15C400 200 6.31 66 300 18.9 2.71 105 1176 588
1/25 R7G-VRSFPB25C200 120 11.1 70 180 33.4 2.67 105 1323 661
400 W 1/5 R7G-VRSFPB05C400 600 5.40 85 900 16.2 3.22 105 784 392
1/9 R7G-VRSFPB09C400 333 9.49 83 500 28.5 2.68 105 931 465
1/15 R7G-VRSFPB15C400 200 15.8 83 300 47.6 2.71 105 1176 588
1/25 R7G-VRSFPB25D400 120 26.4 83 180 79.3 2.79 105 1617 808
750 W 1/5 R7G-VRSFPB05C750 600 10.8 90 900 32.0 7.17 105 784 392
1/9 R7G-VRSFPB09D750 333 18.3 85 500 54.3 6.50 105 1176 588
1/15 R7G-VRSFPB15D750 200 30.5 85 300 90.5 7.09 105 1372 686
1/25 R7G-VRSFPB25E750 120 50.8 85 180 151 7.05 105 2058 1029
Chapter 2
2-40
Standard Models and Specifications
Backlash = 45 Max.
Note 1. The reduction gear inertia indicates the Servomotor shaft conversion value.
Note 2. The enclosure rating for Servomotors with reduction gears is IP44.
Note 3. The allowable radial torque is the value for the center of the shaft.
Note 4. These are the allowable torque values for the reduction gears. Do not exceed these values.
Model Rated rotation speed
Rated torque Ratio Maximum momentary
rotation speed
Maximum momentary
torque
Reduction gear inertia
Allow- able
radial torque
Allow- able
thrust torque
r/min Nm % r/min Nm kgm2 N N
50 W 1/5 R7G-RGSF05B50 600 0.517 65 900 1.56 4.13 106 392 196
1/9 R7G-RGSF09B50 333 0.93 65 500 2.81 3.53 106 441 220
1/15 R7G-RGSF15B50 200 1.67 70 300 5.04 3.67 106 588 294
1/25 R7G-RGSF25B50 120 2.78 70 180 8.40 3.59 106 686 343
100 W 1/5 R7G-RGSF05B100 600 1.19 75 900 3.60 4.08 106 392 196
1/9 R7G-RGSF09B100 333 2.29 80 500 6.91 3.43 106 441 220
1/15 R7G-RGSF15B100 200 3.82 80 300 11.5 3.62 106 588 294
1/25 R7G-RGSF25B100 120 4.02 (See note 4.) 50 180 12.0 (See note 4.) 3.54 106 686 343
200 W 1/5 R7G-RGSF05B200 600 2.71 85 900 8.10 1.53 105 392 196
1/9 R7G-RGSF09C400 333 3.78 66 500 11.3 2.68 105 931 465
1/15 R7G-RGSF15C400 200 6.31 66 300 18.9 2.71 105 1176 588
1/25 R7G-RGSF25C400 120 11.1 70 180 33.4 2.67 105 1323 661
400 W 1/5 R7G-RGSF05C400 600 5.40 85 900 16.2 3.22 105 784 392
1/9 R7G-RGSF09C400 333 9.49 83 500 28.5 2.68 105 931 465
1/15 R7G-RGSF15C400 200 15.8 83 300 47.6 2.71 105 1176 588
1/25 R7G-RGSF25C400 120 21.7 (See note 4.) 68 180 65.1 (See note 4.) 2.67 105 1323 661
750 W 1/5 R7G-RGSF05C750 600 10.8 90 900 32.0 7.17 105 784 392
1/9 R7G-RGSF09C750 333 9.7 (See note 4.) 45 500 29.1 (See note 4.) 6.46 105 931 465
1/15 R7G-RGSF15C750 200 16.2 (See note 4.) 45 300 48.6 (See note 4.) 7.53 105 1176 588
1/25 R7G-RGSF25C750 120 21.7 (See note 4.) 36 180 65.1 (See note 4.) 7.22 105 1323 661
Chapter 2
2-41
Standard Models and Specifications
Reduction Gears for Flat-style Servomotors
Backlash = 3 Max.
Note 1. The reduction gear inertia indicates the Servomotor shaft conversion value.
Note 2. The enclosure rating for Servomotors with reduction gears is IP44.
Note 3. The allowable radial torque is the value for the center of the shaft.
Model Rated rotation speed
Rated torque
Ratio Maximum momentary
rotation speed
Maximum momentary
torque
Reduction gear inertia
Allowable radial torque
Allowable thrust torque
r/min Nm % r/min Nm kgm2 N N
100 W 1/5 R7G-VRSFPB05B100P 600 1.19 75 900 3.60 1.60 105 392 196
1/9 R7G-VRSFPB09B100P 333 2.29 80 500 6.91 1.37 105 441 220
1/15 R7G-VRSFPB15B100P 200 3.82 80 300 11.5 3.38 106 588 294
1/25 R7G-VRSFPB25C100P 120 6.36 80 180 19.2 3.68 106 1323 661
200 W 1/5 R7G-VRSFPB05B200P 600 2.71 85 900 8.12 1.53 105 392 196
1/9 R7G-VRSFPB09C400P 333 3.78 66 500 11.3 2.56 105 931 465
1/15 R7G-VRSFPB15C400P 200 6.31 66 300 18.9 2.71 105 1176 588
1/25 R7G-VRSFPB25C200P 120 11.1 70 180 33.4 2.67 105 1323 661
400 W 1/5 R7G-VRSFPB05C400P 600 5.40 85 900 16.2 3.23 105 784 392
1/9 R7G-VRSFPB09C400P 333 9.49 83 500 28.5 2.56 105 931 465
1/15 R7G-VRSFPB15C400P 200 15.8 83 300 47.6 2.71 105 1176 588
1/25 R7G-VRSFPB25D400P 120 26.4 83 180 79.3 2.79 105 1617 808
750 W 1/5 R7G-VRSFPB05C750P 600 10.8 90 900 32.0 7.17 105 784 392
1/9 R7G-VRSFPB09D750P 333 18.3 85 500 54.3 6.50 105 1176 588
1/15 R7G-VRSFPB15D750P 200 30.5 85 300 90.5 6.86 105 1372 686
1/25 R7G-VRSFPB25E750P 120 50.8 85 180 151 7.05 105 2058 1029
Chapter 2
2-42
Standard Models and Specifications
Backlash = 45 Max.
Note 1. The reduction gear inertia indicates the Servomotor shaft conversion value.
Note 2. The enclosure rating for Servomotors with reduction gears is IP44.
Note 3. The allowable radial torque is the value for the center of the shaft.
Note 4. These are the allowable torque values for the reduction gears. Do not exceed these values.
Model Rated rotation speed
Rated torque Ratio Maximum momentary
rotation speed
Maximum momentary
torque
Reduction gear inertia
Allow- able
radial torque
Allow- able
thrust torque
r/min Nm % r/min Nm kgm2 N N
100 W 1/5 R7G-RGSF05B100P 600 1.19 75 900 3.60 1.60 105 392 196
1/9 R7G-RGSF09B100P 333 2.29 80 500 6.91 1.37 105 441 220
1/15 R7G-RGSF15B100P 200 3.82 80 300 11.5 3.38 106 588 294
1/25 R7G-RGSF25B100P 120 4.02 (See note 4.) 50 180 12.0 (See note 4.)
3.78 106 686 343
200 W 1/5 R7G-RGSF05B200P 600 2.71 85 900 8.10 1.53 105 392 196
1/9 R7G-RGSF09C400P 333 3.78 66 500 11.3 2.56 105 931 465
1/15 R7G-RGSF15C400P 200 6.31 66 300 18.9 2.71 105 1176 588
1/25 R7G-RGSF25C400P 120 11.1 70 180 33.4 2.67 105 1323 661
400 W 1/5 R7G-RGSF05C400P 600 5.40 85 900 16.2 3.23 105 784 392
1/9 R7G-RGSF09C400P 333 9.49 83 500 28.5 2.56 105 931 465
1/15 R7G-RGSF15C400P 200 15.8 83 300 47.6 2.71 105 1176 588
1/25 R7G-RGSF25C400P 120 21.7 (See note 4.) 68 180 65.1 (See note 4.)
2.67 105 1323 661
750 W 1/5 R7G-RGSF05C750P 600 10.8 90 900 32.0 7.17 105 784 392
1/9 R7G-RGSF09C750P 333 9.7 (See note 4.) 45 500 29.1 (See note 4.)
6.00 105 931 465
1/15 R7G-RGSF15C750P 200 16.2 (See note 4.) 45 300 48.6 (See note 4.)
7.65 105 1176 588
1/25 R7G-RGSF25C750P 120 21.7 (See note 4.) 36 180 65.1 (See note 4.)
7.22 105 1323 661
Chapter 2
2-43
Standard Models and Specifications
2-6 Cable and Connector Specifications
2-6-1 Control Cables
General Control Cables (R88A-CPU@@@S) A General Control Cable is connected to the Servo Drivers Control I/O Connector (CN1). There is no connector on the Controller end. When connecting it to a Position Control Unit with no special cable provided, or to a controller manufactured by another company, wire a connector to match the control- ler.
Note There is one method for connecting to a Controller with no special cable provided, and another method for using connector Terminal Block cable and a connector Terminal Block.
Cable Models
Connection Configuration and External Dimensions
Model Length (L) Outer diameter of sheath Weight R88A-CPU001S 1 m 9.9 dia. Approx. 0.3 kg
R88A-CPU002S 2 m Approx. 0.6 kg
Controller Servo Driver
R7D-AP@43 .6
39L
t=18
Chapter 2
2-44
Standard Models and Specifications
Wiring
Connector plug: 10136-3000VE (Sumitomo 3M) Connector case: 10336-52A0-008 (Sumitomo 3M) Cable: AWG24 18P UL20276
Note Wires with the same wire color and the same number of marks form twisted pairs. For example, the orange wire with one red mark () is twisted together with the orange wire with one black mark ().
Connector Terminal Block Cables (R88A-CTU@@@N)
Cable Models
Connection Configuration and External Dimensions
Model Length (L) Outer diameter of sheath Weight R88A-CTU001N 1 m 9.9 dia. Approx. 0.3 kg
R88A-CTU002N 2 m Approx. 0.6 kg
Wire/Mark colorNo. Symbol 1 Orange/Black () +CW 2 Orange/Red () CW 3 Gray/Black () +CCW 4 Gray/Red () CCW 5 White/Black () 6 White/Red () 7 Yellow/Black () BKIR 8 Yellow/Red () INP 9 Pink/Black ()
10 Pink/Red () 11 Gray/Black () 12 Gray/Red ()
+24VIN 13
Orange/Black () +24VINOrange/Red ()
RUN14 White/Black () 15 White/Red () 16 Yellow/Black () 17 Yellow/Red () 18 Pink/Black () RESET
Wire/Mark colorNo. Symbol
27 Yellow/Red () 28 Pink/Black () 29 Pink/Red () 30 Orange/Black () 31 Orange/Red () 32 Gray/Black () Z
ALM 33 Gray/Red () ZCOM 34 White/Black () 35 36
White/Red () ALMCOM
Shell Shield FG
20 Orange/Black () RXD+ GND
21 Orange/Red () RXD 22 Gray/Black () TXD+
TXD RT
23 Gray/Red () 24 White/Black () 25 White/Red () 26 Yellow/Black ()
19 Pink/Red ()
+ECRST ECRST
OGND
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
9 10
11 12
13 14
15 16
17 18
27 28
29 30
31 32
33 34
35 36
20 21
22 23
24 25
26
19
Connector Pin Arrangement
Connector Terminal Block
Servo Driver
R7D-AP@
XW2B-40F5-P
43 .6
39L46
72 .7
2
t=18 t=10.3
Chapter 2
2-45
Standard Models and Specifications
Wiring
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34
37 38
35 36
39 40
Terminal Block Connector
A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B
No.
Servo Driver
+CW CW
CCW CCW
BKIR INP
+24VIN RUN
RESET GND
+ECRST ECRST
OGND
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
27 28 29 30 31 32 Z
ALM 33 ZCOM 34 35 ALMCOM
Shell FG
20 RXD+ 21 RXD 22 TXD+
TXD RT
23 24 25 26
19
Symbol
Servo Driver connector: Connector plug: 10136-3000VE (Sumitomo 3M) Connector case: 10336-52A0-008 (Sumitomo 3M) Terminal block connector Connector plug: FCN-361J040-AU (Fujitsu) Connector case: FCN-360C040-B (Fujitsu) Cable: AWG24 18P UL20276
Chapter 2
2-46
Standard Models and Specifications
2-6-2 Servomotor Cables A Servomotor Cable connects a Servomotor to the Servo Driver and is available in either of two types: Separate Cables and Integrated Cables. The Integrated Cables include the encoder cable and power cable. Select a Cable to match the Servomotor being used. The maximum distance between the Servomotor and the Servo Driver is 20 meters. Note: Use a robot cable if cable flexibility is required.
Robot Cable Bending Durability A Robot Cable uses materials that enable a service life of 20 million bendings minimum under the fol- lowing conditions for the minimum bending radius (R) or larger.
Note 1. The service life data on bending durability consists of test values. Use this data only as ref- erence values, and allow margin in actual application.
Note 2. The bending durability is the number of times that the Cable can be bent without breaking or other damage occurring that affects the sheath functionality when the conductors inside the cable are conducting electricity. The bending durability does not apply to the shield breaking.
Note 3. Mechanical failure, ground faults, or other problems may occur due to damaged insulation if the Cable is used with a radius smaller than the minimum bending radius. Contact your OMRON representative if the Cable will be used with a radius smaller than the minimum bending radius.
Power Cables
@: 003 to 020
Encoder Cables
@: 003 to 020
Integrated cables
Separate cables
Model Standard cable models
Robot cable models
For Servomotors without brakes
R7A-CEA@@@S Power cable R88A-CAWA@@@S R88A-CAWA@@@SR
Encoder cable R7A-CRA@@@C R7A-CRA@@@CR
For Servomotors with brakes
R7A-CEA@@@B Power cable R88A-CAWA@@@B R88A-CAWA@@@BR
Encoder cable R7A-CRA@@@C R7A-CRA@@@CR
Model Minimum bending radius (R)
For Servomotors without brakes
R88A-CAWA@@@SR 55 mm
For Servomotors with brakes
R88A-CAWA@@@BR 55 mm
Model Minimum bending radius (R)
R7A-CRA@@@CR 46 mm
Chapter 2
2-47
Standard Models and Specifications
Bending Test
2-6-3 Specifications of Integrated Cables
Integrated Cables for Servomotors without Brakes (R7A-CEA@@@S)
Cable Models
Connection Configuration and External Dimensions
Model Length (L) Outer diameter of sheath Weight R7A-CEA003S 3 m 12.4 dia. Approx. 0.8 kg
R7A-CEA005S 5 m Approx. 1.2 kg
R7A-CEA010S 10 m Approx. 2.1 kg
R7A-CEA015S 15 m Approx. 3.1 kg
R7A-CEA020S 20 m Approx. 4.0 kg
Stroke 320 mm
Bending radius (R)
100 times/minute
Servo Driver Servomotor
R7D-AP@ R7M-A@5039 50L
80 t=15.7
27 .7
27.4 t=12
43.7
21 .5
t=12.7
29 .5
Chapter 2
2-48
Standard Models and Specifications
Wiring
Integrated Cables for Servomotors with Brakes (R7A-CEA@@@B)
Cable Models Model Length (L) Outer diameter of sheath Weight
R7A-CEA003B 3 m 12.4 dia. Approx. 0.8 kg
R7A-CEA005B 5 m Approx. 1.2 kg
R7A-CEA010B 10 m Approx. 2.1 kg
R7A-CEA015B 15 m Approx. 3.1 kg
R7A-CEA020B 20 m Approx. 4.0 kg
Symbol No. Servo Driver
E0V 1 E0V 2 E0V 3 E5V 4 E5V 5 E5V 6
7 S+ 8 S 9 A+ 10 A 11 B+ 12 B 13 14
FG Shell
SymbolNo. Servomotor
7 E0V 8 E5V 5 6 1 2 3 4
S+ S A+ A B+ B
Shell FG
AWG22 Black
AWG22 Red
AWG24 Green
AWG24 Green/White
AWG24 Blue
AWG24 Blue/White
AWG24 Yellow
AWG24 Yellow/White
SymbolNo. 1 U phase 2 V phase 3 4
W phase FG
AWG20 Red
AWG20 White
AWG20 Blue
AWG20 Green/Yellow M4 crimp terminal
Connector kit: 54280-0800 (Molex Japan)
Connector cap: 350780-1 (Tyco Electronics AMP) Connector socket: 350570-3 (Tyco Electronics AMP)
Connector plug: 10114-3000VE (Sumitomo 3M) Connector case: 10314-52A0-008 (Sumitomo 3M)
Chapter 2
2-49
Standard Models and Specifications
Connection Configuration and External Dimensions
Wiring
Servo Driver Servomotor
R7D-AP@ R7M-A@5039 50L
80
t=28.4
14
27.4
t=12
43.7
21 .5
t=12.7
29 .5
Symbol No. Servo Driver
E0V 1 E0V 2 E0V 3 E5V 4 E5V 5 E5V 6
7 S+ 8 S 9 A+ 10 A 11 B+ 12 B 13 14
FG Shell
SymbolNo. Servomotor
7 E0V 8 E5V 5 6 1 2 3 4
S+ S A+ A B+ B
Shell FG
AWG22 Black
AWG22 Red
AWG24 Green
AWG24 Green/White
AWG24 Blue
AWG24 Blue/White
AWG24 Yellow
AWG24 Yellow/White
SymbolNo. 1 U phase 2 V phase 3 4
W phase FG
5 Brake 6 Brake
AWG20 Red
AWG20 White
AWG20 Blue
AWG20 Green/Yellow M4 crimp terminal
AWG20 Black M4 crimp terminal
AWG20 Brown M4 crimp terminal
Connector kit: 54280-0800 (Molex Japan)
Connector cap: 350781-1 (Tyco Electronics AMP) Connector socket 350570-3 (Tyco Electronics AMP)
Connector plug: 10114-3000VE (Sumitomo 3M) Connector case: 10314-52A0-008 (Sumitomo 3M)
Chapter 2
2-50
Standard Models and Specifications
2-6-4 Specifications of Separate Cables
Specifications of Standard Power Cables (R88A-CAWA@@@@) Select a Power Cable to match the Servomotor being used. The cable length is 3 to 20 m. (The maximum distance between the Servomotor and the Servo Driver is 20 m.)
Connection Configuration and External Dimensions
Wiring
Power Cables for Servomotors without Brakes
Power Cables for Servomotors without Brakes Power Cables for Servomotors with Brakes Model Length
(L) Outer
diameter of sheath
Weight Model Length (L)
Outer diameter of sheath
Weight
R88A-CAWA003S 3 m 6.2 dia. Approx. 0.2 kg
R88A-CAWA003B 3 m 7.4 dia. Approx. 0.3 kg
R88A-CAWA005S 5 m Approx. 0.3 kg
R88A-CAWA005B 5 m Approx. 0.5 kg
R88A-CAWA010S 10 m Approx. 0.6 kg
R88A-CAWA010B 10 m Approx. 0.9 kg
R88A-CAWA015S 15 m Approx. 0.9 kg
R88A-CAWA015B 15 m Approx. 1.3 kg
R88A-CAWA020S 20 m Approx. 1.2 kg
R88A-CAWA020B 20 m Approx. 1.7 kg
50
50 L
L 27.4
27.4
Servo Driver Servomotor
Servo Driver Servomotor
R7D-AP@
R7D-AP@
t=15.7
t=28.4
14 26
.7 R7M-A@
R7M-A@
Power Cables for Servomotors without Brakes
Power Cables for Servomotors with Brakes
Servo Driver
Red
White
Blue
Green/Yellow
M4 crimp terminal Cable: AWG20 x 4C, UL2464
Servomotor
Symbol
U phase
V phase
W phase
FG
No.
1
2
3
4
Cable side:
Connector cap: 350780-1 (Tyco Electronics AMP)
Connector socket: 350689-3 (Tyco Electronics AMP)
Servomotor side:
Connector plug: 350779-1 (Tyco Electronics AMP)
Contact pin:
350690-3: Pin No. 1 to 3 (Tyco Electronics AMP)
770210-1: Pin No. 4 (Tyco Electronics AMP)
Chapter 2
2-51
Standard Models and Specifications
Power Cables for Servomotors with Brakes
Specifications of Robot Power Cables (R88A-CAWA@@@R) Use one of the following Robot Power Cables if the cable will be used in an environment that requires cable flexibility or if it will be used with moving parts.
Connection Configuration and External Dimensions
Power Cables for Servomotors without Brakes Power Cables for Servomotors with Brakes Model Length
(L) Outer
diameter of sheath
Weight Model Length (L)
Outer diameter of sheath
Weight
R88A- CAWA003SR
3 m 7.4 dia. Approx. 0.2 kg
R88A- CAWA003BR
3 m 7.0 dia. Approx. 0.3 kg
R88A- CAWA005SR
5 m Approx. 0.3 kg
R88A- CAWA005BR
5 m Approx. 0.4 kg
R88A- CAWA010SR
10 m Approx. 0.7 kg
R88A- CAWA010BR
10 m Approx. 0.9 kg
R88A- CAWA015SR
15 m Approx. 1.0 kg
R88A- CAWA015BR
15 m Approx. 1.3 kg
R88A- CAWA020SR
20 m Approx. 1.3 kg
R88A- CAWA020BR
20 m Approx. 1.7 kg
Servo Driver
Red
White
Blue
Green/Yellow
M4 crimp terminal Cable: AWG20 x 6C, UL2464
Servomotor
Symbol
U phase
V phase
W phase
FG
Brake
Brake
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Black
Brown
Cable side:
Connector cap: 350781-1 (Tyco Electronics AMP)
Connector socket: 350689-3 (Tyco Electronics AMP)
Servomotor side:
Connector plug: 350715-1 (Tyco Electronics AMP)
Contact pin:
350690-3: Pin No. 1 to 3, 5, and 6 (Tyco Electronics AMP)
770210-1: Pin No. 4 (Tyco Electronics AMP)
50
50 L
L 27.4
27.4
Servo Driver Servomotor
Servo Driver Servomotor
R7D-AP@
R7D-AP@
t=15.7
t=28.4
14 26
.7 R7M-A@
R7M-A@
Power Cables for Servomotors without Brakes
Power Cables for Servomotors with Brakes
Chapter 2
2-52
Standard Models and Specifications
Wiring
Power Cables for Servomotors without Brakes
Power Cables for Servomotors with Brakes
Specifications of Standard Encoder Cables (R7A-CRA@@@C)
Specifications of Robot Encoder Cables (R7A-CRA@@@CR)
Note The connection configuration, external dimensions, and wiring are the same for both Standard Cables and Robot Cables.
Model Length (L) Outer diameter of sheath
Weight
R7A-CRA003C 3 m 7.4 dia. Approx. 0.2 kg
R7A-CRA005C 5 m Approx. 0.3 kg
R7A-CRA010C 10 m Approx. 0.7 kg
R7A-CRA015C 15 m Approx. 1.0 kg
R7A-CRA020C 20 m Approx. 1.3 kg
Model Length (L) Outer diameter of sheath
Weight
R7A-CRA003CR 3 m 7.0 dia. Approx. 0.3 kg
R7A-CRA005CR 5 m Approx. 0.4 kg
R7A-CRA010CR 10 m Approx. 0.9 kg
R7A-CRA015CR 15 m Approx. 1.3 kg
R7A-CRA020CR 20 m Approx. 1.7 kg
Servo Driver
Red
White
Blue
Green/Yellow
M4 crimp terminal Cable: AWG21 x 4C, UL2464
Servomotor
Symbol
U phase
V phase
W phase
FG
No.
1
2
3
4
Cable side:
Connector cap: 350780-1 (Tyco Electronics AMP)
Connector socket: 350689-3 (Tyco Electronics AMP)
Servomotor side:
Connector plug: 350779-1 (Tyco Electronics AMP)
Contact pin:
350690-3: Pin No. 1 to 3 (Tyco Electronics AMP)
770210-1: Pin No. 4 (Tyco Electronics AMP)
Servo Driver
Red
White
Blue
Green/Yellow
M4 crimp terminal Cable: AWG21 x 6C, UL2464
Servomotor
Symbol
U phase
V phase
W phase
FG
Brake
Brake
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Black
Brown
Cable side:
Connector cap: 350781-1 (Tyco Electronics AMP)
Connector socket: 350689-3 (Tyco Electronics AMP)
Servomotor side:
Connector plug: 350715-1 (Tyco Electronics AMP)
Contact pin:
350690-3: Pin No. 1 to 3, 5, and 6 (Tyco Electronics AMP)
770210-1: Pin No. 4 (Tyco Electronics AMP)
Chapter 2
2-53
Standard Models and Specifications
Connection Configuration and External Dimensions
Wiring
39 L 43.7
Servo Driver Servomotor
R7D-AP@
t=12.7
21 .5 R7M-A@
t=12
29 .5
No. E0V E0V E0V E5V E5V E5V
S+ S A+ A B+ B
FG Shell
SymbolNo. Servomotor
E0V E5V S+ S A+ A B+ B
Shell FG
AWG22 Black
AWG22 Red
AWG24 Green
AWG24 Green/White
AWG24 Blue
AWG24 Blue/White
AWG24 Yellow
AWG24 Yellow/White
Connector kit: 54280-0800 (Molex Japan)
Connector plug: 10114-3000VE (Sumitomo 3M) Connector case: 10314-52A0-008 (Sumitomo 3M)
Servo Driver
Symbol
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
7 8 5 6 1 2 3 4
Chapter 2
2-54
Standard Models and Specifications
2-6-5 Peripheral Cables and Connector Specifications
Analog Monitor Cable (R88A-CMW001S) This is cable for connecting to the Servo Drivers Monitor Output Connector (CN4). It is required for connecting monitor outputs to external devices such as measuring instruments.
Cable Model
Connection Configuration and External Dimensions
Wiring
Model Length (L) Weight R88A-CMW001S 1 m Approx. 0.1 kg
Servo Driver External device
R7D-AP@ 1.
7 di
a.
7.3 L
5
t=6
Connector socket: DF11-4DS-2C (Hirose Electric) Connector contacts: DF11-2428SCF (Hirose Electric)
Cable: AW24 4C UL1007
Servo Driver
Red White Black Black
Symbol No. 1 2 3 4
NM AM
GND GND
Chapter 2
2-55
Standard Models and Specifications
Computer Monitor Cables (R7A-CCA002P@) Computer Monitor Cable and Computer Monitoring Software (run on Windows, Cat. No. SBCE-011) for Servo Drivers are required to use a personal computer for monitoring and setting parameters for a Servo Driver. There are two kinds of cable, one for DOS personal computers, and the other for NEC PC98 notebook computers (but not for PC98 desktop computers).
Cable Models
For DOS Computers
For NEC PC98 Notebook Computers
Connection Configuration and External Dimensions
For DOS Personal Computers:
For NEC PC98 Notebook Computers
Model Length (L) Outer diameter of sheath Weight R7A-CCA002P2 2 m 4.2 dia. Approx. 0.1 kg
Model Length (L) Outer diameter of sheath Weight R7A-CCA002P3 2 m 4.2 dia. Approx. 0.1 kg
Personal computer (DOS)
Servo Driver
R7D-AP@
39 42L
32 .2
t=15
13 .2
d ia
.
6
Servo Driver
R7D-AP@ Notebook computer (NEC PC98)
L
t=12.7
39
29 .5
42
13 .2
d ia
.
6
Chapter 2
2-56
Standard Models and Specifications
Wiring
For DOS Personal Computers:
For NEC PC98 Notebook Computers
Control I/O Connector (R88A-CNU01C) This is the connector for connecting to the Servo Drivers Control I/O Connector (CN1). This connec- tor is used when the cable is prepared by the user.
External Dimensions
Computer Symbol
Connector: 17JE-13090-02 (D8A) (DDK Ltd.)
Gray/Black
Orange/Black Orange/Red
Cable: AWG28 3C UL2464
Servo Driver
Shell
No. No. 2 1
2
8
3 7 8 5
RXD RXDTXD TXD
RTS CTS GND FG
GND FG
Symbol
Case Connector: HR212-10P-8P (Hirose Electric)
Computer Symbol Symbol
Gray/Black
Orange/Black Orange/Red
Cable: AWG28 3C UL2464
Servo Driver
Shell
Connector plug: 10114-3000VE (Sumitomo 3M) Connector case: 10314-52F0-008 (Sumitomo 3M)
No. No. 1 1
2
8
9 10 4 14 12
RXD RXDTXD TXD
RTS CTS GND FG FG
GND FGCase
Connector: HR212-10P-8P (Hirose Electric)
Connector plug: 10136-3000VE (Sumitomo 3M) Connector case: 10336-52A0-008 (Sumitomo 3M)
43 .6
39
t=18
Chapter 2
2-57
Standard Models and Specifications
Encoder Connector (R7A-CNA0@R) This is the connector for the Encoder Cable. This connector is used when the cable is prepared by the user. It is a soldered-type connector, and the applicable cable is as follows.
Applicable cable: AWG16 max.
Outer diameter of coating: 2.1 mm dia. max.
Outer diameter of sheath: 6.7 0.5 mm dia.
External Dimensions
R7A-CNA01R (Servo Driver CN2)
R7A-CNA02R (Servomotor)
29 .5
39
t=12.7
Connector plug: 10114-3000VE (Sumitomo 3M) Connector case: 10314-52A0-008 (Sumitomo 3M)
t=12
43.7
21 .5
Connector kit: 54280-0800 (Molex Japan)
Chapter 2
2-58
Standard Models and Specifications
2-7 Servo Relay Units and Cable Specifications
This section provides the specifications for the Servo Relay Units and cables used for connecting to OMRON Position Control Units. Select the models that match the Position Control Unit being used. For details, refer to 3-2-1 Connecting Cable.
All dimensions are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
2-7-1 Servo Relay Units
XW2B-20J6-1B This Servo Relay Unit connects to the following OMRON Position Control Units. Communications are not supported.
CS1W-NC113/-NC133
CJ1W-NC113/-NC133
C200HW-NC113
C200H-NC112
3F88M-DRT141
External Dimensions
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Position Control Unit connector Servo Driver connector
Two, 3.5 dia.
Note Terminal Block pitch: 7.62 mm
29 .5
7 3.5
7 3.5135
15 .5
45
20 .5
(4 6)
44 .3
2
0
10
9
19
Chapter 2
2-59
Standard Models and Specifications
Wiring
XW2B-40J6-2B This Servo Relay Unit connects to the following OMRON Position Control Units. Communications are not supported.
CS1W-NC213/-NC233/-NC413/-NC433
CJ1W-NC213/-NC233/-NC413/-NC433
C200HW-NC213/-NC413
C500-NC113/-NC211
C200H-NC211
External Dimensions
Note 1. The XB contact is used to turn ON/OFF the electromagnetic brake.
2. Do not connect unused terminals. 3. The 0 V terminal is internally connected to
the common terminals. 4. The following crimp terminal is applicable:
R1.25-3 (round with open end).
Emergency stop
CW limit
CCW limit
Origin proximity
Com- mon
External interrupt
(See note 1.)
+24 V
0 V
RUN ALM BKIR10
0
19
9RESET ALMCOM FG
X1 XB
24 V DC
X1
24 V DC
Com- mon
Com- mon
Com- mon
Com- mon
0 1
2 3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
Position Control Unit connector X-axis Servo Driver connector
Two, 3.5 dia.
Note Terminal Block pitch: 7.62 mm
Y-axis Servo Driver connector
29 .5
7 3.5 180 3.5
7
45
15 .5
0
20
19
39
20 .5
(4 6)
44 .3
2
Chapter 2
2-60
Standard Models and Specifications
Wiring
XW2B-20J6-3B This Servo Relay Unit connects to the following OMRON Pro- grammable Controllers. Communications are not supported.
CQM1-CPU43-V1
CQM1H-PLB21 (Pulse I/O Board for CQM1H-CPU51/-CPU61)
CS1W-HCP22
External Dimensions
X/Y-axis emergency stop
X-axis CW limit
X-axis CCW limit
X-axis origin proximity
X-axis RUN
X-axis ALM
X-axis BKIR
Y-axis CW limit
Y-axis CCW limit
Y-axis origin proximity
Y-axis RUN
Y-axis ALM
Y-axis BKIR
X-axis external interrupt
X-axis RESET
X-axis ALMCOM
Y-axis external interrupt
Y-axis RESET
Y-axis ALMCOM
Note 1. The XB contact is used to turn ON/OFF the electromagnetic brake. 2. Do not connect unused terminals. 3. The 0 V terminal is internally connected to the common terminals. 4. The following crimp terminal is applicable: R1.25-3 (round with open end).
+24 V
0 V
20
0
39
19FG
24 V DC
X1 XB
24 V DC
(See note 1.)
Y1 YB
24 V DC
X1 Y1
(See note 1.)
Com- mon
Com- mon
Com- mon
Com- mon
Com- mon
Com- mon
Com- mon
Com- mon
Com- mon
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
29 .5
7 3.5
7 3.5135
15 .5
45
20 .5
(4 6)
44 .3
2
0
10
9
19
Two, 3.5 dia.
Note Terminal Block pitch: 7.62 mm
CQM1 connector Servo Driver connector
Chapter 2
2-61
Standard Models and Specifications
Wiring
+24 V
0 V
CW CCW RUN INP ALM BKIR10
0
19
9CW CCW Com- mon
ECRST Z RESET ALMCOM FG
24 V DC
X1 XB
24 V DC
(See note 3.)
(See note 2.)
(See note 1.)
X1
Com- mon
(See note 1.)
C Q
M 1
In pu
t U
ni t
Note 1. If these signals are input, the CQM1 output pulse can be input into the High- speed Counter.
Note 2. Input this output signal to the CQM1 Input Unit.
Note 3. The XB contact is used to turn ON/OFF the electromagnetic brake.
Note 4. Phase Z is an open-collector output.
Note 5. Do not connect unused terminals.
Note 6. The 0-V terminal is internally connected to the common terminals.
Note 7. The following crimp terminal is applicable: R1.25-3 (round with open end).
Chapter 2
2-62
Standard Models and Specifications
XW2B-40J6-4A This Servo Relay Unit connects to the following OMRON Position Control Units. Communications are supported.
CS1W-NC213/-NC233/-NC413/-NC433
CJ1W-NC213/-NC233/-NC413/-NC433
External Dimensions
Note Terminal Block pitch: 7.62 mm.
Wiring
Two, 3.5 dia.
29 .5
7 3.5 3.5
7
45
15 .5
Y-axis Servo Driver connector
X-axis Servo Driver connectorPosition Control Unit connector
0
20
19
39
247.5
2. 8
20 .5
(4 6)
44 .3
2. 8
X/Y-axis emergency stop
X-axis CW limit
X-axis CCW limit
X-axis origin proximity
X-axis RUN
X-axis ALM
X-axis BKIR
Y-axis CW limit
Y-axis CCW limit
Y-axis origin proximity
Y-axis RUN
Y-axis ALM
Y-axis BKIR
X-axis external interrupt
X-axis RESET
X-axis ALMCOM
Y-axis external interrupt
Y-axis RESET
Y-axis ALMCOM
Note 1. The XB contact is used to turn ON/OFF the electromagnetic brake. 2. Do not connect unused terminals. 3. The 0 V terminal is internally connected to the common terminals. 4. The following crimp terminal is applicable: R1.25-3 (round with open end).
+24 V
0 V
20
0
39
19FG
24 V DC
X1 XB
24 V DC
(See note 1.)
Y1 YB
24 V DC
X1 Y1
(See note 1.)
Com- mon
Com- mon
Com- mon
Com- mon
Com- mon
Com- mon
Com- mon
Com- mon
Com- mon
Chapter 2
2-63
Standard Models and Specifications
XW2B-20J6-8A
External Dimensions
Wiring
This Servo Relay Unit connects to the following OMRON Programmable Controllers. Communications are not sup- ported.
CJ1M-CPU21/-CPU22/-CPU23
CJ1M-CPU connector Servo Driver connector 135
3.5
7
3.5
7
Two, 3.5 dia.
45
15 .5
(4 6)
44 .3
220 .5
29 .5
Note Terminal pitch: 7.62 mm
Origin prox- imity
+24 V10
0
24 V DC
24 V DC
Com- mon
Com- mon
Com- mon
0 V
RUN ALM BKIR
FGALMCOMRESETCom- mon
Com- mon
IN9
X1
(See note 2.)
9
19IN6 IN8IN7
CW limit (See note 1.) (CIO: 2960.06)
CCW limit (See note 1.) (CIO: 2960.07)
Example: 2960.06 A540.08
XBX1
Note1. The CW limit input signal and CCW limit input signal can be input through an Input Unit. The following flags function as the CW/CCW limit input signals in the CJ1M: Pulse Output 0: CW: A540.08, CCW: A540.09 Pulse Output 1: CW: A541.08, CCW: A541.09 Program the actual inputs from the Input Unit to control these flags as ladder program outputs as shown below.
Note2. The XB contacts are used to turn ON/OFF the electromag- netic brake.
a) Do not connect anything to unused terminals.
b) The 0 V terminal is internally connected to the common terminals.
c) The following crimp terminal is applicable: R1.25-3 (round with open end).
Chapter 2
2-64
Standard Models and Specifications
XW2B-40J6-9A
External Dimensions
This Servo Relay Unit connects to the following OMRON Programmable Controllers. Communications are not sup- ported.
CJ1M-CPU21/-CPU22/-CPU23
CJ1M-CPU connector X-axis Servo Driver connector 1803.5
7
3.5
7
Two, 3.5 dia.
45
15 .5
(4 6)
44 .3
220 .5
29 .5
Y-axis Servo Driver connector
Note Terminal pitch: 7.62 mm
Chapter 2
2-65
Standard Models and Specifications
Wiring
XW2B-80J7-1A
X-axis origin proximity
+24 V20
0
24 V DC
24 V DC
Com- mon
Com- mon
Com- mon
0 V FGCom- mon
Com- mon
IN9
X1
(See note 2.)
39
19
IN6 IN8IN7
X-axis CW limit (See note 1.) (CIO 2960.06)
X-axis CCW limit (See note 1.) (CIO 2960.07)
Example: 2960.06 A540.08
Com- mon
XBX1 YBY1
24 V DC
(See note 2.)
Y1
Com- mon
Com- mon
Com- mon
Com- mon
Com- mon
X-axis RUN
X-axis ALM
X-axis BKIR
Y-axis origin proximity
Y-axis RUN
Y-axis ALM
Y-axis BKIR
X-axis RESET
X-axis ALMCOM
Y-axis RESET
Y-axis ALMCOM
Y-axis CW limit (See note 1.) (CIO 2960.08)
Y-axis CCW limit (See note 1.) (CIO 2960.09)
Note1. The CW limit input signal and CCW limit input signal can be input through an Input Unit. The follow- ing flags function as the CW/CCW limit input signals in the CJ1M: Pulse Output 0: CW: A540.08, CCW: A540.09 Pulse Output 1: CW: A541.08, CCW: A541.09 Program the actual inputs from the Input Unit to control these flags as ladder program outputs as shown below.
Note2. The XB contacts are used to turn ON/OFF the electromagnetic brake.
a) Do not connect anything to unused terminals.
b) The 0 V terminal is internally connected to the common terminals.
c) The following crimp terminal is applicable: R1.25-3 (round with open end).
INC
servo1 ABS _CW-
0
19
This Servo Relay Unit connects to the following OMRON Programmable Controllers.
CS1W-HCP22-V1
FQM1-MMP21
Chapter 2
2-66
Standard Models and Specifications
External Dimensions
Signal selectors
Communications support connectors
160
Controller general-purpose I/O
Controller special I/O
Servo B phase selectors
4.5 dia.
10 0
41 .7
Terminating resistance selector 90
15 .9 30
.7
Y-axis Servo Driver
X-axis Servo Driver
Chapter 2
2-67
Standard Models and Specifications
Terminal Block Connection
1. RS-422 Connector
2. Screwless Clamp Terminal Blocks Use the screwless clamp terminal blocks to wire controller general-purpose I/O and Servo Driver control signals.
Upper Terminal Block Pin Arrangement
Connect to an RS-422 line. Pin No. Signal name 1 TXD 2 TXD+
3 —
4 —
5 —
6 RXD 7 —
8 RXD+
9 —
Shell FG
60
Upper terminal block
Lower terminal block
0
79
19
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
S ig
na l n
am e
S ig
na l n
am e
5 V
( S
ee n
ot e
1. )
La tc
h si
gn al
in pu
t 1
La
tc h
si gn
al in
pu t 2
C N
T 1
A p
ha se
L D
+
in pu
t
C N
T 1
B p
ha se
L D
+
in pu
t
S er
vo D
riv er
# 1
Z
p ha
se L
D +
o ut
pu t
V ol
ta ge
in pu
t ( +
)
S er
vo D
riv er
# 1
A LM
— —
IN 4
IN 5
IN 6
IN 7 — —
S er
vo D
riv er
# 1
R U
N
S er
vo D
riv er
# 1
R
E S
E T
S er
vo D
riv er
# 1
E
C R
S T
— —
T X
D +
R X
D +
No.
No.
60 61 62 63
La tc
h si
gn al
1
co m
m on
( 0
V )
La tc
h si
gn al
2
co m
m on
( 0
V )
C N
T 1
A p
ha se
L D
C N
T 1
B p
ha se
L D
S er
vo D
riv er
# 1
Z
p ha
se L
D
V ol
ta ge
in pu
t ( )
C om
m on
( 0
V )
— —
C om
m on
( 0
V )
C om
m on
( 0
V )
C om
m on
( 0
V )
C om
m on
( 0
V )
— —
T X
D
R X
D
O U
T 0
O U
T 1
O U
T 2
O U
T 3
0 V
64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79
40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
Chapter 2
2-68
Standard Models and Specifications
Lower Terminal Block Pin Arrangement
Note 1. Used for the pulse output power supply for the FQM1-MMP21.
Note 2. IN4 to IN11 and OUT0 to OUT7 are used for the Servo control power supply.
Note 3. IN0 to IN3 are used for the latch input power supply.
3. Signal Selectors
4. Terminating Resistance Selector Set this selector to ON if there is no wiring from port 2 of the Servo Relay Unit to port 1 of another Servo Relay Unit when the Servo Relay Unit is positioned at the end of an RS-422 line.
Selector Setting description CNT1 SER_A SER_A Not used.
TER_A Connects phase A of an external encoder to the CNT1 phase A of the controller.
CNT1 SER_B SER_B Not used.
TER_B Connects phase A of an external encoder to the CNT1 phase B of the controller.
CNT1 SER_Z SER_Z Connects phase Z of Servo Driver #1 to the CNT1 phase Z of the control- ler.
TER_Z Outputs the phase-Z output of Servo Driver #1 from the terminals.
DA2 — Not used. (Always set to the Y axis.)
AD — Not used.
S ig
na l n
am e
S ig
na l n
am e
+ 24
V (
S ee
n ot
e 2.
)
+ 24
V (
S ee
n ot
e 3.
)
S
er vo
D riv
er #
2 A
LM
S er
vo D
riv er
# 2
T G
O N
IN 8
IN 9
IN 10
IN 11 — —
S er
vo D
riv er
# 2
R U
N
S er
vo D
riv er
# 2
R E
S E
T
S er
vo D
riv er
# 2
E C
R S
T
S er
vo D
riv er
# 2
M IN
G
No.
No.
20 21 22 23
C om
m on
( 0
V )
S er
vo D
riv er
# 2
IN P
C om
m on
( 0
V )
C om
m on
( 0
V )
C om
m on
( 0
V )
C om
m on
( 0
V )
— —
F G
O U
T 6
O U
T 7
O U
T 4
O U
T 5
0 V
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
0 V
C om
m on
( 0
V )
C om
m on
( 0
V )
C om
m on
( 0
V )
C om
m on
( 0
V )
— — — —
IN 0
IN 1
IN 2
IN 3 — —
F G—
—
TER_A TER_B TER_Z X axis CUR
SER_A CNT1
SER_B CNT1
SER_Z CNT1
VOL AD
Y axis DA2
TERM ON
OFF
S W
6
Chapter 2
2-69
Standard Models and Specifications
5. Servo Phase-B Selectors (Not Used) Leave these selectors set to INC mode.
Wiring to Screwless Clamp Terminal Blocks Screwless clamp terminal blocks enable wiring without securing the wires with screws. Special fer- rules must be attached to the cables for sensors or external devices if sensors or external devices are also to be connected when wiring the Servo Driver and the control signal.
The following ferrules are applicable.
Wiring Procedure Inserting a Wire
Fully insert the ferrule all the way into the desired terminal hole.
Releasing a Wire
Insert a small flathead screwdriver into the release button above the terminal hole, and pull out the wire while pressing the button.
Manufacturer Model Applicable wire Phoenix Contact AI-0.5-10 0.5 mm2 (20 AWG)
AI-0.75-10 0.75 mm2 (18 AWG)
AI-1.5-10 1.25 mm2 (16 AWG)
Nihon Weidmuller H 0.5/16 D 0.5 mm2 (20 AWG)
H 0.75/16 D 0.75 mm2 (18 AWG)
H 1.5/16 D 1.25 mm2 (16 AWG)
Servo #2 phase-B selector servo2
ABS_CW-
INC
S W
7
S W
8
Servo #1 phase-B selector servo1
ABS_CW-
INC
Small flathead screwdriver
Release button
Chapter 2
2-70
Standard Models and Specifications
The following screwdriver can be used to release wires.
Recommended Screwdriver
Servo Relay Unit Wiring Example I/O power is supplied from terminals 20-0, 21-1, and 60-40 when a Servo Relay Unit is used. As shown in the following example, wiring can be performed by simply connecting the signals.
Upper Terminal Block Pin Arrangement
Model Manufacturer SZF1 Phoenix Contact
Side view Front view
0.6 mm 3.5 mm
60
Upper terminal block
Lower terminal block
0
79
19
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
5 V
24 V
5 V
La tc
h si
gn al
in pu
t 1
La
tc h
si gn
al in
pu t 2
C N
T 1
A p
ha se
L D
+
in pu
t
C N
T 1
B p
ha se
L D
+
in pu
t
S er
vo D
riv er
# 1
Z
p ha
se L
D +
o ut
pu t
— —
S er
vo D
riv er
# 1
A LM
— —
IN 4
IN 5
IN 6
IN 7 — —
S er
vo D
riv er
# 1
R U
N
S er
vo D
riv er
# 1
R
E S
E T
S er
vo D
riv er
# 1
E
C R
S T
— —
T X
D +
R X
D +
60 61 62 63
La tc
h si
gn al
1
co m
m on
( 0
V )
La tc
h si
gn al
2
co m
m on
( 0
V )
C N
T 1
A p
ha se
LD
-/ -0
V
C N
T 1
B p
ha se
LD -/
0 V
S er
vo D
riv er
# 1
Z
p ha
se L
D -/
0 V
— —
C om
m on
( 0
V )
S er
vo D
riv er
# 1
IN P
C om
m on
( 0
V )
C om
m on
( 0
V )
C om
m on
( 0
V )
C om
m on
( 0
V )
— —
T X
D —
R X
D —
O U
T 0
O U
T 1
O U
T 2
O U
T 3
0 V
64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79
40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 595 V
Chapter 2
2-71
Standard Models and Specifications
Lower Terminal Block Pin Arrangement
+ 24
V
+ 24
V
S
er vo
D riv
er #
2 A
LM
— —
IN 8
IN 9
IN 10
IN 11 — —
S er
vo D
riv er
# 2
R U
N
S er
vo D
riv er
# 2
R E
S E
T
S er
vo D
riv er
# 2
E C
R S
T
20 21 22 23
C om
m on
( 0
V )
S er
vo D
riv er
# 2
IN P
C om
m on
( 0
V )
C om
m on
( 0
V )
C om
m on
( 0
V )
C om
m on
( 0
V )
— —
F G
O U
T 6
O U
T 7
O U
T 4
O U
T 5
0 V
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
0 V
C om
m on
( 0
V )
C om
m on
( 0
V )
C om
m on
( 0
V )
C om
m on
( 0
V )
— — — —
IN 0
IN 1
IN 2
IN 3 — —
F G—
—
24 V
— —
Chapter 2
2-72
Standard Models and Specifications
2-7-2 Cables for Servo Relay Units
Servo Driver Cables (XW2Z-@J-B5) These Servo Driver Cables connect a Servo Driver and a Servo Relay Unit. These Cables are used when connecting a Servo Relay Unit that does not support communications.
Cable Models
Connection Configuration and External Dimensions
Wiring
Model Length (L) Outer diameter of sheath Weight XW2Z-100J-B5 1 m 8.0 dia. Approx. 0.1 kg
XW2Z-200J-B5 2 m Approx. 0.2 kg
Servo Relay Unit Servo Driver
R7D-AP@ XW2B-20J6-1B XW2B-40J6-2B XW2B-20J6-3B 43
.6
30
39L6
t=18
Servo Relay Unit Symbol
Connector plug: 10136-3000VE (Sumitomo 3M) Connector case: 10336-52A0-008 (Sumitomo 3M)
Cable: AWG28 4P + AWG28 9C
Servo Driver
Shell
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
No. 13 +24VIN
OGND10 +CCW3 CCW4
1 +CW 2 CW
ECRST6 +ECRST5
33 ZCOM 32 Z
INP8 14 RUN
15 18 RESET 7 BKIR 34 ALM 35 ALMCOM
FG
Chapter 2
2-73
Standard Models and Specifications
Servo Driver Cables (XW2Z-@J-B7) These Servo Driver Cables connect a Servo Driver and a Servo Relay Unit. These Cables are used when connecting a Servo Relay Unit that supports communications (XW2B-40J6-4A).
Cable Models
Connection Configuration and External Dimensions
Wiring
Model Length (L) Outer diameter of sheath Weight XW2Z-100J-B7 1 m 8.0 dia. Approx. 0.1 kg
XW2Z-200J-B7 2 m Approx. 0.2 kg
Servo Relay Unit
XW2B-40J60-4A
Servo Driver
R7D-AP@
43 .6
30
39L6
t=18
No.
Servo Relay Unit
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 21 22 23 24 25 26 20
SymbolNo.
Servo Driver
13 +24VIN OGND10 +CCW3 CCW4
1 +CW 2 CW
ECRST6 +ECRST5
33 ZCOM 32 Z
INP8 14 RUN
15 18 RESET 7 BKIR
34 ALM 35 ALMCOM 20 RXD+ 21 RXD 22 TXD+ 23 TXD
Shell
Connector plug: 10136-3000VE (Sumitomo 3M) Connector case: 10336-52A0-008 (Sumitomo 3M)
Cable: AWG286P+AWG289C
FG
Chapter 2
2-74
Standard Models and Specifications
Servo Driver Cables (XW2Z-@@@J-B12) These Servo Driver Cables connect a Servo Driver and a Servo Relay Unit. Use these cables to con- nect to a Customizable Counter Unit (CSW-HCP22-V1) or Servo Relay Unit (XW2B-80J7-1A).
Cable Models
Connection Configuration and External Dimensions
Model Length (L) Outer diameter of sheath Weight XW2Z-100J-B12 1 m 8.0 dia. Approx. 0.1 kg
XW2Z-200J-B12 2 m Approx. 0.2 kg
Servo Relay Unit
XW2B-80J7-1A
Servo Driver
R7D-AP@
43 .6
48
39L6
Chapter 2
2-75
Standard Models and Specifications
Wiring
Servo Driver Cables (XW2Z-@@@J-B10) These Servo Driver Cables connect a Servo Driver and a Servo Relay Unit. Use these cables to con- nect to a Customizable Counter Unit (FQM1-MMP21) or Servo Relay Unit (XW2B-80J7-1A).
Servo Relay Unit
Symbol
Connector plug: 10136-3000VE (Sumitomo 3M) Connector case: 10336-52A0-008 (Sumitomo 3M)
Cable: AWG28 6P + AWG28 9C
Servo Driver
Shell
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20
No. 13 +24VIN
OGND10 +CCW3 CCW4
1 +CW 2 CW
ECRST6 +ECRST5
33 ZCOM 32 Z
INP8 14 RUN
18 RESET
7 BKIR 34 ALM
35 ALMCOM
FG
20 21 22
23
RXD+ RXD- TXD+ TXD-
21 22 23
24 25
26 27
28 29 30
Chapter 2
2-76
Standard Models and Specifications
Cable Models
Connection Configuration and External Dimensions
Wiring
Model Length (L) Outer diameter of sheath Weight XW2Z-100J-B10 1 m 8.0 dia. Approx. 0.1 kg
XW2Z-200J-B10 2 m Approx. 0.2 kg
Servo Relay Unit
XW2B-80J7-1A
Servo Driver
R7D-AP@
43 .6
48
39L6
Servo Relay Unit
Symbol
Connector plug: 10136-3000VE (Sumitomo 3M) Connector case: 10336-52A0-008 (Sumitomo 3M)
Cable: AWG28 6P + AWG28 9C
Servo Driver
Shell
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20
No. 13 +24VIN
OGND10 +CCW3 CCW4
1 +CW 2 CW
ECRST6 +ECRST5
33 ZCOM 32 Z
INP8 14 RUN
18 RESET
7 BKIR 34 ALM
35 ALMCOM
FG
20 21 22
23
RXD+ RXD- TXD+ TXD-
21 22 23
24 25
26 27
28 29 30
Chapter 2
2-77
Standard Models and Specifications
Position Control Unit Cables (XW2Z-@J-A3) These Position Control Unit Cables connect a CQM1-CPU43-V1 or CQM1H-PLB21 Programma- ble Controller and an XW2B-20J6-3B Servo Relay Unit.
Cable Models
Connection Configuration and External Dimensions
Wiring
Model Length (L) Outer diameter of sheath Weight XW2Z-050J-A3 50 cm 7.5 dia. Approx. 0.1 kg
XW2Z-100J-A3 1 m Approx. 0.1 kg
CQM1
CQM1-CPU43-V1 CQM1H-PLB21
L
Servo Relay Unit
XW2B-20J6-3B25
639
32 .2
t=15
Servo Relay Unit
Cable: AWG284P+AWG284C
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
No.
CQM1
15 12
13
14
3 1
4 5 6
Hood cover
Chapter 2
2-78
Standard Models and Specifications
Position Control Unit Cables (XW2Z-@J-A4) These Position Control Unit Cables connect a C200H-NC112 Position Control Unit and an XW2B- 20J6-1B Servo Relay Unit.
Cable Models
Connection Configuration and External Dimensions
Wiring
Model Length (L) Outer diameter of sheath Weight XW2Z-050J-A1 50 cm 8.0 dia. Approx. 0.1 kg
XW2Z-100J-A1 1 m Approx. 0.1 kg
Position Control Unit C200H-NC112
Servo Relay Unit XW2B-20J6-1B
8 L 6
69 .5
38
Position Control Unit
Cable: AWG28 4P + AWG28 15C
Servo Relay Unit No. A1 A5
A3
A4
A6 A7 A8 B8 A9 B9
A10 B10 A12 B12 A13 B13 A19 B19 A20 B20 A11 B11
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24
25 26
Chapter 2
2-79
Standard Models and Specifications
Position Control Unit Cable (XW2Z-@J-A5) These Position Control Unit Cables connect a C200H-NC211, C500-NC113, or C500-NC211 Posi- tion Control Unit and an XW2B-40J6-2B Servo Relay Unit.
Cable Models
Connection Configuration and External Dimensions
Model Length (L) Outer diameter of sheath Weight XW2Z-050J-A5 50 cm 10.0 dia. Approx. 0.1 kg
XW2Z-100J-A5 1 m Approx. 0.2 kg
Position Control Unit Servo Relay Unit
C200H-NC211 C500-NC113 C500-NC211
XW2B-40J6-2B
40.5 L 6
52 .3
38
t=18
Chapter 2
2-80
Standard Models and Specifications
Wiring
Position Control Unit
Cable: AWG28 6P + AWG28 19C
Servo Relay Unit No. 1 23
13
2
4 5 9
11 22 6 7 8
17 18 19
15
24
26 27 31 33 20 21 29 28 30 10 32 12
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 34 33
Chapter 2
2-81
Standard Models and Specifications
Position Control Unit Cables (XW2Z-@J-A8) These Position Control Unit Cables connect a CS1W-NC113 or C200HW-NC113 Position Control Unit and an XW2B-20J6-1B Servo Relay Unit.
Cable Models
Connection Configuration and External Dimensions
Wiring
Model Length (L) Outer diameter of sheath Weight XW2Z-050J-A8 50 cm 8.0 dia. Approx. 0.1 kg
XW2Z-100J-A8 1 m Approx. 0.1 kg
Position Control Unit CS1W-NC113 C200HW-NC113
Servo Relay Unit XW2B-20J6-1B 38
L 647
83
t=11
Position Control Unit
Cable: AWG28 4P + AWG28 9C
Servo Relay Unit
Crimp terminal
No. A1 A2
A8
A6
A10
A24 A12
A21
A23
A22
A19
A20
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 25 26 24
A15 A14
Chapter 2
2-82
Standard Models and Specifications
Position Control Unit Cables (XW2Z-@J-A9) These Position Control Unit Cables connect a CS1W-NC213, CS1W-NC413, C200HW-NC213 or C200HW-NC413 Position Control Unit and an XW2B-40J6-2B or XW2B-40J6-4A Servo Relay Unit.
Cable Models
Connection Configuration and External Dimensions
Model Length (L) Outer diameter of sheath Weight XW2Z-050J-A9 50 cm 10.0 dia. Approx. 0.1 kg
XW2Z-100J-A9 1 m Approx. 0.2 kg
Position Control Unit
CS1W-NC213 CS1W-NC413 C200HW-NC213 C200HW-NC413
Servo Relay Unit
XW2B-40J6-2B XW2B-40J6-4A
48
L 647
83
t=11
Chapter 2
2-83
Standard Models and Specifications
Wiring
Position Control Unit
Cable: AWG28 6P + AWG28 17C
Servo Relay Unit
Crimp terminal
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 34 33
No. A1/B1 A2/B2
A8
A6
A10
A14 A24/B24
A19 A21 A12 A23 A22
A20/B20
B8
B6
B10
B14 B23 B22 B21 B19 B12
A15/B15
Chapter 2
2-84
Standard Models and Specifications
Position Control Unit Cables (XW2Z-@J-A12) These Position Control Unit Cables connect a CS1W-NC133 Position Control Unit and an XW2B- 20J6-1B Servo Relay Unit.
Cable Models
Connection Configuration and External Dimensions
Wiring
Model Length (L) Outer diameter of sheath Weight XW2Z-050J-A12 50 cm 10.0 dia. Approx. 0.1 kg
XW2Z-100J-A12 1 m Approx. 0.2 kg
Position Control Unit CS1W-NC133 Servo Relay Unit
XW2B-20J6-1B
48
L 647
83
t=11 1000
Servo Relay Unit
Cable: AWG28 4P + AWG28 9C
No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24
No.
Position Control Unit
A1 A2 A7 A8 A5 A6
A10
A24 A12
A21
A23
A15 A14
Crimp terminal
25 26
A20
A19
A22
A3 A4
AWG20 Black AWG20 Red
Chapter 2
2-85
Standard Models and Specifications
Position Control Unit Cables (XW2Z-@J-A13) These Position Control Unit Cables connect a CS1W-NC233 or CS1W-NC433 Position Control Unit and an XW2B-40J6-2B or XW2B-40J6-4A Servo Relay Unit.
Cable Models
Connection Configuration and External Dimensions
Model Length (L) Outer diameter of sheath Weight XW2Z-050J-A13 50 cm 10.0 dia. Approx. 0.1 kg
XW2Z-100J-A13 1 m Approx. 0.2 kg
Position Control Unit CS1W-NC233 CS1W-NC433
Servo Relay Unit XW2B-40J6-2B XW2B-40J6-4A
48
L 647
83
t=11 1000
Chapter 2
2-86
Standard Models and Specifications
Wiring
Servo Relay Unit
Cable: AWG28 6P + AWG28 17C
No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 34 33
No.
Position Control Unit
A1/B1 A2/B2
A8 A7
A6 A5
A10
A14 A24/B24
A19 A21 A12 A23 A22
A20/B20
B8
B6
B7
B5
B10
B14 B23 B22 B21 B19 B12
A15/B15
Crimp terminal
A3/B3 A4/B4
AWG20 Black AWG20 Red
Chapter 2
2-87
Standard Models and Specifications
Position Control Unit Cables (XW2Z@J-A16) These Position Control Unit Cables connect a CJ1W-NC113 Position Control Unit and an XW2B- 20J6-1B Servo Relay Unit.
Cable Models
Connection Configuration and External Dimensions
Model Length (L) Outer diameter of sheath Weight XW2Z-050J-A16 50 cm 10.0 dia. Approx. 0.1 kg
XW2Z-100J-A16 1 m Approx. 0.2 kg
Position Control Unit CJ1W-NC113
Servo Relay Unit XW2B-20J6-1B
20J6-1B
CJ1W-NC113
L 6
38
t=11
500
Chapter 2
2-88
Standard Models and Specifications
Wiring
Position Control Unit
Cable: AWG28 4P + AWG28 9C
Servo Relay Unit
Crimp terminal
No. A1 A2
A8
A6
A9
A20 A11
A17
A19
A18
A15
A16 A13 A12
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24
25 26
Chapter 2
2-89
Standard Models and Specifications
Position Control Unit Cables (XW2Z@J-A17) These Position Control Unit Cables connect a CJ1W-NC213 or CJ1W-NC413 Position Control Unit and an XW2B-40J6-2B or XW2B-40J6-4A Servo Relay Unit.
Cable Models
Connection Configuration and External Dimensions
Model Length (L) Outer diameter of sheath Weight XW2Z-050J-A17 50 cm 10.0 dia. Approx. 0.1 kg
XW2Z-100J-A17 1 m Approx. 0.2 kg
Position Control Unit
CJ1W-NC213 CJ1W-NC413
XW2B-40J6-2B XW2B-40J6-4A
L 6 t=11
500
40J6-2B
CJ1W-NC213/NC413
48
Servo Relay Unit
Chapter 2
2-90
Standard Models and Specifications
Wiring
Position Control Unit
Cable: AWG28 6P + AWG28 17C
Servo Relay Unit
Crimp terminal
No. A1/B1 A2/B2
A8
A6
A9
A20/B20 A15 A17 A11 A19 A18
B8
A16/B16
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 27
30
28
31 32 34 33
29
A12
B6
B9 B12 B19 B18 B17 B15 B11
A13/B13
Chapter 2
2-91
Standard Models and Specifications
Position Control Unit Cables (XW2Z-@J-A20) These Position Control Unit Cables connect a CJ1W-NC133 Position Control Unit and an XW2B- 20J6-1B Servo Relay Unit.
Cable Models
Connection Configuration and External Dimensions
Model Length (L) Outer diameter of sheath Weight XW2Z-050J-A20 50 cm 10.0 dia. Approx. 0.1 kg
XW2Z-100J-A20 1 m Approx. 0.2 kg
Position Control Unit CJ1W-NC133
Servo Relay Unit XW2B-20J6-1B
L 6
38
t=11
500
20J6-1B
CJ1W-NC133
1000
Chapter 2
2-92
Standard Models and Specifications
Wiring
Position Control Unit
Cable: AWG28 4P + AWG28 9C
Servo Relay Unit
Crimp terminal
No.
A1 A2
A8
A6
A7
A5
A9
A20 A11
A17
A19
A18
A15
A16 A13 A12
No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24
25 26
A3 A4
AWG20 Black AWG20 Red
Chapter 2
2-93
Standard Models and Specifications
Position Control Unit Cables (XW2Z-@J-A21) These Position Control Unit Cables connect a CJ1W-NC233 or CJ1W-NC433 Position Control Unit and an XW2B-40J6-2B or XW2B-40J6-4A Servo Relay Unit.
Cable Models
Connection Configuration and External Dimensions
Model Length (L) Outer diameter of sheath Weight XW2Z-050J-A21 50 cm 10.0 dia. Approx. 0.1 kg
XW2Z-100J-A21 1 m Approx. 0.2 kg
Position Control Unit
CJ1W-NC233 CJ1W-NC433
XW2B-40J6-2B XW2B-40J6-4A
CJ1W-NC233/NC433
40J6-2B
L 6 t=11
500
48
1000
Servo Relay Unit
Chapter 2
2-94
Standard Models and Specifications
Wiring
Position Control Unit
Cable: AWG28 6P + AWG28 17C
Servo Relay Unit
Crimp terminal
No. A3/B3 A4/B4 A1/B1 A2/B2
A8
A6
A7
A5
A9
A20/B20 A15 A17 A11 A19 A18
B8
A16
No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 27
30
28
31 32 34 33
29
A12
B6
B7
B5
B9 B12 B19 B18 B17 B15 B11
A13/B13 B16
AWG20 Black AWG20 Red
Chapter 2
2-95
Standard Models and Specifications
Position Control Unit Cable (XW2Z-@J-A22) These Position Control Unit Cables connect a CS1W-HCP22 Position Control Unit and an XW2B- 20J6-3B Servo Relay Unit.
Cable Models
Connection Configuration and External Dimensions
Wiring
Model Length (L) Outer diameter of sheath Weight XW2Z-050J-A22 50 cm 10.0 dia. Approx. 0.1 kg
XW2Z-100J-A22 1 m Approx. 0.2 kg
Position Control Unit CS1W-HCP22
Servo Relay Unit XW2B-20J6-3B
20J6-3B
CS1W-HCP22
L 6
25
t=11
500
Position Control Unit
Cable: AWG28 4P + AWG28 4C
Servo Relay Unit
Crimp terminal
No. A19 A20
A18
A16
A15 A17
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
B2 A1 B4 A3
Chapter 2
2-96
Standard Models and Specifications
Position Control Unit Cables (XW2Z-@J-A23) These Position Control Unit Cables connect a CS1W-HCP22 Position Control Unit and an XW2B- 20J6-3B Servo Relay Unit.
Cable Models
Connection Configuration and External Dimensions
Model Length (L) Outer diameter of sheath Weight XW2Z-050J-A23 50 cm 10.0 dia. Approx. 0.1 kg
XW2Z-100J-A23 1 m Approx. 0.2 kg
Position Control Unit CS1W-HCP22
Servo Relay Unit XW2B-20J6-3B
20J6-3B
CS1W-HCP22
20J6-3B
L 6
25 25t=11
500
Chapter 2
2-97
Standard Models and Specifications
Wiring
Position Control Unit
Cable: AWG28 4P + AWG28 4C
Servo Relay Unit
Crimp terminal
No. A19 A20
A18
A16
A15 A17
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13
B2 A1 B4 A3
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13
B19 B20
B18
B16
B15 B17
B8 A7 B10 A9
Cable: AWG28 4P + AWG28 4C Servo Relay Unit
Chapter 2
2-98
Standard Models and Specifications
Position Control Unit Cables (XW2Z-@J-A25) These Position Control Unit Cables connect a 3F88M-DRT141 Single-shaft Positioner (for DeviceNet) and an XW2B-20J6-1B Servo Relay Unit.
Cable Models
Connection Configuration and External Dimensions
Model Length (L) Outer diameter of sheath Weight XW2Z-050J-A25 50 cm 10.0 dia. Approx. 0.1 kg
XW2Z-100J-A25 1 m Approx. 0.2 kg
Position Control Unit 3F88M-DRT141
Servo Relay Unit XW2B-20J6-1B 38
L 647
83
t=11
20J6-1B
500 150
Chapter 2
2-99
Standard Models and Specifications
Wiring
Position Control Unit
Cable: AWG28 8P + AWG28 16C
Servo Relay Unit
Crimp terminal (Round)
No.No. A24 B24 B21 B22 A21 A22
A20 B20
A1 B10
A16/B16 A10
B9
A9
B8
B2
A11 B11 B19
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Crimp terminal (Y-type)
Chapter 2
2-100
Standard Models and Specifications
CJ1M-CPU Unit Cables (XW2Z-100J-A26) These CJ1M-CPU Unit Cables connect a CJ1M Unit with built-in pulse I/O (CJ1M-CPU21/-CPU22/- CPU23) and a Servo Relay Unit (XW2B-20J6-8A and XW2B-40J6-9A).
Cable Models
Connection Configuration and External Dimensions
Model Length (L) Outer diameter of sheath Weight XW2Z-100J-A26 1 m 10.0 dia. Approx. 0.1 kg
500
L
56
6
CJ1M-CPU Unit
CJ1M-CPU21 CJ1M-CPU22 CJ1M-CPU23
C J1
M -C
P U
22 /2
3
6
48
20J6-8A /40J6-9A
Servo Relay Unit
XW2B-20J6-8A XW2B-40J6-9A
Chapter 2
2-101
Standard Models and Specifications
Wiring
Cable: AWG28 6P + AWG28 17C
Servo Relay Unit
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
FG
CJ1M-CPU Unit No. 37 39 40 32
31
35
5 17 6 1 23 24
34
33
36
11 18 12 7
29 30 2 8
13 14 19 20 25 26
Chapter 2
2-102
Standard Models and Specifications
Customizable Counter Unit Cables for Special I/O These Customizable Counter Unit Cables connect a Customizable Counter Unit (CS1W-HCP22-V1) and a Servo Relay Unit (XW2B-80J7-1A).
Cable Models
Connection Configuration and External Dimensions
Model Length (L) Outer diameter of sheath Weight XW2Z-050J-A32 50 cm 10.0 dia. Approx. 0.1 kg
XW2Z-100J-A32 1 m Approx. 0.2 kg
Customizable Counter Unit
L t=11
6
Servo Relay Unit
55
500
CS1W-HCP22
80J7-1ACS1W-HCP22-V1 XW2B-80J7-1A
Chapter 2
2-103
Standard Models and Specifications
Wiring
Cable: AWG28 6P + AWG28 17C
Servo Relay Unit No.No.
B1 A1 B3 A3 B5 A5
A19 A13 B6
A16
A18
A20
B7 A7 B9 A9 B11 A11
B19
1 2 3 4 5 6
8 9
10
14
16
19
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
40
FG
Customizable Counter Unit
Crimp terminals
B12 B14 B13
B16
B18
B20
Chapter 2
2-104
Standard Models and Specifications
Customizable Counter Unit Cables for General-purpose I/O These Customizable Counter Unit Cables a Customizable Counter Unit (CS1W-HCP22-V1) and the general-purpose I/O of a Servo Relay Unit (XW2B-80J7-1A).
Cable Models
Connection Configuration and External Dimensions
Model Length (L) Outer diameter of sheath Weight XW2Z-050J-A29 50 cm 10.0 dia. Approx. 0.1 kg
XW2Z-100J-A29 1 m Approx. 0.2 kg
Customizable Counter Unit
L t=11
6
Servo Relay Unit
55
500
CS1W-HCP22
80J7-1ACS1W-HCP22-V1 XW2B-80J7-1A
Chapter 2
2-105
Standard Models and Specifications
Wiring
Cable: AWG28 6P + AWG28 17C
Servo Relay Unit No.No.
B1
B2
B3 B4 B5
A11 B9 B8 B10
A12
B11 B12
A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A10
A6
2
4 6 8
10
12 14
16 18
20 22
24
1 3
5 7
9
11 13 15 17 19
21
23 25
27 29 31
FG
Customizable Counter Unit
Crimp terminals
A7
A8
A9 B6 B7
33
Chapter 2
2-106
Standard Models and Specifications
Motion Controller Cables for Special I/O These Motion Controller Cables connect a Motion Control Module (FQM1-MMP21) and the special I/ O of a Servo Relay Unit (XW2B-80J7-1A).
Cable Models
Connection Configuration and External Dimensions
Model Length (L) Outer diameter of sheath Weight XW2Z-050J-A30 50 cm 10.0 dia. Approx. 0.1 kg
XW2Z-100J-A30 1 m Approx. 0.2 kg
Motion Control Module
L 6
Servo Relay Unit
55
80J7-1AFQM1-MMP21 XW2B-80J7-1A55
6
FQM 1-M
M P21
Chapter 2
2-107
Standard Models and Specifications
Wiring Servo Relay Unit
No.No. 3 5 9
11 15 17
21 23 13
27
31
35
4 6
10
16
1 2 3 4 5 6
8 9
10 11
13 14 15
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
40FG
Motion Control Module
20 22 24
26 28
34
7
12
16 17 18 19 20 21
Crimp terminals
19
25
29
33
12
18
14
30 32
36 37 38 39
Chapter 2
2-108
Standard Models and Specifications
Motion Controller Cable for General-purpose I/O These Motion Controller Cables connect a Motion Control Module (FQM1-MMP21) and the general- purpose I/O of a Servo Relay Unit (XW2B-80J7-1A).
Cable Models
Connection Configuration and External Dimensions
Model Length (L) Outer diameter of sheath Weight XW2Z-050J-A28 50 cm 10.0 dia. Approx. 0.1 kg
XW2Z-100J-A28 1 m Approx. 0.2 kg
Motion Control Module
L 6
Servo Relay Unit
48
80J7-1AFQM1-MMP21 XW2B-80J7-1A38
6
FQ M
1- M
M P2
1
Chapter 2
2-109
Standard Models and Specifications
Wiring Servo Relay Unit
No.No. 1
3 5 7 9 11
15
17 19
23
4 6
10
16
1 2 3
4 5
6
8 9
10 11
22 23
24 25 26 27 28
29
30 31 32
33
34
FG
Motion Control Module
20 22
24
7
12
17 18 19
20 21
Crimp terminals
13
21
2
8
12
18
14
Chapter 2
2-110
Standard Models and Specifications
Communications Cables (XW2Z-@J-C1) These Communications Cables connect the communications port of an XW2B-40J6-4A Servo Relay Unit that supports communications and a Programmable Controller Serial Communications Unit or Board.
Cable Models
Connection Configuration and External Dimensions
Wiring
Model Length (L) Outer diameter of sheath Weight XW2Z-100J-C1 1 m 10.0 dia. Approx. 0.1 kg
XW2Z-200J-C1 2 m Approx. 0.2 kg
39 L
32 .2
t=15
39
t=15
32 .2
Symbol No. SymbolNo.
Shell
2 1 8 6
Shell
SDB SDA RDB RDA FG FG
Connector: XM2A-0901 (OMRON) Connector Hood: XM2S-0911 (OMRON)
2 1 8 6
SDB SDA RDB RDA
Connector: XM2A-0901 (OMRON) Connector Hood XM2S-0911 (OMRON)
Cable: AWG282P UL2464
Chapter 2
2-111
Standard Models and Specifications
2-8 Parameter Unit Specifications
R7A-PR02A Hand-held Parameter Unit A Parameter Unit is required for setting parameters to operate and control the Servo Driver, for copying Servo Driver parameters, and for other func- tions. A 1-meter cable is provided with the Parameter Unit.
General Specifications
Performance Specifications
Item Standards Operating ambient temperature 0 to 55C Storage ambient temperature 20 to 85C Operating ambient humidity 90% max. (with no condensation)
Storage ambient humidity 90% max. (with no condensation)
Storage and operating atmo- sphere
No corrosive gasses.
Vibration resistance 10 to 55 Hz, 0.1-mm double amplitude or 9.8-m/s2 max. acceleration, whichever is smallest, in X, Y, and Z directions
Impact resistance 19.6-m/s2 max. acceleration three times each in X, Y, and Z directions
Model Standards Type Hand-held
Cable length 1 m
Connectors HR212-10P-8P (8 pins) (Hirose Electric)
Display 17-digit 5-segment LCD display
External dimensions 70 120 17.8 mm (W H D)
Weight Approx. 0.3 kg
Communications method Communications using a special protocol (baud rate: 19,200 bits/s)
SCROLL MODE/SET
DATA
RESET
JOG
RUN
DRIVER PR PR DRIVER
READ WRITE
R7APR02A PARAMETER UNIT
B.B INP VCMP
TGON REF POWER
Chapter 2
2-112
Standard Models and Specifications
Function Specifications Model Standards
Parameter setting Displaying and changing parameter settings
Monitor display Displaying all monitor data
Function Mode Executing functions
Alarm displays Displaying alarms
Parameter copying Reading and saving parameters from the Servo Driver to the Parameter Unit; writing parameters from the Parameter Unit to the Servo Driver; and comparing Servo Driver and Parameter Unit parameters.
Chapter 2
2-113
Standard Models and Specifications
2-9 External Regeneration Resistor Specifications
If the Servomotors regenerative energy is excessive, connect an External Regeneration Resistor.
Note 1. External Regeneration Resistors cannot be connected to Servo Drivers of between 30 to 200 W. Connection to a 400-W Servo Driver is usually not required. If the Servomotors regenerative energy is excessive, connect an External Regeneration Resistor between B1 and B2. For a 750-W Servo Driver, B2 and B3 are normally short-circuited. If the Servomotors re- generative energy is excessive, remove the short bar between B2 and B3 and connect an External Regeneration Resistor between B1 and B2.
Note 2. Refer to Surge Absorbers for External Regeneration Resistor selection details.
R88A-RR22047S External Regeneration Resistor
Specifications
External Dimensions All dimensions are in millimeters.
R88A-RR22047S External Regeneration Resistor
Model Resistance Nominal capacity
Regeneration absorption for 120C
temperature rise
Heat radiation condition
Thermal switch output
specifications R88A-RR22047S 47 5% 220 W 70 W t1.0 @350
(SPCC) Operating tem- perature: 170C3%, NC contact Rated output: 3 A
Thermal switch output
20
t1.2 200
220
230
6248
4. 2
6
500
1. 5
di a.
(0 .3
m m
2 )
3 di
a. (0
.7 5m
m 2 )
Chapter 2
2-114
Standard Models and Specifications
2-10 DC Reactors
Connect a DC Reactor to the Servo Drivers DC Reactor connection terminal as a harmonic current control measure. Select a model to match the Servo Driver being used.
R88A-PX@ DC Reactors
Specifications
External Dimensions
Servo Driver model DC Reactor Model Rated current (A) Inductance (mH) Weight (kg)
100 V R7D-APA3L/APA5L/AP01L R88A-PX5063 1.8 10.0 Approx. 0.6
R7D-AP02L R88A-PX5062 3.5 4.7 Approx. 0.9
R7D-AP04L R88A-PX5061 4.8 2.0 Approx. 0.5
200 V R7D-APA3H/APA5H/AP01H R88A-PX5071 0.85 40.0 Approx. 0.5
R7D-AP02H R88A-PX5070 1.65 20.0 Approx. 0.8
R7D-AP04H R88A-PX5069 3.3 10.0 Approx. 1.0
R7D-AP08H R88A-PX5061 4.8 2.0 Approx. 0.5
Model A B C D E F G H
R88A-PX5061 35 52 80 95 35 45 50 4
R88A-PX5062 40 59 100 120 40 50 55 4
R88A-PX5063 35 52 90 105 35 45 50 4
R88A-PX5069 40 59 105 125 45 60 65 4
R88A-PX5070 40 59 100 120 35 45 50 4
R88A-PX5071 35 52 80 95 30 40 45 4
Four, H dia.A
B
C D
E
F
G
Chapter 3
System Design and Installation
3-1 Installation Conditions
3-2 Wiring
3-3 Regenerative Energy Absorption
Chapter 3
3-2
System Design and Installation
Installation and Wiring Precautions
!Caution Do not step on or place a heavy object on the product. Doing so may result in injury.
!Caution Do not cover the inlet or outlet ports and prevent any foreign objects from entering the product. Failure to observe this may result in fire.
!Caution Be sure to install the product in the correct direction. Not doing so may result in malfunction.
!Caution Provide the specified clearances between the Servo Driver and the control box or other devices. Not doing so may result in fire or malfunction.
!Caution Do not apply any strong impact. Doing so may result in malfunction.
!Caution Be sure to wire correctly and securely. Not doing so may result in motor runaway, injury, or malfunction.
!Caution Be sure that all the mounting screws, terminal screws, and cable connector screws are tightened to the torque specified in the relevant manuals. Incorrect tightening torque may result in malfunction.
!Caution Use crimp terminals for wiring. Do not connect bare stranded wires directly to ter- minals. Connection of bare stranded wires may result in burning.
!Caution Always use the power supply voltages specified in the this manual. An incorrect voltage may result in malfunctioning or burning.
!Caution Take appropriate measures to ensure that the specified power with the rated volt- age and frequency is supplied. Be particularly careful in places where the power supply is unstable. An incorrect power supply may result in malfunctioning.
!Caution Install external breakers and take other safety measures against short-circuiting in external wiring. Insufficient safety measures against short-circuiting may result in burning.
!Caution To avoid damage to the product, take appropriate and sufficient countermeasures when installing systems in the following locations:
Locations subject to static electricity or other sources of noise.
Locations subject to strong electromagnetic fields and magnetic fields.
Locations subject to possible exposure to radiation.
Locations close to power supply lines.
Chapter 3
3-3
System Design and Installation
3-1 Installation Conditions
3-1-1 Servo Drivers
Space around Drivers Install Servo Drivers according to the dimensions shown in the following illustration to ensure
proper heat dispersion and convection inside the panel. Also install a fan for circulation if Servo Drivers are installed side by side to prevent uneven temperatures from developing inside the panel.
Take the control cables connector direction into account when installing the Servo Drivers.
Mounting Direction Mount the Servo Drivers in a direction (perpendicular) such that the lettering for the model number, and so on, can be seen.
Operating Environment The environment in which Servo Drivers are operated must meet the following conditions.
Ambient operating temperature: 0 to 55C (Take into account temperature rises in the individual Servo Drivers themselves.)
Ambient operating humidity: 90% max. (with no condensation)
Atmosphere: No corrosive gases.
Ambient Temperature Servo Drivers should be operated in environments in which there is minimal temperature rise to
maintain a high level of reliability.
Temperature rise in any Unit installed in a closed space, such as a control box, will cause the Servo Drivers ambient temperature to rise. Use a fan or air conditioner to prevent the Servo Drivers ambi- ent temperature from exceeding 55C.
Servo Driver surface temperatures may rise to as much as 30C above the ambient temperature. Use heat-resistant materials for wiring, and keep separate any devices or wiring that are sensitive to heat.
50 mm min. 30 mm min.
Fan Fan
W = 10 mm min.
Side panel
S er
vo D
riv er
Air
Air
50 mm min.
W W
S er
vo D
riv er
S er
vo D
riv er
Chapter 3
3-4
System Design and Installation
The service life of a Servo Driver is largely determined by the temperature around the internal elec- trolytic capacitors. The service life of an electrolytic capacitor is affected by a drop in electrolytic vol- ume and an increase in internal resistance, which can result in overvoltage alarms, malfunctioning due to noise, and damage to individual elements. If a Servo Driver is always operated at the maxi- mum ambient temperature of 40C and at 80% of the rated torque, then a service life of approxi- mately 50,000 hours can be expected. A drop of 10C in the ambient temperature will double the expected service life.
Keeping Foreign Objects Out of Units Place a cover over the Units or take other preventative measures to prevent foreign objects, such as
drill filings, from getting into the Units during installation. Be sure to remove the cover after installa- tion is complete. If the cover is left on during operation, heat buildup may damage the Units.
Take measures during installation and operation to prevent foreign objects such as metal particles, oil, machining oil, dust, or water from getting inside of Servo Drivers.
3-1-2 Servomotors
Operating Environment The environment in which the Servomotor is operated must meet the following conditions. Operating the Servomotor outside of the following ranges may result in malfunction of the Servomotor.
Ambient operating temperature: 0 to +40C Ambient operating humidity: 20% to 80% (with no condensation)
Atmosphere: No corrosive gases.
Impact and Load The Servomotor is resistant to impacts of up to
98 m/s2. Do not subject it to heavy impacts or loads during transport, installation, or removal. When transporting it, hold onto the Servomotor itself, and do not hold onto the encoder, cable, or connector areas. Holding onto weaker areas such as these can damage the Servomotor.
Always use a pulley remover to remove pulleys, couplings, or other objects from the shaft.
Secure cables so that there is no impact or load placed on the cable connector areas.
Chapter 3
3-5
System Design and Installation
Connecting to Mechanical Systems The axial loads for Servomotors are specified in 2-
4-2 Performance Specifications. If an axial load greater than that specified is applied to a Servo- motor, it will reduce the service life of the motor bearings and may damage the motor shaft.
When connecting to a load, use couplings that can sufficiently absorb mechanical eccentricity and variation.
For spur gears, an extremely large radial load may be applied depending on the gear precision. Use spur gears with a high degree of accuracy (for example, JIS class 2: normal line pitch error of 6 m max. for a pitch circle diameter of 50 mm). If the gear precision is not adequate, allow backlash to ensure that no radial load is placed on the motor shaft.
Bevel gears will cause a load to be applied in the thrust direction depending on the structural preci- sion, the gear precision, and temperature changes. Provide appropriate backlash or take other measures to ensure that no thrust load is applied which exceeds specifications.
Do not put rubber packing on the flange surface. If the flange is mounted with rubber packing, the motor flange may separate due to the tightening strength.
When connecting to a V-belt or timing belt, consult the maker for belt selection and tension. A radial load twice the belt tension will be placed on the motor shaft. Do not allow a radial load exceeding specifications to be placed on the motor shaft due to belt tension. If an excessive radial load is applied, the motor shaft may be damaged. Set up the structure so that the radial load can be adjusted. A large radial load may also be applied as a result of belt vibration. Attach a brace and adjust Servo Driver gain so that belt vibration is minimized.
Water and Drip Resistance The enclosure ratings for the Servomotors are as follows:
3,000-r/min Cylinder-style Servomotors (30 to 750 W): IP55 (except for through-shaft parts)
3,000-r/min Flat-style Servomotors (100 W to 750 kW): IP55 (except for through-shaft parts)
Ball screw center line
Servomotor shaft center line
Shaft core displacement
Backlash
Adjust backlash by adjusting the distance between shafts.
Make moveable.
Bevel gear
Tension
Pulley for tension adjustment (Make adjustable.)Pulley
Belt
Chapter 3
3-6
System Design and Installation
Other Precautions Do not apply commercial power directly to the Servomotor. The Servomotors run on synchronous
AC and use permanent magnets. Applying commercial power directly will burn out the motor coils.
Take measures to prevent the shaft from rusting. The shafts are coated with anti-rust oil when shipped, but anti-rust oil or grease should also be applied when connecting the shaft to a load.
Absolutely do not remove the encoder cover or take the motor apart. The magnet and the encoder are aligned in the AC Servomotor. If they become misaligned, the motor will not operate.
3-1-3 Reduction Gears Installation Use only the specified combinations of Servomotors and reduction gears. Using a combination that
is not specified, or using in combination with another companys reductions gears or Servomotor may result in a reduction in the service life of the motor bearings.
The dimensions of the Servomotor mounting flange on the reduction gears differ for each Servomo- tor. Do not install reduction gears on a Servomotor other than the one specified.
Use a Servomotor with a straight shaft and without a key when installing reduction gears.
Install reduction gears on the Servomotor using the following procedure.
1. Remove the rubber cap and check that the set bolt is loose.
2. Insert the Servomotor shaft into the input shaft.
3. Tighten the Servomotor installation bolt according to the tightening torque specified in the follow- ing table.
4. Tighten the set bolt according to the tightening torque specified in the following table.
5. After tightening the set bolt, replace the rubber cap.
Servomotor installation bolt Tightening torque (Nm) M4 2.9 M5 5.8 M6 9.8 M8 19.6 M10 39.2
Set bolt Tightening torque (Nm) M3 1.0 to 1.5 M4 2.9 to 3.5
Input shaft
Rubber cap
Set bolt
Servomotor installation bolt
Chapter 3
3-7
System Design and Installation
Using Reduction Gears from Other Companies (Reference Information) If the system configuration requires that a SMARTSTEP A-series Motor be used in combination with a reduction gear from another company, select the reduction gear so that the loads on the motor shaft (i.e., both the radial and thrust loads) are with the allowable values. (Refer to 2-4-2 Performance Specifications for details on the allowable loads for motors.) Also, control the motor speed and output torque so that the allowable input speed and allowable input torque of the reduction gear is not exceeded.
Chapter 3
3-8
System Design and Installation
3-2 Wiring
3-2-1 Connecting Cable
This section shows the types of connecting cable used in a SMARTSTEP A-series system. The wide selection of cables provided for configuring a servo system using a Position Control Unit makes wiring simple.
Servo Driver Cable
CN3 (Communications Connector)
Computer Monitor Cable Analog Monitor Cable
Position Control Unit Cable
Servo Relay Unit Cable
Servo Relay Unit
Terminal Block Cable
Connector Terminal Block
Terminal Block Cable
General Control Cable and Control I/O Connector
Position Control Unit
DOS personal computers
CN1 (Control I/O Connector)
Parameter Unit
System Configuration
Servo Driver
Servomotor
MACHINE No.
RUN ERROR
SENS DATA
X Y Z U
NC413
CN1 CN2
A24
A1
B24
B1
0 1
2 3
4 5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
CN2 (Encoder Input Connector)
Servomotor Power Terminal
CJ1W-NC113/133 CJ1W-NC213/233 CJ1W-NC413/433 CS1W-NC113/133 CS1W-NC213/233 CS1W-NC413/433 C200HW-NC113 C200HW-NC213 C200HW-NC413 C500-NC113 C500-NC211 C200H-NC112 C200H-NC211
2
3
1
R7D-AP@
R7M-A@
5 6
CN4
Note: A 1-meter cable is provided with the Parameter Unit.
SCROLL MODE/SET
DATA
RESET
JOG
RUN
DRIVER PR PR DRIVER
READ WRITE
R7APR02A PARAMETER UNIT
B.B INP VCMP
TGON REF POWER
Position Control Unit with a pulse string output
SYSMAC PLC with pulse string output
CQM1-CPU43-V1 CQM1H-PLB21 CS1W-HCP22 CJ1M-CPU21/22/23
Single-axis Positioner with pulse string output
3F88M-DRT141
Note: If using a Servo Relay Unit that supports communications, a communications cable is required to connect the Servo Relay Unit’s communications port and the Programmable Controller’s Serial Communications Unit or Board.
R7A-PR02A
Computer Monitor Software
Controller
NEC PC98 notebook computer
Other Controllers
Flexible Motion Controller
FQM1-MMP21/22
Servomotor Cables 4
Integrated Cables Separate Cables
Power cable
Encoder cable
Note Use a robot cable if flexibility is required when using separate cables. (Refer to pages 2-51 and 2-52.)
Chapter 3
3-9
System Design and Installation
Selecting Connecting Cables
1. Servo Relay Unit Cables Select a Servo Relay Unit and Cable to match the Position Control Unit that is to be used.
Selecting Connecting Cables without Communications Support
Note 1. The empty boxes in the model numbers are for cable length. The Position Control Unit Cable length can be 0.5 or 1 meter long. (For example, XW2Z-050J-A3 is 0.5 meters long.) The Servo Driver cable length can be 1 or 2 meters long. (For example, XW2Z-100J-B5 is 1 meter long.)
Note 2. When 2-axis control is used with one Position Control Unit, two cables are required to the Servo Driver.
Position Control Unit Position Control Unit Cable Servo Relay Unit Servo Driver Cable CQM1-CPU43-V1 XW2Z-@@@J-A3 XW2B-20J6-3B XW2Z-@@@J-B5
CQM1H-PLB21
C200H-NC112 XW2Z-@@@J-A4 XW2B-20J6-1B
C200H-NC211 XW2Z-@@@J-A5 XW2B-40J6-2B
C500-NC113
C500-NC211
CS1W-NC113 XW2Z-@@@J-A8 XW2B-20J6-1B
C200HW-NC113
CS1W-NC213 XW2Z-@@@J-A9 XW2B-40J6-2B
CS1W-NC413
C200HW-NC213
C200HW-NC413
CS1W-NC133 XW2Z-@@@J-A12 XW2B-20J6-1B
CS1W-NC233 XW2Z-@@@J-A13 XW2B-40J6-2B
CS1W-NC433
CJ1W-NC113 XW2Z-@@@J-A16 XW2B-20J6-1B
CJ1W-NC213 XW2Z-@@@J-A17 XW2B-40J6-2B
CJ1W-NC413
CJ1W-NC133 XW2Z-@@@J-A20 XW2B-20J6-1B
CJ1W-NC233 XW2Z-@@@J-A21 XW2B-40J6-2B
CJ1W-NC433
CS1W-HCP22 XW2Z-@@@J-A22 (single-axis) XW2B-20J6-3B
XW2Z-@@@J-A23 (two-axis)
3F88M-DRT141 XW2Z-@@@J-A25 XW2B-20J6-1B
CJ1M-CPU21 XW2Z-@@@J-A26 XW2B-20J6-8A (1 axis) XW2B-40J6-9A (2 axes)CJ1M-CPU22
CJ1M-CPU23
Chapter 3
3-10
System Design and Installation
Selecting Connecting Cables with Communications Support
Note 1. The empty boxes in the model numbers are for cable length. The Position Control Unit cable length can be 0.5 or 1 meter long. (For example, XW2Z-050J-A9 is 0.5 meters long.) The Servo Driver cable length can be 1 or 2 meters long. (For example, XW2Z-100J-B7 is 1 meter long.)
Note 2. When 2-axis control is used with one Position Control Unit, two cables are required to the Servo Driver.
Note 3. When using the communications, an XW2Z-@@@J-C1 communications cable is required to connect the Servo Relay Units communications port and the Programmable Controller Se- rial Communications Unit or Board. The communications cable length can be 1 or 2 meters long. (For example, XW2Z-100J-C1 is 1 meter long.)
2. Connector-Terminal Block and Cables These cables are used for connecting to Controllers for which no special cable is provided. The cables and terminal block convert the Servo Drivers Control I/O Connector (CN1) signals to terminal block connections.
Position Control Unit Position Control Unit Cable Servo Relay Unit Servo Driver Cable CS1W-NC213 XW2Z-@@@J-A9 XW2B-40J6-4A XW2Z-@@@J-B7
CS1W-NC413
CS1W-NC233 XW2Z-@@@J-A13
CS1W-NC433
CJ1W-NC213 XW2Z-@@@J-A17
CJ1W-NC413
CJ1W-NC233 XW2Z-@@@J-A21
CJ1W-NC433
C200HW-NC213 XW2Z-@@@J-A9
C200HW-NC413
CS1W-HCP22-V1 XW2Z-@@@J-A32 XW2B-80J7-1A XW2Z-@@@J-B12
XW2Z-@@@J-A29
FQM1-MMP21 XW2Z-@@@J-A30 XW2Z-@@@J-B10
XW2Z-@@@J-A28
Connector Terminal Block Cable Remarks XW2B-40F5-P R88A-CTU@@@N The empty boxes in the model numbers are for
cable length. The cables can be 1 or 2 meters long. (For example, R88A-CTU002N is 2 meters long.)
Chapter 3
3-11
System Design and Installation
3. General Control Cables and Control I/O Connector These cables and connector are used for connecting to Controllers for which no special cable is pro- vided, and when the cable for the Servo Drivers control I/O connector is prepared by the user.
4. Servomotor Cables Servomotor Cables come in two types: Cables for Servomotors without brakes and Cables for Servo- motors with brakes. Select the Cable to match the Servomotor being used. Integrated Cables com- bine an encoder cable and power cable, or separate Power Cables and Encoder Cables are available.
One Power Cable and one Encoder Cable are required if separate cables are used.
Separate cables are also available with robot cables. Use a robot cable if cable flexibility is required.
Integrated Cables
Separate Cables
Power Cables
Name Cable Remarks General Control Cable R88A-CPU@@@S The cable is attached to a connector that con-
nects to the Control I/O Connector (CN1). The empty boxes in the model numbers are for cable length. The cables can be 1 or 2 meters long. (For example, R88A-CPU001S is 1 meter long.)
Control I/O Connector R88A-CNU01C This is the connector for connecting to the Con- trol I/O Connector (CN1). (This item is a con- nector only.)
Specifications Cable model number Remarks Cable for Servomotors with- out brakes (both Cylinder- style and Flat-style)
R7A-CEA@@@S Insert the cable length in the @@@ of the model number. There are five cable lengths: 3 m, 5 m, 10 m, 15 m, and 20 m. (Model number exam- ple: R7A-CEA003S for a 3-m cable)Cable for Servomotors with
brakes (both Cylinder-style and Flat-style)
R7A-CEA@@@B
Specifications Cable model number Remarks Cable for Servomotors with- out brakes (both Cylinder- style and Flat-style)
R88A-CAWA@@@S Insert the cable length in the @@@ of the model number. There are five cable lengths: 3 m, 5 m, 10 m, 15 m, and 20 m. (Model number exam- ple: R88A-CAWA003S for a 3-m cable)Cable for Servomotors with
brakes (both Cylinder-style and Flat-style)
R88A-CAWA@@@B
Robot Cable for Servomotors without brakes (both Cylin- der-style and Flat-style)
R88A-CAWA@@@SR Insert the cable length in the @@@ of the model number. There are five cable lengths: 3 m, 5 m, 10 m, 15 m, and 20 m. (Model number exam- ple: R88A-CAWA003SR for a 3-m cable) Use a Robot Cable if cable flexibility is required.
Robot Cable for Servomotors with brakes (both Cylinder- style and Flat-style)
R88A-CAWA@@@BR
Chapter 3
3-12
System Design and Installation
Encoder Cables
5. Computer Monitor Cable A Computer Monitor Cable and the Computer Monitor Software for Servo Drivers (run on Windows) are required to make Servo Driver parameter settings and perform monitoring from a personal com- puter.
6. Analog Monitor Cable This is the cable for connecting to the Servo Drivers analog monitor connector (CN4). It is required for connecting analog monitor outputs to an external device (such as a measuring instrument).
Specifications Cable model number Remarks Cable for Servomotors with or without brakes (both Cylin- der-style and Flat-style)
R7A-CRA@@@C Insert the cable length in the @@@@ of the model number. There are five cable lengths: 3 m, 5 m, 10 m, 15 m, and 20 m. (Model number example: R7A-CRA003C for a 3-m cable)
Robot Cable for Servomotors with or without brakes (both Cylinder-style and Flat-style)
R7A-CRA@@@CR Insert the cable length in the @@@@ of the model number. There are four cable lengths: 3 m, 5 m, 15 m, and 20 m. (Model number exam- ple: R7A-CRA003CR for a 3-m cable) Use a Robot Cable if cable flexibility is required.
Name/specifications Model Remarks Computer Monitor Cable
For DOS personal computers
2 m R7A-CCA002P2 Only 2-meter cables are available.
NEC PC98 note- book computer
2 m R7A-CCA002P3 Only 2-meter cables are available.
Name/specifications Model Remarks Analog Monitor Cable 1 m R88A-CMW001S Only 1-meter cables are available.
Chapter 3
3-13
System Design and Installation
3-2-2 Peripheral Device Connection Examples
Single-phase Input: R7D-APA3L; R7D-APA5L; R7D-AP01L; R7D-AP02L; R7D-AP04L; R7D-APA3H; R7D-APA5H; R7D-AP01H; R7D-AP02H; R7D-AP04H; and R7D-AP08H
Single-phase 100/115 V AC, 50/60 Hz: R7D-AP@@L Single-phase 200/230 V AC, 50/60 Hz: R7D-AP@@H
Noise filter (See note 1.)
Main-circuit power supply Main-circuit contactor (See note 1.)
Surge killer (See note 1.)
Servo error display
Class D ground (Class 3 ground: 100 or less)
Class D ground (Class 3 ground: 100 or less)
User control device
Control cable
DC Reactor
Note 1. Recommended product in 3-2-4 Wiring for Noise Resistance. 2. Recommended relay: MY Relay (24 V), by OMRON.
3. For 400-W and 750-W Servo Drivers, an R88A-RR22047S External Regeneration Resistor may be connected. Connect if the regenerative energy exceeds the individual Servo Driver’s regenerative capacity. Also, connect a thermal switch output so that
the power supply will be turned OFF when open. 4. If an External Regeneration Resistor is to be connected to a 750-W
Servo Driver, remove the short bar between B2 and B3. 5. When either the main-circuit power supply or the control circuit
power supply is OFF, the dynamic brake will operate.
R T
NFB
1 2
3 4
E NF
OFF
X
ON
1MC X
1MC
PL
L1
L2
L1C
L2C
SMARTSTEP A-series Servo Driver
1MC
CN1
X
SMARTSTEP A-series Servomotor
W
V
U
B
E
M
CN2
Servomotor cable
24 V DC
XB
+ 1
+ 2
B1
B2
External Regeneration Resistor
(See note 3.)
B3
ALMCOM
ALM34
35
X 24 V DC
CN1
(See note 2.) OGND
BKIR7
10 24 V DC
CN1
XB
(See note 4.)
Chapter 3
3-14
System Design and Installation
Three-phase Input: R7D-AP08H
Three-phase 200/230 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Noise filter (See note 1.)
Main-circuit power supply Main-circuit contactor (See note 2.)
Surge killer (See note 2.)
Servo error display
Class D ground (Class 3 ground: 100 or less)
Class D ground (Class 3 ground: 100 or less)
User control device
Control cable
DC Reactor
Note 1. Recommended product in 3-2-4 Wiring for Noise Resistance.
2. Recommended relay: MY Relay (24 V), by OMRON. 3. An R88A-RR22047S External Regeneration Resistor may be connected.
Connect if the regenerative energy exceeds the individual Servo Driver’s regenerative capacity. Also, connect the thermal switch output so that the power supply will be turned OFF when open.
4. If an External Regeneration Resistor is to be connected, remove the short bar between B2 and B3.
5. When either the main-circuit power supply or the control-circuit power supply is OFF, the dynamic brake will operate.
SMARTSTEP A-series Servo Driver SMARTSTEP A-series Servomotor
R T
NFB
S
1 2 3
4 5 6
E NF
OFF
X
ON
1MC X
1MC
PL
L1
L2
1MC
W
V
U
B
E
M
CN2
Servomotor cable
24 V DC
XB
CN1
X
ALMCOM
ALM34
35
X 24 V DC
CN1
(See note 2.) OGND
BKIR7
10 24 V DC
CN1
XB
L1C
L3
L2C
1
2
B1
B2
B3 (See note 4.)
External Regeneration Resistor
(See note 3.)
+
+
Chapter 3
3-15
System Design and Installation
3-2-3 Terminal Block Wiring
When wiring a Terminal Block, pay attention to wire sizes, grounding systems, and anti- noise measures.
Terminal Block Names and Functions Terminal
label Name Function
L1 Main circuit power supply input
R7D-AP@H: Single-phase 200/230 V AC (170 to 253 V), 50/60 Hz R7D-AP@L: Single-phase 100/115 V AC (85 to 127 V), 50/60 Hz Note Only the R7DAP08H (750 W) has an L3 terminal, enabling three-phase input: Three-phase 200/230 V AC (170 to 253 V AC) 50/60 Hz
L2
L3
1 Connection ter- minals for DC Reactor for power supply harmonic control
Normally short between +1 and +2. When harmonic control is required, connect a DC Reactor between +1 and +2.
2
Main circuit DC output (negative)
Do not connect anything to this terminal.
L1C Control circuit power supply input
R7D-AP@H: Single-phase 200/230 V AC (170 to 253 V), 50/60 Hz R7D-AP@L: Single-phase 100/115 V AC (85 to 127 V), 50/60 Hz
L2C
B1 External regener- ation resistance connection termi- nals
30 to 200 W: An External Regeneration Resistor cannot be connected to these terminals. 400 W: These terminals normally do not need to be connected. If there is high regenerative energy, connect an External Regeneration Resistor between B1 and B2. 750 W: Normally shorted between B2 and B3. If there is high regenerative energy, remove the short bar between B2 and B3 and connect an External Regeneration Resistor between B1 and B2.
B2
B3
U Servomotor con- nection terminals
Red These are the output terminals to the Servomotor. Be careful to wire them correctly.V White
W Blue
Green/ Yellow
Frame ground This is the ground terminal. Ground to a minimum of Class D ground (Class 3 ground: 100 or less).
+
+
Chapter 3
3-16
System Design and Installation
Terminal Block Wire Sizes
100-V AC Input (R7D-AP@L)
Note 1. Use the same wire sizes for 1, 2, B1, and B2.
Note 2. Connect an OMRON Servomotor Cable to the Servomotor connection terminals.
Item Model Unit
R7D-APA3L R7D-APA5L R7D-AP01L R7D-AP02L R7D-AP04L
Power supply capacity kVA 0.2 0.25 0.4 0.75 1.2
Main circuit power supply input (L1, L2) (See note 1.)
Effective current
A (rms) 1.64 2.2 4.0 6.8 11
Wire size mm2 1.25 1.25 1.25 2 2
Control circuit power supply input (L1C, L2C)
Effective current
A (rms) 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.13
Wire size mm2 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25
Effective current
A (rms) 0.42 0.6 0.89 2.0 2.6
Wire size mm2 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25
Wire size mm2 2 2 2 2 2
Screw size
M4 M4 M4 M4 M4
Torque Nm 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
No-fuse breaker or fuse capacity
A (rms) 8 8 8 10 13
Servomotor connection ter- minal (U, V, W,
)
(See note 2.)
Frame ground ( )
+ +
Chapter 3
3-17
System Design and Installation
200V AC Input (R7D-AP@H)
Note 1. Use the same wire sizes and tightening torques for 1, 2, B1, and B2.
Note 2. Connect an OMRON Servomotor Cable to the Servomotor connection terminals.
Wire Sizes and Allowable Current The following table shows the allowable current for when there are three wires.
600-V Heat-resistant Vinyl Wiring (HIV) (Reference Values)
Item Model Unit
R7D- APA3H
R7D- APA5H
R7D- AP01H
R7D- AP02H
R7D- AP04H
R7D- AP08H
Power supply capacity kVA 0.2 0.25 0.4 0.75 1.2 2.1
Main circuit power supply input (L1, L2) (See note 1.)
Effective current
A (rms) 0.82 1.1 2.0 3.4 5.5 9.4
Wire size mm2 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 2 2
Control circuit power supply input (L1C, L2C)
Effective current
A (rms) 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
Wire size mm2 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25
Effective current
A (rms) 0.42 0.6 0.89 2.0 2.6 4.4
Wire size mm2 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 2
Wire size mm2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Screw size M4 M4 M4 M4 M4 M4
Torque Nm 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
No-fuse breaker or fuse capacity
A (rms) 4 4 4 4 8 11
AWG size Nominal cross- sectional area
(mm2)
Configuration (wires/mm2)
Conductive resistance (/
km)
Allowable current (A) for ambient temperature
30C 40C 50C 20 0.5 19/0.18 39.5 6.6 5.6 4.5
0.75 30/0.18 26.0 8.8 7.0 5.5
18 0.9 37/0.18 24.4 9.0 7.7 6.0
16 1.25 50/0.18 15.6 12.0 11.0 8.5
14 2.0 7/0.6 9.53 23 20 16
12 3.5 7/0.8 5.41 33 29 24
10 5.5 7/1.0 3.47 43 38 31
8 8.0 7/1.2 2.41 55 49 40
6 14.0 7/1.6 1.35 79 70 57
Servomotor connection ter- minal (U, V, W,
)
(See note 2.)
Frame ground ( )
+ +
Chapter 3
3-18
System Design and Installation
Terminal Block Wiring Procedure Connector-type Terminal Blocks are used for SMARTSTEP A-series Servo Drivers. The procedure for wiring these Terminal Blocks is explained below.
1. Remove the Terminal Block from the Servo Driver.
!Caution The Terminal Block must be removed from the Servo Driver before being wired. The Servo Driver will be damaged if the wiring is done with the Terminal Block in place.
2. Strip the covering off the ends of the wires.
Prepare wires of the right sizes, according to the tables provided under Terminal Block Wire Sizes above, and strip off 8 or 9 mm of the covering from the end of each wire.
3. Open the wire insertion slots in the Terminal Block
There are two ways to open the wire insertion slots, as follows:
Pry the slot open using the lever that comes with the Servo Driver (as in Fig. A).
Insert a flat-blade screwdriver (end width: 3.0 to 3.5 mm) into the opening for Servo Driver in- stallation, and press down firmly to open the slot (as in Fig. B).
Connector-type Terminal Block
(Example: R7D-AP01L)
8 to 9 mm
231-131 Lever (Wago Company of Japan)
Fig. A Fig. B
210-120J Screwdriver (Wago Company of Japan)
Chapter 3
3-19
System Design and Installation
4. Insert the wire into the slot.
With the slot held open, insert the end of the wire. Then let the slot close by releasing the pressure from the lever or the screwdriver.
5. Mount the Terminal Block to the Servo Driver.
After all of the terminals have been wired, return the Terminal Block to its original position on the Servo Driver.
3-2-4 Wiring for Noise Resistance
System noise resistance will vary greatly depending on the wiring method used. This section explains how to reduce noise through proper wiring.
Wiring Method
Single-phase Power Supply Input
NFB AC power supply Surge absorber
Noise filter Contactor
X1 Metal duct
Fuse
Class D ground (Class 3 ground: 100 or less)
Controller power supply
Thick power line (3.5 mm2)
Machine ground Ground plate
Ground control box
3.5 mm2
1
2
3
4E
NF
TB
L1
L2
L1C
L2C
U
V
W
TB
CN2
R7D-AP@ R7M-A@
E
M
2 mm2
Chapter 3
3-20
System Design and Installation
Three-phase Power Supply Input (R7D-AP08H)
Ground the motors frame to the machine ground when the motor is on a movable shaft.
Use a grounding plate for the frame ground for each Unit, as shown in the above diagrams, and ground to a single point.
Use ground lines with a minimum thickness of 3.5 mm2, and arrange the wiring so that the ground lines are as short as possible.
If no-fuse breakers are installed at the top and the power supply line is wired from the lower duct, use metal tubes for wiring and make sure that there is adequate distance between the input lines and the internal wiring. If input and output lines are wired together, noise resistance will decrease.
No-fuse breakers, surge absorbers, and noise filters (NF) should be positioned near the input termi- nal block (ground plate), and I/O lines should be isolated and wired using the shortest distance pos- sible.
Insert a fuse for short-circuit failure protection if a surge absorber is installed. As a guideline, select a fuse with three times the maximum instantaneous current.
Wire the noise filter as shown at the left in the following illustration. The noise filter should be installed at the entrance to the control box whenever possible.
Use twisted-pair cables for the power supply cables whenever possible, or bind the cables.
NFBAC power supply Surge absorber Noise filter
Contactor X1 Metal duct
Fuse
Controller power supply
Thick power line (3.5 mm2)
Machine ground Ground plate
Ground control box
3.5 mm2
1
2
3
4
5
6E
NF
TB
L1
L2
L3
L1C
L2C
U
V
W
TB
CN2
R7D-AP@ R7M-A@
E
M
2 mm2
Class D ground (Class 3 ground: 100 or less)
Correct: Separate input and output Wrong: Noise not filtered effectively
AC outputAC input AC input
AC output
Ground
NF1 2 3
4 5 6E
NF1 2 3
4 5 6E
Ground
Chapter 3
3-21
System Design and Installation
Separate power supply cables and signal cables when wiring.
Selecting Components
This section explains the criteria for selecting the connection components required for improving noise resistance. These criteria include capacity performance, applicable range, and so on. For more details, contact the manufacturers directly.
No-fuse Breakers (NFB) When selecting no-fuse breakers, take into consideration the maximum output current and the inrush current.
Maximum input current: The momentary maximum output for a Servo Driver is approximately three times that of the rated output, and a maximum output of three seconds can be executed. Therefore, select no-fuse breakers with an operating time of at least five seconds at 300% of the rated maximum output. General-pur- pose and low-speed no-fuse breakers are generally suitable. The table in 3-2-3 Terminal Block Wir- ing shows the rated power supply input currents for each Servomotor. Select a no-fuse-breaker with a rated current greater than the total effective load current (when multiple Servomotors are used). When making the selection, add in the current consumption of other controllers, and so on.
Servo Driver inrush current: With low-speed no-fuse breakers, an inrush current 10 times the rated current flows for 0.02 sec- onds. For a simultaneous inrush for multiple Servo Drivers, select a no-fuse-breaker with a 20-ms allowable current greater than the total inrush current shown in the following table for the applicable Servomotor models.
Smart Servo Driver
Power supply voltage
V
Servo Driver model (R7D-)
Capacity Rated current A (rms)
Inrush current circuit A (0-p)
125% of rated
current
NFB model
Single- phase
100 APA3L 30 W 1.64 90 2.05 NF30-SW 10A
100 APA5L 50 W 2.2 90 2.75 NF30-SW 10A
100 AP01L 100 W 4 90 5 NF30-SW 10A
100 AP02L 200 W 6.8 90 8.5 NF30-SW 10A
100 AP04L 400 W 11 90 13.75 NF30-SW 15A
Driver
Binding
or
Driver
Correct: Properly twisted Correct: Cables are bound.
L1C L1
L2
L3 L2C
Chapter 3
3-22
System Design and Installation
Surge Absorbers Use surge absorbers to absorb surges from power supply input lines due to lightning, abnormal volt- ages, etc. When selecting surge absorbers, take into account the varistor voltage, the amount of surge immunity, and the amount of energy resistance. The surge absorbers shown in the following table are recommended.
Note 1. The (W) for the Matsushita models indicates that they are UL and CSA certified.
Note 2. Refer to the manufacturers documentation for operating details.
Note 3. The surge immunity is for a standard impulse current of 8/20 s. If pulses are wide, either decrease the current or change to a larger-capacity surge absorber.
Note 4. The energy resistance is the value for 2 ms. It may not be possible to retard high-energy pulses at less than 700 V. In that case, absorb surges with an insulated transformer or reac- tor.
Noise Filters for Power Supply Input Use a noise filter to attenuate extraneous noise and to diminish noise radiation from the Servo Driver. Select a noise filter with a load current of at least twice the rated current. The following table shows noise filters that reduce by 40 dB noise between 200 kHz and 30 MHz.
Single- phase
200 APA3H 30 W 0.82 90 1.025 NF30-SW 10A
200 APA5H 50 W 1.1 90 1.375 NF30-SW 10A
200 AP01H 100 W 2 90 2.5 NF30-SW 10A
200 AP02H 200 W 3.4 90 4.25 NF30-SW 10A
200 AP04H 400 W 5.5 90 6.875 NF30-SW 10A
200 AP08H 750 W 9.4 130 11.75 NF30-SW 15A
Maker Model Varistor voltage
Max. limit voltage
Surge immunity
Energy resistance
Type
Matsushita Electric ERZC20EK471(W) 470 V 775 V 5,000 A 150 J Block
ERZC25EK471(W) 470 V 775 V 10,000 A 225 J
ERZC32EK471(W) 470 V 775 V 20,000 A 405 J
Ishizuka Electronics Co.
Z25M471S 470 V 775 V 10,000A 235 J Block
Z33M471S 470 V 775 V 20,000 A 385 J
Type Model Rated current Maker Single-phase GT-2050 5 A Tokin
LF-210N 10 A
LF-215N 15 A
LF-220N 20 A
Smart Servo Driver
Power supply voltage
V
Servo Driver model (R7D-)
Capacity Rated current A (rms)
Inrush current circuit A (0-p)
125% of rated
current
NFB model
Chapter 3
3-23
System Design and Installation
Note 1. To attenuate noise at frequencies of 200 kHz or less, use an insulated transformer and a noise filter.
Note 2. For high frequencies of 30 MHz or more, use a ferrite core and a high-frequency noise filter with a through-type capacitor.
Note 3. If multiple Servo Drivers are to be connected to a single noise filter, select a noise filter with a rated current at least two times the total rated current of all the Servo Drivers.
Noise Filters for Servomotor Output Use noise filters without built-in capacitors on the Servomotor output lines. Select a noise filter with a rated current at least two times the total rated current of the Servo Drivers continuous output current. The following table shows the noise filters that are recommended for Servomotor output.
Note 1. Servomotor output lines cannot use the same noise filters used for power supplies.
Note 2. Typical noise filters are used with power supply frequencies of 50/60 Hz. If these noise filters are connected to outputs of 11.7 kHz (the Servo Drivers PWM frequency), a very large (about 100 times larger) leakage current will flow through the noise filters condenser and the Servo Driver could be damaged.
Surge Killers Install surge killers for loads that have induction coils, such as relays, solenoids, brakes, clutches, etc. The following table shows types of surge killers and recommended products.
Three-phase LF-315K 15 A Tokin
LF-325K 25 A
LF-335K 35 A
ZCW2210-01 10 A TDK
ZCW2220-01 20 A
ZCW2230-01 30 A
ZCW2240-01 40 A
Maker Model Rated current Remarks Tokin LF-310KA 10 A Three-phase block noise filter
LF-320KA 20 A
Type Features Recommended products Diode Diodes are relatively small devices such as relays used
for loads when reset time is not an issue. The reset time is increased because the surge voltage is the lowest when power is cut off. Used for 24/48-V DC systems.
Use a fast-recovery diode with a short reverse recovery time. Fuji Electric Co., ERB44-06 or equiv- alent
Thyristor or Varistor
Thyristor and varistor are used for loads when induction coils are large, as in electromagnetic brakes, solenoids, etc., and when reset time is an issue. The surge voltage when power is cut off is approximately 1.5 times that of the varistor.
Select varistor voltage as follows: 24-V DC system: 39 V 100-V DC system: 200 V 100-V AC system: 270 V 200-V AC system: 470 V
Capacitor + resistor
Use capacitors and resistors for vibration absorption of surge when power is cut off. The reset time can be short- ened by proper selection of the capacitor or resistor.
Okaya Electric Industries Co., Ltd. CR-50500 0.5 F-50 CRE-50500 0.5 F-50 S2-A-0 0.2 F-500
Type Model Rated current Maker
Chapter 3
3-24
System Design and Installation
Note Thyristors and varistors are made by the following companies. Refer to manufacturers docu- mentation for operating details.Thyristors: Ishizuka Electronics Co. Varistors: Ishizuka Electronics Co., Matsushita Electric Industrial Co.
Contactors When selecting contactors, take into consideration the circuits inrush current and the maximum momentary current. The Servo Driver inrush current is covered in the preceding explanation of no- fuse-breaker selection, and the maximum momentary current is approximately twice the rated cur- rent. The following table shows the recommended contactors.
Leakage Breakers Select leakage breakers designed for inverters.
Since switching takes place inside the Servo Drivers, harmonic current leaks from the armature of the motor. With inverter leakage breakers, harmonic current is not detected, preventing the breaker from operating due to leakage current.
When selecting leakage breakers, remember to also add the leakage current from devices other than the Servomotor, such as machines using a switching power supply, noise filters, inverters, and so on. For details on leakage breakers, refer to the manufacturers catalog.
The following table shows the Servomotor leakage current for each Servo Driver model.
Note 1. The above leakage current is for cases where Servomotor power line length is less than 5 meters. (It varies depending on the Servomotor cable length and the insulation.)
Note 2. The above leakage current is for normal temperature and humidity. (It varies depending on the temperature and humidity.)
Leakage Breaker Connection Example
Maker Model Rated current Coil voltage OMRON LC1-D093A60 11 A 200 V AC
LC1D25106 26 A
LC1D40116 35 A
LC1D50116 50 A
LC1-D093A60 11 A 24 V DC
LP1D25106 26 A
LP1D40116 35 A
LP1D50116 50 A
Driver Leakage current (direct measurement) (including high-frequency current)
R7D-APA3L to -AP04L 29 mA
R7D-APA3H to -AP04H 14 mA
R7D-AP08H 16 mA
AC power supply side
No-fuse breaker
Surge absorber
Leakage breaker
Noise filter Servo Driver side 1
2
3
4
5
6E
NF
Chapter 3
3-25
System Design and Installation
Harmonic Current Countermeasures (DC Reactor) The DC Reactor is used for suppressing harmonic currents. It suppresses sudden and quick changes in electric currents.
In September 1994, the Ministry of International Trade and Industry established guidelines for the suppression of harmonic waves emitted from home and general electric appliances. To comply with the guidelines, appropriate measures are required to suppress the influence of harmonic waves on power supply lines.
Select the proper DC Reactor model according to the Servo Driver that is to be used.
Improving Encoder Cable Noise Resistance In order to improve the encoders noise resistance, take the following measures for wiring and instal- lation.
Always use the specified Encoder Cables.
If lines are interrupted in the middle, be sure to connect them with connectors, making sure that the cable insulation is not peeled off for more than 50 mm. In addition, always use shielded cable.
Do not coil cables. If cables are long and are coiled, mutual induction and inductance will increase and will cause malfunctions. Always use cables fully extended.
When installing noise filters for Encoder Cables, use clamp filters. The following table shows the recommended clamp filter models.
Do not place the Encoder Cable in the same duct as Control Cables for brakes, solenoids, clutches, and valves.
Servo Driver DC Reactor Model number Rated current (A) Inductance (mH) Weight (kg)
100 V R7D-APA3L/APA5L/AP01L R88A-PX5063 1.8 10.0 Approx. 0.6
R7D-AP02L R88A-PX5062 3.5 4.7 Approx. 0.9
R7D-AP04L R88A-PX5061 4.8 2.0 Approx. 0.5
200 V R7D-APA3H/APA5H/AP01H R88A-PX5071 0.85 40.0 Approx. 0.5
R7D-AP02H R88A-PX5070 1.65 20.0 Approx. 0.8
R7D-AP04H R88A-PX5069 3.3 10.0 Approx. 1.0
R7D-AP08H R88A-PX5061 4.8 2.0 Approx. 0.5
Maker Name Model Tokin EMI core ESD-QR-25-1
TDK Clamp filter ZCAT2032-0930
ZCAT3035-1330
ZCAT2035-0930A
DC Reactor Connection Example
DC Reactor Servo Driver
+ 1
+ 2
Chapter 3
3-26
System Design and Installation
Improving Control I/O Signal Noise Resistance Positioning can be affected and I/O signals can error if control I/O is influenced by noise. Follow the methods outlined below for the power supply and wiring.
Use completely separate power supplies for the control power supply (especially 24 V DC) and the external operation power supply. In particular, be careful not to connect the two power supply ground wires. Install a noise filter on the primary side of the control power supply.
If Servomotors with brakes are used, do not share the 24-V DC power supply for brakes with the 24-V DC power supply for control I/O. Additionally, do not connect ground wires. Connecting ground wires may cause I/O signal errors.
As much as possible, keep the power supply for pulse command and deviation counter reset input lines separate from the control power supply. Be particularly careful not to connect the two power supply ground lines.
It is recommended that a line driver be used for pulse command and deviation counter reset out- puts.
Always use twisted-pair shielded cable for pulse command and deviation counter reset signal lines, and connect both ends of the shield to frame grounds.
If the control power supply wiring is long, noise resistance can be improved by adding 1-F lami- nated ceramic capacitors between the control power supply and ground at the Servo Driver input section or the controller output section.
For open-collector specifications, keep the length of wires to within two meters.
3-2-5 Conforming to EMC Directives
Conformance to EMC Directives (EN55011 class A group 1 (EMI) and EN61000-6-2 (EMS)) can be ensured by wiring under the conditions described below. These conditions are for conformance of SMARTSTEP A-series products to EMC Directives. EMC-related performance of these products, however, will vary depending on the configuration, wiring, and other conditions of the equipment in which the products are installed. The customer must, therefore, perform final checks to confirm that devices and the overall installation conform to EMC Directives.
The following conditions must be met to conform to EMC Directives.
The Servo Driver must be installed in a metal case (control panel). (The Servo Motor does not, however, have to be covered with a metal plate.)
Noise filters and surge absorbers must be installed on all power supply lines.
Shielded cables must be used for all I/O signal lines and encoder lines. (Use tin-plated, soft copper wires for the shield weaving.)
All cables leaving the control panel must be wired in metal ducts or conduits with blades. (The 30- cm power cable, encoder cable, and connector do not have to be inserted in metal ducts or con- duits.)
Ferrite cores must be attached to the shielded cable and the shield must be clamped directly to the ground plate to ground it.
Chapter 3
3-27
System Design and Installation
Wiring Method
Single-phase Power Supply Input
NFB L1 L2
U V W
CN2
CN1
R7D-A@
E
M
B
R7M-A@
L1C L2C
2 m max.
2 m max.
Control panel
Metal plate
AC power supply
Metal duct or conduit
Surge absorber
Class D ground (Class 3 ground: 100 or less)
Noise filter
Brake power supply
Noise filter
Contactor
Ground plate
Controller power supply
Ferrite core
Ferrite core
Clamp
Ferrite core
Clamp
Ferrite core
Controller
Metal duct or conduit
Installation incorporating Servo Motor
Ferrite core
Ferrite core
Note 1. The cable wiring for the ferrite core must be 1.5 turns.
Note 2. Remove the sheath from the cable and ground it directly to the metal plate at the clamps.
Chapter 3
3-28
System Design and Installation
Three-phase Power Supply Input (R7D-AP08H)
Ground the motors frame to the machine ground when the motor is on a movable shaft.
Use a grounding plate for the frame ground for each Unit, as shown in the above diagrams, and ground to a single point.
Use ground lines with a minimum thickness of 3.5 mm2, and arrange the wiring so that the ground lines are as short as possible.
If no-fuse breakers are installed at the top and the power supply line is wired from the lower duct, use metal tubes for wiring and make sure that there is adequate distance between the input lines and the internal wiring. If input and output lines are wired together, noise resistance will decrease.
No-fuse breakers, surge absorbers, and noise filters (NF) should be positioned near the input termi- nal block (ground plate), and I/O lines should be isolated and wired using the shortest distance pos- sible.
Wire the noise filter as shown at the left in the following illustration. The noise filter should be installed at the entrance to the control box whenever possible.
NFB L1 L2
U V W
CN2
CN1
R7D-A@
E
M
B
R7M-A@
L3
L1C L2C
2 m max.
2 m max.
Control panel
Metal plate
AC power supply
Metal duct or conduit
Surge absorber
Class D ground (Class 3 ground: 100 or less)
Noise filter
Brake power supply
Noise filter
Contactor
Ground plate
Controller power supply
Ferrite core
Ferrite core
Clamp
Ferrite core
Clamp
Ferrite core
Controller
Metal duct or conduit
Installation incorporating Servo Motor
Ferrite core
Ferrite core
Note 1. The cable wiring for the ferrite core must be 1.5 turns.
Note 2. Remove the sheath from the cable and ground it directly to the metal plate at the clamps.
NF1 2 3
4 5 6E
NF1 2 3
4 5 6E
Correct: Separate input and output Wrong: Noise not filtered effectively
AC input
Ground
AC input
Ground
AC output
AC output
Chapter 3
3-29
System Design and Installation
Use twisted-pair cables for the power supply cables whenever possible, or bind the cables.
Separate power supply cables and signal cables when wiring.
Control Panel Structure
Any gaps in the cable entrances, mounting holes, covers, or other parts of a control panel can allow electromagnetic waves to leak from or enter the control panel. Observe the following items for panel design and selection to ensure that electromagnetic waves cannot leak from or enter the control panel.
Case Structure Use a metal control panel with welded joints on the top, bottom, and all sides. The case must be
electrically conductive.
When assembling the control panel, remove the coating from all joints (or mask the joints when coating) to ensure electrical conductivity.
Be sure that no gaps are created when installing the control panel, as gaps can be caused by dis- tortion when tightening screws.
Be sure there are not any electrically conductive parts that are not in electrical contact.
Ground all Units mounted in the control panel to the panel case.
Cover Structure Use a metal cover.
Use a water-proof structure, as shown in the following diagram, and be sure there are no gaps.
Use electrically conductive packing between the cover and the case, as shown in the following dia- gram. (Remove the coating from the contact points of the packing (or mask the contact points when coating) to ensure electrical conductivity.)
Driver
Binding
or
Driver
Correct: Properly twisted Correct: Cables are bound.
L1C L1
L2
L3 L2C
Chapter 3
3-30
System Design and Installation
Be sure that no gaps are created when installing the cover, as gaps can be caused by distortion when tightening screws.
Selecting Components
This section explains the criteria for selecting the connection components required for improving noise resistance. These criteria include capacity performance, applicable range, and so on. For more details, contact the manufacturers directly.
No-fuse Breakers (NFB) When selecting no-fuse breakers, take into consideration the maximum output current and the inrush current.
Maximum input current: The momentary maximum output for a Servo Driver is approximately three times that of the rated output, and a maximum output of three seconds can be executed. Therefore, select no-fuse breakers with an operating time of at least five seconds at 300% of the rated maximum output. General-pur- pose and low-speed no-fuse breakers are generally suitable. The table in 3-2-3 Terminal Block Wir- ing shows the rated power supply input currents for each Servomotor. Select a no-fuse-breaker with a rated current greater than the total effective load current (when multiple Servomotors are used). When making the selection, add in the current consumption of other controllers, and so on.
A
B
Case
Cover
Control Panel
Case (Inside)
Oil-proof packing Conductive packing
Cover
A-B Cross-section
Oil-proof packing
Conductive packing
Chapter 3
3-31
System Design and Installation
Servo Driver inrush current: With low-speed no-fuse breakers, an inrush current 10 times the rated current flows for 0.02 sec- onds. For a simultaneous inrush for multiple Servo Drivers, select a no-fuse-breaker with a 20-ms allowable current greater than the total inrush current shown in the following table for the applicable Servomotor models.
Surge Absorbers
Use surge absorbers to absorb surges from power supply input lines due to lightning, abnormal volt- ages, etc. When selecting surge absorbers, take into account the varistor voltage, the amount of surge immunity, and the amount of energy resistance. The surge absorbers shown in the following table are recommended.
Note 1. Refer to the manufacturers documentation for operating details.
Note 2. The surge immunity is for a standard impulse current of 8/20 s. If pulses are wide, either decrease the current or change to a larger-capacity surge absorber.
Noise Filters for Power Supply Input Use the appropriate noise filter from among those in the following table for the Servo Driver power supply.
Note The last 2 digits in the noise filters model number indicate the type of connection terminals used. 07 indicates lead-wire terminals. There are also models with soldered faston terminals (06) and screw terminals (08). Use the appropriate noise filter for the application. For details, contact the manufacturer.
Servo Driver Inrush current (A0-p) Control-circuit power supply Main-circuit power supply
R7D-APA3L to -AP02L 30 90
R7D-AP04L 30 90
R7D-APA3H to -AP04H 60 90
R7D-AP08H 60 130
Maker Model Max. limit voltage
Surge immunity
Type Remarks
Okaya Electric Indus- tries Co., Ltd.
RAV-781BYZ-2 783 V 1,000 A Block For power supply line
RAV-781BXZ-4 78 V 1,000 A For power supply line ground
Servo Driver Noise filter for power supply input Model Rated
current Rated
voltage Leakage current* Manufacturer
R7D-APA3L to -AP01L FN2070-10/07 10 A 250 V 0.4 mA/phase Schaffner
R7D-AP02L to -AP04L FN2070-16/07 16 A
R7D-APA3H to -AP02H FN2070-6/07 6 A 250 V 0.4 mA/phase Schaffner
R7D-AP04H FN2070-10/07 10 A
R7D-AP08H Single-phase FN2070-16/07 16 A 250 V 0.4 mA/phase Schaffner
Three-phase FN258L-16/07 16 A 480 V 2.5 mA (at 250 Vrms, 50 Hz)
Chapter 3
3-32
System Design and Installation
Dimensions (The dimensions given below are for noise filters with lead-wire terminals. For the dimensions of noise filters with different types of terminals, contact the manufacturer.)
For single-phase input (FN2070-6/07, FN2070-10/07)
For single-phase input (FN2070-16/07)
Model A B C FN2070-6/07 94 mm 103 mm 113.6 mm
FN2070-10/07 130.5 mm 143 mm 156 mm
45.4
5657 .5
18
0.9
8.4
140 +5 0 140 +5
0A
B
C
6
4. 4
57.6 140 +5 0
1.2
8.6
84 .5
85 .5
140 +5 098.5
51 66 4.4
109
119
7. 4
Chapter 3
3-33
System Design and Installation
For three-phase input (FN258L-16/07)
Noise filter for brake power supply Use the following noise filter for the brake power supply.
Dimensions Noise filter for brake power supply (SUP-P5H-EPR)
Model Rated current Rated voltage Leakage current Manufacturer SUP-P5H-EPR 5 A 250 V 0.6 mA (at 250 Vrms, 60 Hz) Okaya Electric Industries
Co., Ltd.
275 30010
290
305
14 2
M5
30
6. 5
55
381 63.51
74.71
841
1002
50 .8
1
24 1
Five, M4
Two, 4.8 dia.
Chapter 3
3-34
System Design and Installation
Surge Killers Install surge killers for loads that have induction coils, such as relays, solenoids, brakes, clutches, etc. The following table shows types of surge killers and recommended products.
Note Thyristors and varistors are made by the following companies. Refer to manufacturers docu- mentation for operating details.Thyristors: Ishizuka Electronics Co. Varistors: Ishizuka Electronics Co., Matsushita Electric Industrial Co.
Contactors When selecting contactors, take into consideration the circuits inrush current and the maximum momentary current. The Servo Driver inrush current is covered in the preceding explanation of no- fuse-breaker selection, and the maximum momentary current is approximately twice the rated cur- rent. The following table shows the recommended contactors.
Leakage Breakers Select leakage breakers designed for inverters.
Since switching takes place inside the Servo Drivers, harmonic current leaks from the armature of the motor. With inverter leakage breakers, harmonic current is not detected, preventing the breaker from operating due to leakage current.
When selecting leakage breakers, remember to also add the leakage current from devices other than the Servomotor, such as machines using a switching power supply, noise filters, inverters, and so on. For details on leakage breakers, refer to the manufacturers catalog.
Type Features Recommended products Diode Diodes are relatively small devices such as relays used
for loads when reset time is not an issue. The reset time is increased because the surge voltage is the lowest when power is cut off. Used for 24/48-V DC systems.
Use a fast-recovery diode with a short reverse recovery time. Fuji Electric Co., ERB44-06 or equiv- alent
Thyristor or Varistor
Thyristor and varistor are used for loads when induction coils are large, as in electromagnetic brakes, solenoids, etc., and when reset time is an issue. The surge voltage when power is cut off is approximately 1.5 times that of the varistor.
Select varistor voltage as follows: 24-V DC system: 39 V 100-V DC system: 200 V 100-V AC system: 270 V 200-V AC system: 470 V
Capacitor + resistor
Use capacitors and resistors for vibration absorption of surge when power is cut off. The reset time can be short- ened by proper selection of the capacitor or resistor.
Okaya Electric Industries Co., Ltd. CR-50500 0.5 F-50 CRE-50500 0.5 F-50 S2-A-0 0.2 F-500
Maker Model Rated current Coil voltage OMRON LC1-D093A60 11 A 200 V AC
LC1D25106 26 A
LC1D40116 35 A
LC1D50116 50 A
LC1-D093A60 11 A 24 V DC
LP1D25106 26 A
LP1D40116 35 A
LP1D50116 50 A
Chapter 3
3-35
System Design and Installation
The following table shows the Servomotor leakage current for each Servo Driver model.
Note 1. The above leakage current is for cases where Servomotor power line length is less than 5 meters. (It varies depending on the Servomotor cable length and the insulation.)
Note 2. The above leakage current is for normal temperature and humidity. (It varies depending on the temperature and humidity.)
Leakage Breaker Connection Example
Improving Encoder Cable Noise Resistance In order to improve the encoders noise resistance, take the following measures for wiring and instal- lation.
Always use the specified Encoder Cables.
If lines are interrupted in the middle, be sure to connect them with connectors, making sure that the cable insulation is not peeled off for more than 50 mm. In addition, always use shielded cable.
Do not coil cables. If cables are long and are coiled, mutual induction and inductance will increase and will cause malfunctions. Always use cables fully extended.
When installing noise filters for Encoder Cables, use clamp filters. The following table shows the recommended clamp filter models.
Do not place the Encoder Cable in the same duct as Control Cables for brakes, solenoids, clutches, and valves.
Improving Control I/O Signal Noise Resistance Positioning can be affected and I/O signals can error if control I/O is influenced by noise. Follow the methods outlined below for the power supply and wiring.
Use completely separate power supplies for the control power supply (especially 24 V DC) and the external operation power supply. In particular, be careful not to connect the two power supply ground wires. Install a noise filter on the primary side of the control power supply.
Driver Leakage current (direct measurement) (including high-frequency current)
R7D-APA3L to -AP04L 29 mA
R7D-APA3H to -AP04H 14 mA
R7D-AP08H 16 mA
Maker Name Model Tokin EMI core ESD-SR-25
TDK Clamp filter ZCAT2032-0930
ZCAT3035-1330
ZCAT2035-0930A
AC power supply side
No-fuse breaker
Surge absorber
Leakage breaker
Noise filter Servo Driver side 1
2
3
4
5
6E
NF
Chapter 3
3-36
System Design and Installation
If Servomotors with brakes are used, do not share the 24-V DC power supply for brakes with the 24-V DC power supply for control I/O. Additionally, do not connect ground wires. Connecting ground wires may cause I/O signal errors.
As much as possible, keep the power supply for pulse command and deviation counter reset input lines separate from the control power supply. Be particularly careful not to connect the two power supply ground lines.
It is recommended that a line driver be used for pulse command and deviation counter reset out- puts.
Always use twisted-pair shielded cable for pulse command and deviation counter reset signal lines, and connect both ends of the shield to frame grounds.
If the control power supply wiring is long, noise resistance can be improved by adding 1-F lami- nated ceramic capacitors between the control power supply and ground at the Servo Driver input section or the controller output section.
For open-collector specifications, keep the length of wires to within two meters.
Chapter 3
3-37
System Design and Installation
3-3 Regenerative Energy Absorption
The Servo Drivers have internal regenerative energy absorption circuitry for absorbing the regenerative energy produced during time such as Servomotor deceleration, and thus preventing the DC voltage from increasing. An overvoltage error is generated, however, if the amount of regenerative energy from the Servomotor is too large. If this occurs, measures must be taken to reduce the regenerative energy produced by changing operating patterns, and so on, or to improve the regenerative energy absorption capacity by connecting external regeneration resistance.
3-3-1 Regenerative Energy Calculation
Horizontal Axis
Note In the output torque graph, acceleration in the positive direction is shown as positive, and acceleration in the negative direction is shown as negative.
The regenerative energy values for Eg1 and Eg2 are derived from the following equations.
Servomotor operation
Servomotor output torque
+N1
N2
TD1
TD2
t1 t2
T
Eg1
Eg2
N1, N2: Rotation speed at beginning of deceleration [r/min] TD1, TD2: Deceleration torque [Nm] t1, t2: Deceleration time [s]
Eg1 = N1 TD1 t 1 [J ] = 0.0524 N1 TD1 t 1 [J ]2 60
60
2
2
1
Eg2 = N2 TD2 t 2 [J ] = 0.0524 N2 TD2 t 2 [J ]2 1
Chapter 3
3-38
System Design and Installation
Note There is some loss due to winding resistance, so the actual regenerative energy will be approx- imately 90% of the values derived from these equations.
For Servo Driver models with internal capacitors for absorbing regenerative energy (i.e., models of 400 W or less.), the values for both Eg1 or Eg2 (unit: J) must be lower than the Servo Drivers regenerative energy absorption capacity. (The capacity varies depending on the model. For details, refer to 3-3-2 Servo Driver Regenerative Energy Absorption Capacity.)
For Servo Driver models with internal regeneration resistance for absorbing regenerative energy (i.e., models of 750 W), the average amount of regeneration Pr (unit: W) must be calculated, and this value must be lower than the Servo Drivers regenerative energy absorption capacity. (For details, refer to 3-3-2 Servo Driver Regenerative Energy Absorption Capacity.)
The average amount of regeneration (Pr) is the power consumed by regeneration resistance in one cycle of operation.
Pr = (Eg1 + Eg2)/T [W] T: Operation cycle [s]
Vertical Axis
Note In the output torque graph, acceleration in the positive direction (rise) is shown as positive, and acceleration in the negative direction (fall) is shown as negative.
The regenerative energy values for Eg1, Eg2, and Eg3 are derived from the following equations.
Fall
Rise Servomotor operation
Servomotor output torque
+N1
N2
t1 t2 t3
T
Eg1
Eg3
TD2
TL2
TD1
Eg2
Chapter 3
3-39
System Design and Installation
Note There is some loss due to winding resistance, so the actual regenerative energy will be approx- imately 90% of the values derived from these equations.
For Servo Driver models with internal capacitors for absorbing regenerative energy (i.e., models of 400 W or less.), the values for both Eg1 or [Eg2+Eg3] (unit: J) must be lower than the Servo Drivers regenerative energy absorption capacity. (For details, refer to 3-3-2 Servo Driver Regenerative Energy Absorption Capacity.)
For Servo Driver models with internal regeneration resistance for absorbing regenerative energy (i.e., models of 750 W), the average amount of regeneration Pr (unit: W) must be calculated, and this value must be lower than the Servo Drivers regenerative energy absorption capacity. (For details, refer to 3-3-2 Servo Driver Regenerative Energy Absorption Capacity.)
The average amount of regeneration (Pr) is the power consumed by regeneration resistance in one cycle of operation.
Pr = (Eg1 + Eg2+ Eg3)/T [W] T: Operation cycle [s]
3-3-2 Servo Driver Regenerative Energy Absorption Capacity
Amount of Internal Regeneration Resistance in Servo Drivers SMARTSTEP A-series Servo Drivers absorb regenerative energy by means of internal capacitors or resistors. If the regenerative energy is more than can be processed internally, an overvoltage error is generated and operation cannot continue. The following table shows the regenerative energy (and amount of regeneration) that the individual Servo Drivers themselves can absorb. If these values are exceeded, take the following measures.
Connect external regeneration resistance (to improve the regeneration processing capacity).
Reduce the operating rotation speed. (The amount of regeneration is proportional to the square of the rotation speed.)
Lengthen the deceleration time (to decrease the regenerative energy produced per time unit).
Lengthen the operation cycle, i.e., the cycle time (to decrease the average regenerative power).
N1, N2: Rotation speed at beginning of deceleration [r/min] TD1, TD2: Deceleration torque [Nm] TL2: Torque when falling [Nm] t1, t3: Deceleration time [s] t2: Constant-velocity travel time when falling [s]
Eg1 = N1 TD1 t 1 [J ] = 0.0524 N1 TD1 t 1 [J ]2 60
60
2
2
1
Eg2 = N2 TL2 t 2 [J ] = 0.105 N2 TL2 t 2 [J ]
60 2 Eg3 = N2 TD2 t 3 [J ] = 0.0524 N2 TD2 t 3 [J ]2
1
Chapter 3
3-40
System Design and Installation
Note External Regeneration Resistors cannot be connected to 30- to 200-W Servo Drivers.
Note These are the values at 100 V AC for 100-V AC models, and at 200 V AC for 200-V AC models.
3-3-3 Regenerative Energy Absorption by External Regeneration Resistance
For 400- to 750-W Servo Drivers, if the regenerative energy exceeds the absorption capacity of the Servo Driver by itself, then external regeneration resistance can be connected. A Resistor or Unit can be used alone or in combination with other Resistors/Units to provide the required regeneration processing capacity.
!Caution Connect the External Regeneration Resistor or External Regeneration Resistance Unit between the Servo Drivers B1 and B2 terminals. Check the terminal names carefully when connecting to the terminals. If the Resistor or Unit is connected to the wrong terminals it will damage the Servomotor.
Note 1. The External Regeneration Resistor can reach a temperature of approximately 120C, so install it at a distance from heat-sensitive devices and wiring. In addition, a radiation shield must be installed according to the radiation conditions.
Note 2. For external dimensions, refer to 2-9 External Regeneration Resistor Specifications.
Servo Driver Regenerative energy (J) that can be absorbed by internal capacitor (See
note 1.)
Internal regeneration resistance Average amount of
regeneration that can be absorbed (W)
Resistance ()
R7D-APA3L 57.1
R7D-APA5L 57.1
R7D-AP01L 57.1
R7D-AP02L 57.1
R7D-AP04L 57.1
R7D-APA3H 18.5
R7D-APA5H 18.5
R7D-AP01H 37.1
R7D-AP02H 37.1
R7D-AP04H 37.1
R7D-AP08H 12 50
Chapter 3
3-41
System Design and Installation
External Regeneration Resistors
Specifications
Note The following external regeneration resistors are recommended products from another manu- facturer, Iwaki Musen Kenkyujo. For details, refer to the manufacturers documentation.
RH120N50J 50 5% 30 W (Amount of regeneration at 120C) RH300N50J 50 5% 75 W (Amount of regeneration at 120C) RH500N50J 50 5% 100 W (Amount of regeneration at 120C)
Combining External Regeneration Resistors
Note A combination cannot be used if the resistance is less than the minimum connection resistance for any given Servo Driver. Refer to the following table for the minimum connection resistance values for each Servo Driver, and select a suitable combination.
Servo Driver Minimum Connection Resistance and External Regeneration Resistor Combinations
Model Resistance Nominal capacity
Regeneration absorption at
120C
Heat radiation Thermal switch output
R88D-RR22047S External Regen- eration Resistor
47 5% 220 W 70 W t1.0 @350 (SPCC)
Operating tem- perature: 170C NC contact
Servo Driver Minimum Connection Resistance ()
External Regeneration Resistor Combinations
R7D-AP04L 40 ,
R7D-AP04H 40 ,
R7D-AP08H 40 , ,
1 70W (47 ) 2 280W (47 ) 3 630W (47 )
R R R
R R
R R
R
R
R RR
R R
1 2
1 2
1 2 3
Chapter 3
3-42
System Design and Installation
Wiring External Regeneration Resistance
R7D-AP04L and R7D-AP04H Connect an External Regeneration Resistor between the B1 and B2 terminals.
R7D-AP08H Remove the short-circuit wiring between B2 and B2, and then connect an External Regeneration Resistor between the B1 and B2 terminals.
Servo Driver
External Regeneration Resistor
Note When using the R88A-RR22047S, connect the thermal switch output so that the power supply will be shut off when open.
B1
B2
Note 1. The short-circuit wiring between B2 and B3 must be removed.
2. When using the R88A-RR22047S, connect the thermal switch output so that the power supply will be shut off when open.
Remove Servo Driver
External Regeneration Resistor
B1
B2
B3
Chapter 4
Operation
4-1 Operational Procedure
4-2 Switch Settings
4-3 Preparing for Operation
4-4 Trial Operation
4-5 Gain Adjustments
4-6 User Parameters
4-7 Operating Functions
Chapter 4
4-2
Operation
Precautions
!Caution Confirm that there will be no effect on the equipment, and then perform a test operation. Not doing so may result in equipment damage.
!Caution Check the newly set parameters and switches with their switches for proper exe- cution before actually running them. Not doing so may result in equipment dam- age.
!Caution Do not make any extreme adjustments or setting changes. Doing so may result in unstable operation and injury.
!Caution Separate the Servomotor from the machine, check for proper operation, and then connect to the machine. Not doing so may cause injury.
!Caution When an alarm occurs, remove the cause, reset the alarm after confirming safety, and then resume operation. Not doing so may result in injury.
!Caution Do not use the built-in brake of the Servomotor for ordinary braking. Doing so may result in a malfunction.
Chapter 4
4-3
Operation
4-1 Operational Procedure
After mounting, wiring, and connecting a power supply, check the operation of the Servomotor and Servo Driver. This section describes operating methods using the Servo Drivers front panel switches only.
Note For operating and adjustment methods using an R7A-PR02A Parameter Unit, refer to the Parameter Unit Operation Manual (Cat. No. I534).
1. Mounting and installation
Install the Servomotor and Servo Driver according to the installation conditions. (Do not connect the Servomotor to the mechanical system before checking the no-load operation.) Refer to 3-1 In- stallation Conditions.
2. Wiring and connections
Connect to power supply and peripheral devices. Specified installation and wiring requirements must be satisfied, particularly for models conforming to the EC Directives. Refer to 3-2 Wiring.
3. Switch settings
Make sure that the power supply is turned OFF, and set the Servo Drivers front panel switches. Refer to 4-2 Switch Settings.
4. Preparing for operation
After checking the necessary items, turn ON the Units power supply. Check to see whether there are any internal errors in the Servo Driver. Refer to 4-3 Preparing for Operation.
5. Trial operation
Firstly, check the Servomotors no-load operation. Next, turn the power OFF then ON again, and connect the Servomotor to the mechanical system. Turn ON the power, and check to see whether protective functions such as emergency stop and operational limits are working reliably. Check op- eration at both low speed and high speed, with either no workpiece or a dummy workpiece. Refer to 4-4 Trial Operation.
6. Adjustments
Manually adjust the gain as required. Refer to 4-5 Gain Adjustments.
7. Operation
Operation can now begin. If any trouble should occur, refer to 5 Troubleshooting.
Chapter 4
4-4
Operation
4-2 Switch Settings
With SMARTSTEP A-series Servo Drivers, operation settings can be performed simply by using the front panel switches. Set the switches appropriately according to the system configuration.
4-2-1 Switch Nomenclature and Functions
Unit No. Rotary Switch: UNIT No. (RS-422/485) Use this switch to set the communications unit number for CN1 and CN3. When performing multiple-axis communications with multiple Servo Drivers from CN1 using, for example, a personal computer, set the rotary switch to a setting other than 0 (i.e., between 1 and F). Be sure not to use the same unit number more than once when performing multiple-axis communications. Attempting communications with duplicated unit numbers may result in dam- age to communications connectors.
Gain Adjustment Rotary Switch: GAIN The gain adjustment rotary switch adjusts the response of the Servomotor. To reduce (slow down) the Servomotors response, set the gain adjustment rotary switch to a low value. To increase (speed up) the Servomotors response, set the gain adjustment rotary switch to a high value.
Note If the gain adjustment rotary switch is set to 0, the Servomotor will operate according to the Servo Drivers internal parameter.
Function Switches The function switches set Servo Driver functions.
Switch 6: Switches between switch and parameter settings.
Switches 5 and 4: Set the resolution.
Switch 3: Sets the command pulse input.
Switch 2: Sets the dynamic brake.
Switch 1: Switch to online autotuning.
Note Turn the power supply OFF before using switches 2 to 6.
Unit No. rotary switch. (Default setting: 0.)
Gain adjustment rotary switch. (Default setting: 4.)
Function setting switch. (Default setting: all OFF.)
012345678 9A
BCDEFUNIT No. (RS-422/485)
012345678 9A
BCDEF GAIN
1 2
3 4
5 6PRMTR
PLS/SIGN DB ON
AUTO TUNING ON
SW
CW/CCW DB OFF OFF
500P/R 10 1
1000P/R
O N
(1P) (2P)
Chapter 4
4-5
Operation
Turning Function Switches ON and OFF The default setting for all function switches is OFF. Use a thin-blade non-conductive ceramic screw- driver or equivalent to turn the switches ON and OFF. In the following diagrams, the left diagram shows a switch turned OFF, and the right diagram a switch turned ON.
4-2-2 Setting Function Switches
Switch/Parameter Switch (Switch 6) Switch 6 sets whether the Servo Driver is to be operated using the function switches, or using the parameter settings.
Note Here, settings will be performed using the function switches, so turn OFF switch 6.
Resolution Setting (Switches 4 and 5) Switches 4 and 5 set the positioning resolution. When they are set to 1,000 (the default setting), the Servomotor will rotate once for every 1,000 pulses that are input.
Note At 5,000 pulses/rotation = 3,000 r/min at 250 kpps command pulses At 10,000 pulses/rotation = 1,500 r/min at 250 kpps command pulses
Command Pulse Input Setting (Switch 3) Switch 3 sets whether the command pulse input uses 2 pulses (forward (CCW) and reverse (CW) pulses) or a 1 pulse (feed pulse (PULS) and a forward/reverse signal (SIGN)).
Note Set according to the pulse output form of the Position Controller.
Switch 6 Switch/parameter switch OFF Function switches are enabled. (Enables switches 1 to 5.)
ON Parameter settings are enabled.
Switch 5 Switch 4 Resolution setting OFF OFF 1,000 pulses/rotation (0.36/step)
OFF ON 10,000 pulses/rotation (0.036/step)
ON OFF 500 pulses/rotation (0.72/step)
ON ON 5,000 pulses/rotation (0.072/step)
Switch 3 Command pulse input setting OFF Forward pulse (CCW)/reverse pulse (CW) input (Positive logic)
ON Feed pulse (PULS) forward/reverse signal (SIGN) input
1 1
O N O N
Switch turned OFF Switch turned ON
Chapter 4
4-6
Operation
Dynamic Brake Setting (Switch 2) Switch 2 sets dynamic brake operation. When dynamic braking is enabled, the Servomotor is stopped rapidly when the RUN command is turned OFF or when an alarm occurs.
Note Regardless of the setting, when the main-circuit power supply or control-circuit power supply is turned OFF, dynamic braking will operate.
Online Autotuning Switch The online autotuning switch function adjusts the gain automatically during operation.
Note Operation of the online autotuning switch is described in 4-5 Gain Adjustments.
Switch 2 Dynamic brake setting OFF Dynamic braking is disabled. (When the RUN command is turned OFF or when an alarm
occurs, the Servomotor will coast to a stop.)
ON Dynamic braking is enabled.
Switch 1 Online autotuning switch OFF Ends online autotuning and stores the tuning results to the Servo Drivers internal inertia
ratio parameter (Pn103).
ON Executes online autotuning.
Chapter 4
4-7
Operation
4-3 Preparing for Operation
This section explains the procedure following installation, wiring, and switch setting of the Servomotor and Servo Driver, to prepare the mechanical system for trial operation. It explains what you need to check both before and after turning ON the power.
4-3-1 Turning Power ON and Checking Indicators
Items to Check Before Turning ON the Power
Checking Power Supply Voltage Check to be sure that the power supply voltage is within the ranges shown below.
R7D-AP@L (Single-phase 100-V AC input)
Main-circuit power supply: Single-phase 100/115 V AC (85 to 127 V) 50/60 Hz
Control-circuit power supply: Single-phase 100/115 V AC (85 to 127 V) 50/60 Hz
R7D-AP@H (Single-phase 200-V AC input)
Main-circuit power supply: Single-phase 200/230 V AC (170 to 253 V) 50/60 Hz
Control-circuit power supply: Single-phase 200/230 V AC (170 to 253 V) 50/60 Hz
R7D-AP08H (Three-phase input)
Main-circuit power supply: Three-phase 200/230 V AC (170 to 253 V) 50/60 Hz
Control-circuit power supply: Single-phase 200/230 V AC (170 to 253 V) 50/60 Hz
Checking Terminal Block Wiring The main-circuit power supply inputs (L1/L2 or L1/L2/L3) and the control-circuit power supply inputs
(L1C/L2C) must be properly connected to the terminal block.
The Servomotors red (U), white (V), and blue (W) power lines and the yellow/green ground wire ( ) must be properly connected to the terminal block.
Checking the Servomotor There should be no load on the Servomotor. (Do not connect to the mechanical system.)
The power lines at the Servomotor must be securely connected.
The Encoder Cable must be securely connected to the Encoder Connector (CN2) at the Servo Driver.
The Encoder Cable must be securely connected to the Encoder Connector at the Servomotor.
Checking the Control Connectors The Control Cable must be securely connected to the I/O Control Connector (CN1).
The RUN command (RUN) must be OFF.
Chapter 4
4-8
Operation
Turning ON Power First carry out the preliminary checks, and then turn ON the control-circuit power supply. It makes
no difference whether or not the main-circuit power supply is also turned ON.
The ALM output will take approximately 2 seconds to turn ON after the power has been turned ON. Do not attempt to detect an alarm using the Host Controller during this time (when power is being supplied with the Host Controller connected).
Checking Displays When the power is turned ON, one of the codes shown below will appear on the alarm display.
Note 1. When connecting a flat-style Servomotor, when the power is turned on P will be displayed, and after approximately two seconds will be displayed. shows that the servo is OFF. When the RUN command is input and the servo turns ON, the display will disappear.
Note 2. The alarm code (the number displayed when an error occurs) changes depending on the contents of the error.
If an error (A.@@) is displayed when the power supply is turned ON, refer to 5 Troubleshooting and apply the appropriate countermeasures.
Normal (with cylinder-style Servomotor connection)
Error (when Error A.C2 occurs)
Approx. 2 s …
Approx. 1 s
Approx. 1 s
Approx. 1 s
Approx. 1 s
Chapter 4
4-9
Operation
4-4 Trial Operation
Once mounting, wiring, switch setting, and connecting a power supply have been finished and normal status has been confirmed, perform trial operation. The main purpose of trial operation is to confirm that the servo system is operating correctly electrically. First no-load operation and then loaded operation is checked.
Note 1. If an error occurs during the trial operation, refer to 5 Troubleshooting to eliminate the cause. Then check for safety, reset the alarm, and then retry the trial operation.
Note 2. If the system vibrates due to improper gain adjustment, making it difficult to check operation, refer to 4-5 Gain Adjustments and adjust the gain.
Preparing for Trial Operation
Switch Settings After turning OFF the power supply, set the following switches.
Gain adjustment rotary switch: Set to 1 (to prevent Servomotor vibration).
Online autotuning switch (function switch 6): Set to OFF.
Turning OFF the Servomotor Set up the system so that the power and the RUN command can be turned OFF so that the Ser- vomotor can be immediately turned OFF if an abnormality occurs in the system.
Trial Operation
1. No-load Operation Turn ON the power supply to the control circuits, main circuits, and peripheral devices.
Turn ON the RUN command.
Check that Servomotor is ON.
Send a command from the Host Controller to rotate the Servomotor and confirm that Servomotor rotation direction is correct and that the rotation speed and rotation amount match the command that was sent.
2. Power OFF, Mechanical Device Connection, Power ON Turn OFF the power supply.
Connect the mechanical device to the Servomotor shaft.
Turn ON the power supply.
Chapter 4
4-10
Operation
3. Loaded Low-speed Operation Send a low-speed command from the Host Controller to rotate the Servomotor. (The definition of
low speed varies depending on the mechanical system, but a rough estimate is 1/10 to 1/5 of the normal operating speed.)
Check the following items.
Is the emergency stop operating correctly? Are the limit switches operating correctly? Is the operating direction of the machinery correct? Are the operating sequences correct? Are there any abnormal sounds or vibration? Is any error (or alarm) generated?
Note 1. If anything abnormal occurs, refer to 5 Troubleshooting and apply the appropriate counter- measures.
Note 2. If the system vibrates due to insufficient gain adjustment, making it difficult to check the op- eration, refer to 4-5 Gain Adjustments, and adjust the gain.
4. Operation under Actual Conditions Operate the Servomotor in a regular pattern and check the following items.
Is the operating speed correct? (Use the speed feedback monitor.) Is the load torque roughly equivalent to the measured value? (Use the torque command monitor and the accumulated load monitor.) Are the positioning points correct? When an operation is repeated, is there any discrepancy in positioning? Are there any abnormal sounds or vibration? Is either the Servomotor or the Servo Driver abnormally overheating? Is any error (or alarm) generated?
Note 1. If anything abnormal occurs, refer to 5 Troubleshooting and apply the appropriate counter- measures.
Note 2. If the system vibrates due to improper gain adjustment, making it difficult to check operation, refer to 4-5 Gain Adjustments and adjust the gain.
5. Completing the Trial Operation Performing the above procedures completes the trial operation. Next, adjust the gain to improve
command efficiency. (Refer to 4-5 Gain Adjustments for details.)
Chapter 4
4-11
Operation
4-5 Gain Adjustments
The SMARTSTEP A-series Servo Driver is equipped with an online autotuning function. Use this function to easily adjust the gain even if using a servo system for the first time.
4-5-1 Online Autotuning
What Is Online Autotuning? Online autotuning is a control function that measures the drivers load inertia during operation, and
attempts to maintain the target speed loop gain and position loop gain.
Note Autotuning is disabled in the following cases. In these cases or if online autotuning does not operating properly during autotuning procedures, do not use online autotuning but adjust using only the gain adjustment rotary switch. (Refer to 4-5-2 Manual Tuning.)
When the load inertia fluctuates below 200 ms
When the rotation speed does not exceed 500 r/min, or when the output torque does not ex- ceed 50% of the rated torque
When an external force is always imposed, such as with a vertical axis
When the load rigidity is low, or when the adhesive friction is high
Chapter 4
4-12
Operation
Online Autotuning Procedure
Note 1. When the online autotuning switch is turned OFF, the tuning results will be stored in param- eter Pn103 (inertia ratio). Operation from this point will run according to the value stored in Pn103.
Note 2. If the online autotuning switch is set to always ON, the Servomotor may become unstable due to extreme vibration when the load fluctuates. It is recommended that you perform on- line autotuning once, write the results (inertia ratio) to the user parameter, then operate with the online autotuning turned OFF.
Turn ON the online autotuning switch.
Set the gain adjustment rotary switch. (Refer to the next page for setting the gain adjustment rotary switch.)
Turn ON the power.
Run the operation with a normal operating pattern and load.
If an error occurs, reset the gain adjustment rotary switch and perform the operation again.
Start
N
Y
Turn OFF the power.
Y
N
If no errors occur, turn OFF the online autotuning switch. (See note 1 and note 2.)
Stop operation.
End
Do not perform extreme adjustment and setting changes as they may destablize the operation. Adjust the gain a little at a time while checking the Servomotor operation.
Operating properly?
Operating properly?
Chapter 4
4-13
Operation
Setting the Gain Adjustment Rotary Switch during Online Autotuning Setting thegain adjustment rotary switch during online autotuning sets the servo systems target
speed loop gain and position loop gain.
Select a switch setting from the following 10 levels (switches A to F are the same setting) to suit the mechanical system.
Note The servo system loop gain will increase in response to a higher switch setting value, shorten- ing positioning time. If the setting is too large, however, the machinery may vibrate. Reduce the setting if vibration is a problem.
4-5-2 Manual Tuning
Manually Tuning If online autotuning operations are not effective, tune the system using only the gain adjustment
rotary switch.
When the load inertia fluctuates below 200 ms or less
When the rotation speed does not exceed 500 r/min, or when the output torque does not ex- ceed 50% of the rated torque
When an external force is always imposed, such as with a vertical axis
When the load rigidity is low, or when the adhesive friction is high
Response Switch setting
Position loop gain
(s1)
Speed loop gain
(Hz)
Speed loop integral time constant
(0.01 ms)
Torque command filter time constant
(0.01 ms)
Typical applications (mechanical system)
Low 1 15 15 4,000 250 Articulated robots, harmonic drives, chain drives, belt drives, rack and pinion drives, etc.2 20 20 3,500 200
3 30 30 3,000 150
Medium 4 40 40 2,000 100 XY tables, orthogonal robots, gen- eral-purpose mechanical systems, etc.
High 5 60 60 1,500 70 Ball screws (direct couplings), feed- ers, etc.6 85 85 1,000 50
7 120 120 800 30
8 160 160 600 20
9 200 200 500 15
A 250 250 400 10
B 250 250 400 10
C 250 250 400 10
D 250 250 400 10
E 250 250 400 10
F 250 250 400 10
Chapter 4
4-14
Operation
Manual Tuning Procedure
Turn OFF the online autotuning switch.
Set the gain adjustment rotary switch. (Refer to the previous page for setting the gain adjustment rotary switch.)
Turn ON the power.
Run the operation with a normal operating pattern and load.
If an error occurs, reset the gain adjustment rotary switch and perform the operation again.
Start
N
Y
Turn OFF the power.
Y
N
If no errors occur, stop operation.
End
Do not perform extreme adjustment and setting changes as they may destablize the operation. Adjust the gain a little at a time while checking the Servomotor operation.
Operating properly?
Operating properly?
Chapter 4
4-15
Operation
4-6 User Parameters
This section describes the Servo Driver internal user parameters. Even if operating using the Servo Drivers front panel switch settings, be sure to understand the kinds of functions that are set with the parameters.
Note R7A-PR02A Parameter Unit is required to change user parameters. Refer to Operation Manual (I534) for detailed operation procedures.
4-6-1 Parameter Tables The parameters for which each digit number must be set separately are given with the digit number
added to the parameter number. For example, Pn001.0 (i.e., digit 0 of parameter Pn001).
The default setting for parameters set using 5 digits are given in the table without leading zeros (e.g., if the default setting is 00080, 80 is given in the table).
Parameter No.
Parameter name Description for parameters set with 5 digits Default Unit Setting range
Restart?
Digit No.
Name Setting Description for parameters with individually set digits
Pn000 Basic switches 1 0 Reverse rotation mode
0 CCW direction is taken for posi- tive command.
0010 Yes
1 CW direction is taken for posi- tive command.
1 Control mode selection
1 Position control by pulse train command
2 Not used. 0
3 Not used. 0
Pn001 Basic switches 2 0 Stop selection if an alarm occurs when servo is OFF
0 Servomotor stopped by dynamic brake.
1002 Yes
1 Servomotor stopped by dynamic brake. Dynamic brake released after Servomotor stops.
2 Servomotor stopped with free run.
1 Not used. 0
2 Not used. 0
3 Not used. 1
Pn100 Speed loop gain Speed loop response adjustment 80 Hz 1 to 2000
Pn101 Speed loop inte- gral time constant
Speed loop integral time constant 2000 0.01 ms 15 to 51200
Pn102 Position loop gain Adjusts position loop responsiveness. 40 1/s 1 to 2000
Pn103 Inertia ratio The ratio between the machine system inertia and the Servomotor rotor inertia
300 % 0 to 10000
Pn109 Feed-forward amount
Position control feed-forward compensation 0 % 0 to 100
Pn10A Feed-forward command filter
The position control feed-forward command filter 0 0.01 ms 0 to 6400
Chapter 4
4-16
Operation
Pn110 Online autotuning setting
0 Online autotun- ing selection
0 Autotunes initial operations only after power is turned ON.
0012 Yes The power supply does not need to be restarted. for Pn110.2.
1 Always autotunes.
2 No autotuning
1 Not used. 1
2 Adhesive friction compensation selection
0 Friction compensation: OFF
1 Friction compensation: Rated torque ratio small
2 Friction compensation: Rated torque ratio large
3 Not used. 0
Pn200 Position control setting 1
0 Command pulse mode
0 Feed pulse forward and reverse signal, positive logic
1011 Yes
1 Forward pulse and reverse pulse, positive logic
2 90 phase difference (phase A/B) signal (1), positive logic
3 90 phase difference (phase A/B) signal (2), positive logic
4 90 phase difference (phase A/B) signal (4), positive logic
5 Feed pulses forward and reverse signal, negative logic
6 Forward pulse and reverse pulse, negative logic
7 90 phase difference (phase A/B) signal (1), negative logic
8 90 phase difference (phase A/B) signal (2), negative logic
9 90 phase difference (phase A/B) signal (4), negative logic
1 Deviation counter reset
0 Signal high level
1 Rising edge (low to high)
2 Signal low level
3 Falling signal (high to low)
2 Deviation counter reset for alarms and when servo is turned OFF
0 Deviation counter reset when an alarm occurs and when Ser- vomotor is OFF.
1 Deviation counter not reset when an alarm occurs nor when Servomotor is OFF.
2 Deviation counter reset only when an alarm occurs.
3 Not used. 1
Pn202 Electronic gear ratio G1 (numera- tor)
The pulse rate for the command pulses and Servo Servomotor travel dis- tance 0.01 G1/G2 100
4 1 to 65535 Yes
Pn203 Electronic gear ratio G2 (denomi- nator)
1 1 to 65535 Yes
Pn204 Position com- mand filter time constant 1 (pri- mary filter)
Soft start setting for command pulses (Soft start characteristics are for the primary filter.)
0 0.01 ms 0 to 6400
Pn207 Position control setting 2
0 Selects position command filter.
0 Primary filter (Pn204) 0000 Yes
1 Linear acceleration and decel- eration (Pn208)
1 to 3 Not used. 0
Pn208 Position com- mand filter time constant 2 (Linear accelera- tion and deceler- ation)
Soft start setting for command pulses (Soft start characteristics are for the linear acceleration and deceleration.)
0 0.01 ms 0 to 6400 Yes
Pn304 Jog speed Rotation speed during jog operation 500 r/min 0 to 10000
Pn401 Torque com- mand filter time constant
The constant when filtering the internal torque command 40 0.01 ms 0 to 65535
Parameter No.
Parameter name Description for parameters set with 5 digits Default Unit Setting range
Restart?
Digit No.
Name Setting Description for parameters with individually set digits
Chapter 4
4-17
Operation
4-6-2 Parameter Details
Setting Explanation
This parameter sets the Servomotors direction of rotation.
Setting Explanation
Select the stopping method for when the servo is turned OFF or an alarm occurs.
Note 1. If function switch 6 is OFF to enable the function switch settings, this parameter is ignored and the setting on function switch 2 (dynamic brake setting) is used.
Note 2. If the parameter is set to 0 or 1 and the Servomotor is turned by an external force to 20 r/min or faster after the dynamic brake has stopped the Servomotor, the Servo ON status will not be entered even if the RUN signal turns ON.
Note 3. The dynamic brake will operate when the main circuit power supply or the control power sup- ply is OFF regardless of the setting of this parameter.
Pn402 Forward torque limit
Forward rotation output torque limit (rated torque ratio) 350 % 0 to 800
Pn403 Reverse torque limit
Reverse rotation output torque limit (rated torque ratio) 350 % 0 to 800
Pn500 Positioning com- pleted range
The range of positioning completed output (INP) 3 Command units
0 to 250
Pn505 Deviation counter overflow level
The detection level for a deviation counter overflow alarm 1024 256 com- mand units
1 to 32767
Pn600 Regeneration resistor capacity
Setting for regeneration resistance load ratio monitoring calculations Note: If using an External Regeneration Resistor, set the regeneration capacity for when the temperature rises above 120C. If not using an External Regeneration Resistor, set Pn600 to 0.
0 10 W From 0 (Varies by Unit.)
Pn000.0 Basic switches 1 Reverse rotation mode Settings 0, 1 Unit — Default 0 Restart? Yes
Setting Explanation 0 CCW direction is taken for positive command (counterclockwise seen from the Servomotor output
shaft)
1 CW direction is taken for positive command (clockwise seen from the Servomotor output shaft)
Pn001.0 Basic switches 2 Stop selection for alarm and servo OFF Settings 0 to 2 Unit — Default 2 Restart? Yes
Setting Explanation 0 Stop Servomotor using dynamic brake, dynamic brake stays ON after Servomotor has stopped.
1 Stop Servomotor using dynamic brake, dynamic brake released after Servomotor has stopped.
2 Stop Servomotor using free run.
Parameter No.
Parameter name Description for parameters set with 5 digits Default Unit Setting range
Restart?
Digit No.
Name Setting Description for parameters with individually set digits
Chapter 4
4-18
Operation
This gain adjusts the speed loop response.
Increase the setting (i.e., increase the gain) to increase servo rigidity. Generally, the greater the inertia ratio, the higher the setting. There is a risk of vibration, however, if the gain is too high.
When the speed loop gain is manipulated, the response will change as shown in the following dia- gram.
Note This parameter is enabled only if the gain adjustment rotary switch is set to 0.
Sets the speed loop integral time constant.
The higher the setting, the lower the response, and the lower the resilience to external force. There is a risk of vibration if the setting is too low.
When the speed loop integral time constant is manipulated, the response changes as shown in the following diagram.
Note This parameter is enabled only if the gain adjustment rotary switch has been set to 0.
Pn100 Speed loop gain Settings 1 to 2000 Unit Hz Default 80 Restart? —
Pn101 Speed loop integral time constant Settings 15 to 51200 Unit 0.01 ms Default 2000 Restart? —
Servomotor speed
Time
Overshoots when speed loop gain is high. (Vibrates when gain is too high.)
When speed loop gain is low.
Servomotor speed
Time
Overshoots when speed loop integration constant is short.
When speed loop integration constant is long.
Chapter 4
4-19
Operation
Adjust the position loop response to suit the mechanical rigidity of the system.
Servo system response is determined by the position loop gain. Servo systems with a high loop gain have a high response, and positioning is fast. To increase the position loop gain, you must improve mechanical rigidity and increase the specific oscillation. This should be 50 to 70 (1/s) for ordinary machine tools, 30 to 50 (1/s) for general-use and assembly machines, and 10 to 30 (1/s) for production robots. The default position loop gain is 40 (1/s), so be sure to lower the setting for machines with low rigidity.
Raising the position loop gain in systems with low mechanical rigidity or systems with low specific oscillation may result in machine resonance, causing an overload alarm to occur.
If the position loop gain is low, you can shorten the positioning time using feed forward. You can also shorten the positioning time using the bias function.
Position loop gain is generally expressed as follows.
When the position loop gain is manipulated, the response is as shown in the following diagram.
Note This parameter is enabled only if the gain adjustment rotary switch has been set to 0.
Set the mechanical system inertia (load inertia for Servomotor shaft conversion) using the ratio (%) of the Servomotor rotor inertia. If the inertia ratio is set incorrectly, Pn100 (speed loop gain) will also be incorrect.
This parameter is the initial online autotuning value. After performing online autotuning, the correct value will be written to Pn103 if the tuning results are saved. Refer to 4-5-1 Online Autotuning for details.
Pn102 Position loop gain Settings 1 to 2000 Unit 1/s Default 40 Restart? —
Pn103 Inertia ratio Settings 0 to 10000 Unit % Default 300 Restart? —
Position loop gain (Kp) = (1/s) Command pulse frequency (pulses/s)
Deviation counter residual pulses (pulses)
Servomotor speed
Time
When position loop gain is high.
When position loop gain is low.
Chapter 4
4-20
Operation
Sets the feed-forward compensation value during positioning.
When performing feed-forward compensation, the effective servo gain increases, improving respon- siveness. There is almost no effect, however, on systems where the position loop gain is sufficiently high.
Use this parameter to shorten positioning time.
Note Setting a high value may result in machine vibration. Set the feed-forward amount for general machinery to 80% maximum. (Check and adjust machine response.)
Sets the feed-forward primary (lag) command filter during position control.
If the positioning completed signal is interrupted (i.e., repeatedly turns ON and OFF) because of performing feed-forward compensation, and speed overshooting is generated, solve the problem by setting the primary lag filter.
Setting Explanation
Select the autotuning function you want to use.
0: After the power is turned ON, execute autotuning and, when the load inertia calculations are complete, use the data for control. Thereafter, do not perform autotuning again whenever the power is turned ON. Make this setting if load inertia fluctuation is small.
1: Constantly refresh the load inertia calculation data and constantly store the responses. Make this setting if load inertia fluctuates constantly.
2: Do not execute autotuning. (This setting is recommended for general operation.)
Note If function switch 6 is OFF to enable the function switch settings, this parameter is ignored and the setting on function switch 1 (online autotuning setting) is used.
Pn109 Feed-forward amount Settings 0 to 100 Unit % Default 0 Restart? —
Pn10A Feed-forward command filter Settings 0 to 6400 Unit 0.01 ms Default 0 Restart? —
Pn110.0 Online autotuning setting Online autotuning selection Settings 0 to 2 Unit — Default 2 Restart? Yes
Setting Explanation 0 After the power is turned ON, autotuning is only performed for the initial operation.
1 Autotuning is always performed.
2 Autotuning is not used.
Chapter 4
4-21
Operation
Setting Explanation
When calculating load inertia using online autotuning, set whether the effects of adhesive friction (load torque proportional to rotation speed) on the servo system should be considered.
If adhesive friction is to be considered, set whether the adhesive friction is large or small to improve the accuracy of the load inertia calculations.
Note If the adhesive friction on the rated rotation speed is 10% max. of the rated torque, set this parameter to 0 (no friction compensation).
Setting Explanation
If using position control, select the command pulse mode to suit the Host Controllers command pulse format.
If inputting 90 phase difference signals, select either 1, 2, or 4. If you select 4, the input pulse will be multiplied by 4, so the number of Servomotor rotations (speed and angle) will be four times that of the 1 selection.
Note If function switch 6 is OFF to enable the function switch settings, this parameter is ignored and the setting on function switch 3 (command pulse input setting) is used.
Pn110.2 Online autotuning function Adhesive friction compensation selection Settings 0 to 2 Unit — Default 0 Restart? —
Setting Explanation 0 No friction compensation (when adhesive friction for rated revolutions is 10% max. of rated torque)
1 Small ratio between friction compensation and rated torque (when adhesive friction for rated rota- tion speed is 10% to 30% of rated torque)
2 Large ratio between friction compensation and rated torque (when adhesive friction for rated rota- tion speed is 30% to 50% of rated torque)
Pn200 Position control setting 1 — Command Pulse Mode (Position) Settings 0 to 9 Unit — Default 1 Restart? Yes
Setting Explanation 0 Feed pulse/forward signal, positive logic
1 Forward pulse/reverse pulse, positive logic
2 90 phase difference (phase A/B) signal (1), positive logic
3 90 phase difference (phase A/B) signal (2), positive logic
4 90 phase difference (phase A/B) signal (4), positive logic
5 Feed pulses/Forward/reverse signal, negative logic
6 Forward pulse/reverse pulse, negative logic
7 90 phase difference (phase A/B) signal (1), negative logic
8 90 phase difference (phase A/B) signal (2), negative logic
9 90 phase difference (phase A/B) signal (4), negative logic
Chapter 4
4-22
Operation
Setting Explanation
Sets input conditions under which ECRST (deviation counter reset input, CN1-5: +ECRST, CN1-6: ECRST) is effective.
If using an OMRON Position Control Unit, do not change the default setting.
Setting Explanation
Sets whether the deviation counter will be reset when the servo goes OFF and when an alarm occurs.
If the deviation counter is not reset (setting 1 or 2), the Servomotor will rotate only to the number of deviation counter residual pulses the next time the servo is turned ON,. Be careful, because the servo begins to operate as soon as the power is turned ON.
Sets the command pulses and Servomotor travel distance pulse rate.
When G1/G2 = 1, if an (encoder resolution 4) pulse is input, the Servomotor will rotate once (the internal Servo Driver will operate at 4).
Set within the range 0.01 G1/G2 100.
Note 1. Refer to 4-7-4 Electronic Gear Function for details.
Note 2. If function switch 6 is OFF to enable the function switch settings, this parameter is ignored and the setting on function switches 4 and 5 (resolution setting) is used.
Pn200.1 Position control setting 1 Deviation counter reset Settings 0 to 3 Unit — Default 1 Restart? Yes
Setting Explanation 0 Reset deviation counter on signal high level (status signal).
1 Reset deviation counter on rising edge (Low to High).
2 Reset deviation counter on signal low level (status signal).
3 Reset deviation counter on falling signal (High to Low).
Pn200.2 Position control setting 1 Deviation counter reset for servo OFF and alarms Settings 0 to 2 Unit — Default 0 Restart? Yes
Setting Explanation 0 Reset deviation counter when servo goes OFF and when an alarm occurs.
1 Do not reset deviation counter when servo goes OFF and when an alarm occurs.
2 Reset deviation counter only when alarm occurs.
Pn202 Electronic gear ratio G1 (numerator) Settings 1 to 65535 Unit — Default 4 Restart? Yes
Pn203 Electronic gear ratio G2 (denominator) Settings 1 to 65535 Unit — Default 1 Restart? Yes
Chapter 4
4-23
Operation
Sets the soft start for the command pulses. The soft start characteristic is for a primary filter (expo- nentiation function).
Note 1. The soft start characteristics also includes linear acceleration and deceleration. (Set the time constant using Pn208.) Select the filter you want to use using Pn207.0 (position com- mand filter selection).
Note 2. Refer to 4-7-5 Position Command Filter Function for details.
Setting Explanation
Select the soft start for the command pulses properties.
Select 0 to allocate the properties to Pn204 (position command filter time constant 1), and select 1 to allocate the properties to Pn208 (position command filter time constant 2).
If not using the soft start function, set the property for the selected filter to 0.
Note Refer to 4-7-5 Position Command Filter Function for details.
Sets the soft start for the command pulses. The soft start characteristic is for linear acceleration and deceleration.
Note 1. The soft start characteristics also include the primary filter (the time constant set by Pn204). Select the filter you want to use using Pn207.0 (position command filter selection).
Note 2. Refer to 4-7-5 Position Command Filter Function for details.
Sets the speed for jogging.
Note 1. If a value that exceeds the maximum Servomotor rotation speed is set, the maximum Ser- vomotor rotation speed will be used.
Note 2. Refer to the Operation Manual (Cat. No.: I534) for details on the jog operations.
Pn204 Position command filter time constant 1 (primary filter) Settings 0 to 6400 Unit 0.01 ms Default 0 Restart? —
Pn207.0 Position control setting 2 Position command filter selection Settings 0, 1 Unit — Default 0 Restart? Yes
Setting Explanation 0 Primary filter (Sets Pn204 properties.)
1 Linear acceleration and deceleration (Sets Pn208 properties.)
Pn208 Position command filter time constant 2 (trapezoidal acceleration and deceleration) Settings 0 to 6400 Unit 0.01 ms Default 0 Restart? Yes
Pn304 Jog speed Settings 0 to 10000 Unit r/min Default 500 Restart? —
Chapter 4
4-24
Operation
Sets the (primary) filter time constant for the internal torque command.
When the mechanical resonance frequency is within the response frequency of the servo loop, Ser- vomotor vibration will occur. To prevent this from occurring, set the torque command filter time con- stant.
The relationship between the filter time constant and the cut-off frequency can be found by means of the following formula:
fc (Hz) = 1/2T T: Filter time constant (s), fc: cut-off frequency
Set the cut-off frequency to below the mechanical resonance frequency.
Set Pn402 (forward torque limit) and Pn403 (reverse torque limit) as a percentage (%) of the Servo- motor rated torque.
Note Refer to 4-7-3 Torque Limiting for details.
Set the deviation counter to output INP (positioning completed output) during position control.
INP turns ON when the deviation counter residual pulses reaches Pn500 or less.
Set the deviation counter overload alarm detection level during position control.
The servo alarm is turned ON when the deviation counter residual pulse setting is exceeded.
Set the deviation counter overflow level to the number of command units (2 to 3 revolutions) appro- priate for the system and operating pattern.
Pn401 Torque command filter time constant Settings 0 to 65535 Unit 0.01 ms Default 40 Restart? —
Pn402 Forward torque limit Settings 0 to 800 Unit % Default 350 Restart? —
Pn403 Reverse torque limit Settings 0 to 800 Unit % Default 350 Restart? —
Pn500 Positioning completed range Settings 0 to 250 Unit Command
units Default 3 Restart? —
Pn505 Deviation counter overflow level Settings 1 to 32767 Unit 256 com-
mand units Default 1024 Restart? —
Chapter 4
4-25
Operation
If using an External Regeneration Resistor or External Regeneration Resistance Unit, set the regeneration absorption capacity. Set the regeneration absorption capacity for when the tempera- ture rises above 120C, not the nominal capacity. (Refer to 3-3-3 Regenerative Energy Absorption by External Regeneration Resistance for details.)
Un00A (regeneration load monitor) calculations and detection of A.92 (regeneration overload warn- ing) and A.32 (regeneration overload alarm) are based on Pn600.
Note If an External Regeneration Resistor or External Regeneration Resistance Unit is not con- nected, set Pn600 to 0.
Pn600 Regeneration resistor capacity
Settings 0 to max. for model
Unit 10W Default 0 Restart? —
Chapter 4
4-26
Operation
4-7 Operating Functions
4-7-1 Position Control
Functions Perform position control using the pulse train input from CN1-1,2 for CW and CN1-3,4 for CCW.
The Servomotor rotates using the value of the pulse train input multiplied by the electronic gear ratio (Pn202, Pn203).
Note If function switch 6 is OFF to enable the function switch settings, this parameter is ignored and the setting on function switches 4 and 5 (resolution setting) is used.
Settings
Using Function Switches (Function Switch 6 Turned OFF)
Using Parameters (Function Switch 6 Turned ON)
Function switch Explanation Command pulse input setting (switch 3) Set to match the Controller command pulse type.
Resolution setting (switches 4 and 5) Set to 500, 1,000, 5,000, or 10,000.
Parameter No. Parameter name Explanation Pn200.0 Position control setting 1
Command pulse mode Set to match the controller command pulse status.
Pn202 Electronic gear ratio G1 (numerator) Set the pulse routes for the command pulse and Servomotor travel amount. 0.01 G1/G2 100Pn203 Electronic gear ratio G2 (denominator)
Controller with pulse train output
Position Control Unit
Pulse train
SMARTSTEP A-series Servo Driver
Position Control Mode
Electronic gear ratio (Pn202, Pn203)
G1/G2
SMARTSTEP A-series Servomotor
+CW
CW
+CCW
CCW
1
2
3
4
Chapter 4
4-27
Operation
4-7-2 Brake Interlock
Precautions for Using Electromagnetic Brake The electromagnetic brake Servomotor with a brake is a non-excitation brake especially for holding.
If the brake is applied while the Servomotor is operating, the brake disk may become damaged or malfunction due to friction, causing damage to the Servomotor.
Function Outputs the BKIR (brake interlock) signal to turn ON and OFF the electromagnetic brake.
Operation
RUN Timing (Servomotor Stopped)
Note 1. The time from turning ON the brake power supply to the brake being released is 200 ms max. Set the speed command (pulse command) to be given after the brake has been re- leased, taking this delay into account.
Note 2. The time from turning OFF the brake power supply to the brake engaging is 100 ms max.
Power Supply Timing (Servomotor Stopped)
Note The time from turning OFF the brake power supply to the brake engaging is 100 ms max.
RUN
BKIR (brake interlock)
Brake power supply
Brake operation
Pulse command
Servomotor energizing
200 ms max.
Approx. 2 ms
100 ms max.
200 ms
0 to 35 ms
See note 1.
Deenergized
Energized
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
+Speed
Speed
Power supply
BKIR (brake interlock)
Servomotor energized
25 to 35 ms
Deenergized
Energized
ON
OFF
ON
OFF 200 ms
Chapter 4
4-28
Operation
RUN, Error, and Power Supply Timing (Servomotor Rotating)
Note 1. During the approximately 10 ms from the Servomotor de-energizing to the dynamic brake being applied, the Servomotor will continue to rotate due to its momentum.
Note 2. If the Servomotor rotation speed falls below 100 r/min, the BKIR (brake interlock) signal is turned OFF.
Power Supply Timing (Servomotor Rotating)
Note 1. During the approximately 10 ms from the Servomotor de-energizing to the dynamic brake being applied, the Servomotor will continue to rotate due to its momentum.
Note 2. If the Servomotor rotation speed falls below 100 r/min, the BKIR (brake interlock) signal is turned OFF.
Note 3. When the main-circuit power supply or control-circuit power supply is turned OFF, the Ser- vomotor will be stopped using dynamic braking regardless of the setting of the parameter.
ALM (alarm output)
Servomotor energized
(See note 2.)
Braking using dynamic brake (when Pn001.0 = 0)
Deenergized
Approx. 10 ms (See note 1.)
RUN
BKIR (brake interlock)
Servomotor rotation speed
Energized
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
100 r/min
Power supply
Servomotor energized
(See note 2.)
Braking using dynamic brake (See note 3.)
Deenergized
Approx. 10 ms (See note 1.)
BKIR (brake interlock)
Servomotor rotation speed
Energized
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
100r/min
Chapter 4
4-29
Operation
4-7-3 Torque Limiting
Functions The torque limit function limits the Servomotors output torque.
This function can be used to protect the Servomotor and mechanical system by preventing exces- sive force or torque on the mechanical system when the machine (moving part) pushes against the workpiece with a steady force, such as in a bending machine.
The steady force applied during normal operation is limited with user parameters Pn402 (forward torque limit) and Pn403 (reverse torque limit).
Parameters Requiring Settings
Limiting the Steady Force Applied during Normal Operation
Note 1. Set these parameters to 350 (the default setting) when the torque limit function is not being used.
Note 2. If the connected Servomotor is set to a value greater than the maximum momentary torque, the maximum momentary torque will become the set limit.
4-7-4 Electronic Gear Function
Functions This function rotates the Servomotor for the number of pulses obtained by multiplying the command
pulses by the electronic gear ratio.
This function is enabled under the following conditions.
When fine-tuning the position and speed of two lines that are to be synchronous.
When using a position controller with a low command pulse frequency.
When you want to set the travel distance for machinery per pulse to 0.01 mm, for example.
Note If function switch 6 is OFF to enable the function switch settings, this parameter is ignored and the setting on function switches 4 and 5 (resolution setting) is used.
Parameter No. Parameter name Explanation Pn402 Forward torque
limit Set the output torque limit for the forward direction as a percentage of the rated torque (setting range: 0% to 800%).
Pn403 Reverse torque limit
Set the output torque limit for the reverse direction as a percentage of the rated torque (setting range: 0% to 800%).
Chapter 4
4-30
Operation
Parameters Requiring Settings
Note 1. Set within the range 0.01 G1/G2 100.
Note 2. These parameters become effective when the power is turned ON again after having been turned OFF. (Check to see that the LED display has gone OFF.)
Note 3. With the default setting (G1/G2 = 4), the Servomotor will rotate once when 2,000 pulses are input.
Note 4. One position deviation (deviation counter) display and positioning completed range pulse make one input pulse. (This is called a command unit.)
Operation When set to G1/G2 = 8,000/1,000, operation is the same as for a 1,000-pulses/rotation Servomotor.
Parameter No. Parameter name Explanation Pn202 Electronic gear ratio
G1 (numerator) Set the pulse rate for the command pulse and Servomotor travel dis- tance. When G1/G2 = 1, if the pulse (encoder resolution 4) is input, the Servomotor will rotate once (i.e., the internal driver will rotate 4). (See note 1.)
Pn203 Electronic gear ratio G2 (denominator)
1,000 pulses Electronic gear 8,000 pulses
Servo Driver Servomotor
(Encoder resolution: 2,000 pulses/rotation)
1 rotation (2,000 pulses)
G1 G2
8000 1000
=
Chapter 4
4-31
Operation
4-7-5 Position Command Filter Function
Functions Perform soft start processing for the command pulses using the selected filter to gently accelerate
and decelerate.
Select the filter characteristics using Pn207.0 (position command filter selection).
When Pn204 (position command filter time constant 1) is selected, acceleration and deceleration are performed using the primary filter (exponentiation function).
When Pn208 (position command filter time constant 2) is selected, acceleration and deceleration are linear.
This function is effective in the following cases:
There is no acceleration/deceleration function in the command pulse (controller).
The command pulse frequency changes rapidly, causing the machinery to vibrate during acceler- ation and deceleration.
The electronic gear setting is high (G1/G2 10).
Parameters Requiring Settings
Note If not using the position command filter function, set each to 0 (i.e., the default setting).
Operation The characteristics for each filter are shown below.
Servomotor acceleration and deceleration are delayed further than the characteristics shown below due to position loop gain delay.
Acceleration: 2/Kp (s); Deceleration: 3/Kp (s); Kp: Position loop gain (Pn102)
Primary Filter
Parameter No. Parameter name Explanation Pn207.0 Select position control filter Select either primary filter (setting: 0), or linear acceleration
and deceleration (setting: 1).
Pn204 Position control filter time constant 1 (primary filter)
Enabled when Pn207.0 = 0. Be sure to set the primary filter time constant (setting range = 0 to 6400 ( 0.01 ms)).
Pn208 Position control filter time constant 2 (linear acceler- ation and deceleration)
Enabled when Pn207.0 = 1. Be sure to set the acceleration and deceleration times (setting range = 0 to 6400 ( 0.01 ms)).
Speed
Command pulse input frequency
Input frequency x 0.63
Input frequency x 0.37
Time Pn204 Pn204
Chapter 4
4-32
Operation
Linear Acceleration and Deceleration
Speed
Command pulse input frequency
Time Pn208 Pn208
Chapter 5
Troubleshooting
5-1 Measures when Trouble Occurs
5-2 Alarms
5-3 Troubleshooting
5-4 Overload Characteristics (Electron Thermal Char- acteristics)
5-5 Periodic Maintenance
Chapter 5
5-2
Troubleshooting
5-1 Measures when Trouble Occurs
5-1-1 Preventive Checks Before Trouble Occurs
This section explains the preventive checks and analysis tools required to determine the cause of troubles if they occurs.
Check the Power Supply Voltage Check the voltage to the power supply input terminals.
Main-circuit Power Supply Input Terminals (L1, L2, (L3))
R7D-AP@H: Single-phase 200/230 V AC (170 to 253 V) 50/60 Hz Using R7D-AP08H with three-phase input: Three-phase 200/230 V AC (170 to 253 V) 50/60 Hz
R7D-AP@L: Single-phase 100/115 V AC (85 to 127 V) 50/60 Hz
Control-circuit Power Supply Input Terminals (L1C, L2C)
R7D-AP@H: Single-phase 200/230 V AC (170 to 253 V) 50/60 Hz
R7D-AP@L: Single-phase 100/115 V AC (85 to 127 V) 50/60 Hz
If the voltage falls outside of this range, there is a risk of malfunction, so make sure that the power supply is correct.
Make sure that the voltage of the sequence input power supply (+24 VIN Terminal (pin CN1-13)) is within the range 23 to 25 VDC. If the voltage falls outside of this range, there is a risk of malfunc- tion, so make sure that the power supply is correct.
Selecting Analysis Tools
Check Whether an Alarm Has Occurred If an alarm has occurred, check the alarm code (A.@@) and perform analysis depending on the
alarm code.
If an alarm has not occurred, perform analysis depending on the error.
Note Refer to 5-3 Troubleshooting in either case.
Types of Analysis Tools The types of analysis tools are as follows:
Servo Driver Indicators and Parameter Unit Perform analysis using the display (7-segment LED) on the front panel of the Servo Driver.
Analysis can also be performed using the R7A-PR02A Parameter Units alarm history display function. This manual explains analysis using these methods.
Chapter 5
5-3
Troubleshooting
Computer Monitor Software Install and use the SMARTSTEP A-series Servo Driver Computer Monitor Software for Win-
dows version 2.0 (WMON Win Ver. 2.0) (Cat. No.: SBCE-011). The following three items are required: A Windows-compatible computer, the Computer Monitor Software, and a Connecting Cable (R7A-CCA002P@).
Refer to the SMARTSTEP A-series Servo Driver Computer Monitor Software for operation de- tails.
5-1-2 Precautions
When checking and verifying I/O after trouble has occurred, the Servo Driver may suddenly start to operate or suddenly stop, so take precautions. Also, do not attempt operations not specified in this manual.
Precautions Disconnect any cables before checking if they have burned out. Even if you have checked the con-
duction of the wiring, there is a risk of conduction due to the return circuit.
If the encoder signal is lost, the Servomotor may run away, or an error may be generated. Make sure the Servomotor is disconnected from the mechanical system before checking the encoder sig- nal.
When performing tests, first check that there are no personnel inside the machine facilities, and that the facilities will not be damaged even if the Servomotor runs away. Also, check that even if the Ser- vomotor runs away, you can immediately stop the machine using an emergency stop before per- forming the tests.
Chapter 5
5-4
Troubleshooting
5-1-3 Replacing the Servomotor and Servo Driver
Perform the following procedure to replace the Servomotor or Servo Driver.
Replacing the Servomotor 1. Replace the Servomotor.
2. Perform origin teaching.
When replacing the Servomotor, the Servomotors specific origin position (Z-phase) may slip, so be sure to perform origin teaching.
Refer to the manual for the position controller you use for how to perform origin teaching.
Replacing the Servo Driver 1. Make a note of the parameters.
If using a Parameter Unit, transfer all of the parameter settings to the Parameter Unit using the Parameter Units copy function. You can also use the Parameter Unit and write down all of the parameter settings.
If using Computer Monitor Software, start the program, and transfer and save all the parame- ters in the Servo Driver to the computer.
2. Replace the Servo Driver.
3. Match the switch settings.
Set the new Servo Drivers switches (Unit No. selection rotary switch, gain adjustment rotary switch, and function switches) to match the old Servo Drivers switch settings.
4. Set the parameters.
If using a Parameter Unit, either use the Parameter Unit copy function to transfer the stored parameters to the Servo Driver and then confirm that the parameters have been transferred, or use the Parameter Unit to set all the parameters.
If not using Computer Monitor Software, set all the parameters using a Parameter Unit or Ser- vo Driver operation keys.
Chapter 5
5-5
Troubleshooting
5-2 Alarms
If the Servo Driver detects an error, ALM (alarm output) will be output, the power drive circuit in the Servo Driver will turn OFF, and the alarm will be displayed. If the Servo Driver detects a warning (e.g., overload warning or regenerative overload warning), a warning code will be displayed, but operation will continue.)
Note 1. Refer to 5-3-1 Error Diagnosis Using Alarm Display for appropriate alarm countermeasures.
Note 2. Cancel the alarm using one of the following methods.
Input a RESET (alarm reset) signal.
Turn OFF the power supply, then turn it ON again.
Reset the alarm using the Parameter Unit keys. The following alarms can only be cancelled by turning OFF and ON the power supply: A.04, A.10, A.bF, A.C2, and A.C3.
Note 3. If an alarm is canceled while RUN is turned ON, the Servo Driver will start as soon as the alarm is cleared, which is dangerous. Be sure to turn OFF the RUN command before can- celing the alarm.
Servo Driver Alarm Display If an error is detected, an alarm code will be displayed one segment at a time on the Servo Drivers front-panel alarm display, as shown in the following example.
Example: Alarm Code A.C2
…
After approx. 1 s
After approx. 1 s
After approx. 1 s
After approx. 1 s
Chapter 5
5-6
Troubleshooting
Alarm Table
Note These alarms are not displayed on the alarm indicator on the front of the Servo Driver. They appears on the display of the Parameter Unit.
Code ALM Error detection function Cause of error Alarm A.04 OFF Parameter setting error The Servomotor does not match the
Servo Driver.
A.10 OFF Overcurrent Overcurrent detected, or improper radi- ation shield temperature rise detected.
A.30 OFF Regeneration error Regeneration circuit damaged due to large amount of regenerative energy.
A.32 OFF Regeneration overload Regenerative energy exceeded the regeneration resistance.
A.40 OFF Overvoltage/undervoltage Main circuit DC voltage outside the allowable range.
A.51 OFF Overspeed Servomotor rotation speed exceeded the maximum speed.
A.70 OFF Overload Output torque exceeded 120% of rated torque.
A.73 OFF Dynamic brake overload Regenerative energy exceeded the dynamic brake resistance during dynamic brake operation.
A.74 OFF Inrush resistance over- load
Inrush current exceeded the inrush resistance during power supply inrush.
A.7A OFF Overheat Abnormal temperature rise detected in radiation shield.
A.bF OFF System error A control circuit system error was detected.
A.C1 OFF Runaway detected The Servomotor rotated in the opposite direction from the command.
A.C2 OFF Phase error detected The Servomotors electrical angle was incorrectly detected
A.C3 OFF Encoder disconnection detected
Encoder phase A, B, or S is discon- nected or shorted.
A.d0 OFF Deviation counter over- flow
Deviation counters residual pulses exceeded the deviation counter over- flow level set in Pn505.
CPF00 — Parameter Unit transmis- sion error 1
Data could not be transmitted after the power supply was turned ON. (See note.)
CPF01 — Parameter Unit transmis- sion error 2
Transmission timeout error (See note.)
Warning A.91 — Overload A warning occurs before the overload alarm (A.70) is reached. An alarm may be generated if the Servomotor contin- ues to operate.
A.92 — Regeneration overload A warning occurs before the regenera- tion overload alarm (A.32) is reached. An alarm may be generated if the Ser- vomotor continues to operate.
Chapter 5
5-7
Troubleshooting
5-3 Troubleshooting
If an error occurs in the machinery, check the type of error using the alarm indicators and operation status, verify the cause, and take appropriate countermeasures.
5-3-1 Error Diagnosis Using Alarm Display Display Error Status when
error occurs Cause of error Countermeasures
Parameter setting error
Occurs when con- trol circuit power supply is turned ON.
A value outside of the set- ting range was previously set in the parameters.
Reset the parameters within the setting range.
Control panel error Replace the Servo Driver.
Overcurrent Occurs when power supply is turned ON.
Control panel error Main circuit transistor mod- ule error
Replace the Servo Driver.
Occurs when servo is turned ON.
Current feedback circuit error Main circuit transistor mod- ule error
Replace the Servo Driver.
Servomotor power line is short-circuited or grounded between phases.
Repair the short-circuited or grounded wire. Measure the insulation resis- tance at the Servomotor and, if there is a short-circuit, replace the Servomotor.
Miswiring between U- phase, V-phase, W-phase, and ground.
Correct the wiring.
Servomotor winding is burned out.
Measure the winding resis- tance, and if the winding is burned out, replace the Servo- motor.
Operating above rated out- put.
Lighten the load.
Regeneration error
Occurs during operation.
Error in the regenerative circuit parts.
Replace the Servo Driver.
External Regeneration Resistor is disconnected.
Replace the External Regener- ation Resistor.
There is a short-circuit missing between B2 and B3, but the external circuit resistor is not connected.
Correctly connect the external circuit resistor (between B1 and B2).
Setting error in Pn600 (regeneration resistor capacity).
Set Pn600 correctly.
Chapter 5
5-8
Troubleshooting
Regeneration overload
Occurs during operation.
Regenerative energy exceeds tolerance.
Calculate the regenerative energy, and connect an exter- nal Regeneration Resistor with the required regeneration absorption capacity.
Setting error in Pn600 (regeneration resistor capacity)
Set Pn600 correctly.
Main-circuit power supply voltage is outside toler- ance range.
Change the main-circuit power supply voltage to within toler- ance range.
Overvoltage Occurs when power supply is turned ON.
Main circuit power supply voltage is outside toler- ance range.
Change the main circuit power supply voltage to within toler- ance range.
Main-circuit power supply is damaged.
Replace the Servo Driver.
Occurs when Ser- vomotor is decel- erating.
Load inertia is too great. Deceleration time is too long. Calculate the regenerative energy, and connect an exter- nal Regeneration Resistor with the required regeneration absorption capacity.
Main circuit power supply voltage exceeds tolerance range.
Reduce main circuit power supply voltage to within toler- ance range.
Occurs during descent (vertical axis)
Gravitational torque is too large.
Add a counterbalance to the machinery to lower gravita- tional torque. Slow the descent speed. Calculate the regenerative energy, and connect and exter- nal Regeneration Resistor with the required regeneration absorption capacity.
Low voltage Occurs when the control circuit power supply only is turned ON.
Control panel error Replace the Servo Driver.
Occurs when the main circuit power supply is turned ON.
Main circuit power supply voltage is outside toler- ance range.
Change the main circuit power supply voltage to within toler- ance range.
Main circuit power supply is damaged.
Replace the Servo Driver.
Display Error Status when error occurs
Cause of error Countermeasures
Chapter 5
5-9
Troubleshooting
Overspeed Occurs when the servo is ON.
Encoder signal between controllers is wired incor- rectly.
Rewire correctly.
Servomotor power line is wired incorrectly.
Rewire correctly.
Occurs along with high-speed rota- tion when a com- mand is input.
Position command input exceeds 4,500 r/min.
Input command values cor- rectly.
Pn202 and Pn203 (elec- tronic gear ratio) setting is too large.
Set the parameters correctly.
Resolution setting switch (switches 4 and 5) setting is too low.
Reset the switches correctly.
Rotation limit has been exceeded due to over- shooting.
Adjust the gain. Lower the maximum specified speed.
Overload Occurs during operation.
Running at over 120% of rated torque (effective torque).
Repair the Servomotor shaft if it is locked. If the Servomotor power line is wired incorrectly, rewire it cor- rectly. Lighten the load. Lengthen the acceleration and deceleration times. Adjust the gain.
Power supply voltage has fallen.
Check the power supply volt- age, and lower to within toler- ance range.
Servomotor winding is burned out.
Check the winding resistance. Replace the Servomotor if the winding is burned out.
Servo Driver is burned out. Replace the Servo Driver.
Dynamic brake over- load
Occurs when the servo is turned OFF after operat- ing.
Energy required for stop- ping exceeds the dynamic brake resistor tolerance.
Lower the rotation speed. Reduce the load inertia. Reduce the frequency of dynamic brake use.
Occurs when the power supply is turned ON.
Control panel error Replace the Servo Driver.
Inrush resis- tance overload
Occurs when the main circuit power supply is turned ON.
The frequency by which main-circuit power supply is turned ON and OFF exceeds 5 times/min.
Reduce the frequency by which the main circuit power supply is turned ON and OFF.
Occurs when the control circuit power supply only is turned ON.
Control panel error Replace the Servo Driver.
Display Error Status when error occurs
Cause of error Countermeasures
a.7 0
Chapter 5
5-10
Troubleshooting
Overheat Occurs when the control circuit power supply only is turned ON.
Control panel error Replace the Servo Driver.
Occurs during operation
Ambient Servo Driver tem- perature exceeds 55C.
Lower the Servo Drivers ambi- ent temperature to 55C or less.
Radiation shield sink air convection is poor.
Mount according to mounting conditions.
The fan has stopped. Replace the Servo Driver.
Operating above rated out- put.
Lighten the load.
System error Occurs during operation.
Control panel error Replace the Servo Driver.
Power supply was turned OFF during parameter operations or the Parame- ter Unit was disconnected.
Initialize user parameters (Fn005) to reset the parame- ters.
Automatic Servomotor cur- rent detection offset was adjusted (Fn00E) during pulse input.
Turn OFF the power supply, then ON again.
Internal memory error Replace the Servo Driver.
Runaway detected
Occurs when there is a slight movement upon startup.
Encoder is wired incor- rectly. Servomotor power line is wired incorrectly.
Correct the wiring.
Servo turned ON when the Servomotor was rotated from the outside.
Adjust servo ON timing.
Servo Driver is burned out. Replace the Servo Driver.
Phase error detected.
Occurs when there is a slight movement upon startup.
Encoder is wired incor- rectly. Faulty Connector contact
Rewire correctly. Plug the Connector in securely.
Occurs when the power supply is turned ON.
Encoder is burned out. Replace the Servomotor.
Servo Driver is burned out. Replace the Servo Driver.
Encoder dis- connection detected.
Occurs when there is a slight movement upon startup.
Encoder wiring is discon- nected or shorted. Faulty Connector contact.
Correct the disconnected or shorted part. Plug the Connector in securely.
Encoder is wired incor- rectly.
Rewire correctly.
Encoder is burned out. Replace the Servomotor.
Servo Driver is burned out. Replace the Servo Driver.
Locked mechanically. Repair the Servomotor shaft if it is locked.
Display Error Status when error occurs
Cause of error Countermeasures
a.c2
a.c3
Chapter 5
5-11
Troubleshooting
Deviation counter over- flow
Servomotor will not rotate even when command pulses are input.
Servomotor power or encoder line is wired incor- rectly.
Rewire correctly.
Locked mechanically Repair if the Servomotor shaft is locked
Control panel error Replace the Servo Driver.
Occurs when rotating at high speed
Servomotor power or encoder line is miswired.
Rewire correctly.
Occurs when long command pulses are sent
Gain adjustment is insuffi- cient.
Adjust the gain.
Acceleration and decelera- tion is too violent.
Lengthen acceleration and deceleration time. Use position command filter (Pn207.0, Pn204, and Pn208).
Load is too large. Lighten the load. Reselect the Servomotor.
Pn505 (deviation counter overflow level) setting is too large.
Reset the parameter correctly.
Resolution setting switch (switches 4 and 5) setting is too low.
Reset the switches correctly.
Pn202 and Pn203 (elec- tronic gear ratio) setting is too large.
Reset the parameters correctly.
Parameter Unit transmis- sion error 1
Occurs when power supply is turned ON.
Faulty Connector contact. Plug the Connector in securely.
Internal element malfunc- tion.
Turn OFF the power supply, then ON again.
Internal element is faulty. Replace the Servo Driver. Replace the Parameter Unit.
Parameter Unit transmis- sion error 2
Occurs when Parameter Unit is in use.
Faulty Connector contact. Plug the Connector in securely.
Internal element malfunc- tion
Turn OFF the power supply, then ON again.
Internal element is faulty Replace the Servo Driver. Replace the Parameter Unit.
Display Error Status when error occurs
Cause of error Countermeasures
Chapter 5
5-12
Troubleshooting
Parameter Unit Alarms
5-3-2 Troubleshooting by Means of Operating Status
Display Error Status when error occurs
Cause of error Countermeasures
OPERATOR ERR ROM CHECK ERR
ROM error Occurs when power supply is turned ON.
Internal element mal- function.
Turn OFF the power supply, then ON again.
Internal element is faulty.
Replace the Parameter Unit.
OPERATOR ERR RAM CHECK ERR
RAM error Occurs during Parameter Unit use.
Internal element mal- function.
Turn OFF the power supply, then ON again.
Internal element is faulty.
Replace the Parameter Unit.
OPERATOR ERR DATA SEND ERR
Send oper- ation error
Occurs during Parameter Unit use.
Internal element mal- function.
Turn OFF the power supply, then ON again.
Internal element is faulty.
Replace the Parameter Unit.
Symptom Probable cause Items to check Countermeasures The power sup- ply indicator (POWER) does not light even when the power supply is turned ON.
Power supply lines are incorrectly wired.
Check whether the control-circuit power supply input and main-cir- cuit power supply input are within the power supply voltage ranges.
Correct the power supply.
Check whether the control-circuit power supply input and main-cir- cuit power supply input are wired correctly.
Rewire correctly.
Chapter 5
5-13
Troubleshooting
The Servomotor does not oper- ate even when a command is given.
The RUN signal is OFF. Check the RUN signals ON and OFF operation.
Input the RUN signal. Correct the wiring.
The deviation counter reset input (ECRST) is ON.
Check the ON/OFF status of the ECRST signal.
Turn OFF the ECRST sig- nal. Correct the wiring.
Pn200.1 (deviation counter reset) setting is incorrect.
Reset Pn200.1 to match the Controller.
An error occurred with the RESET (alarm reset) signal ON.
Check the ON/OFF status of the RESET signal.
Turn the RESET signal OFF and take measures accord- ing to the alarm display.
Function switch settings are incorrect.
Check function switch 6 (switch/ parameter setting).
If using function switch 3 (command pulse input set- ting), turn OFF switch 6. If using parameter Pn200.0, turn ON switch 6.
Function switch 3 (com- mand pulse input) setting is incorrect. (When func- tion switches are being used.)
Check the Controllers command pulse type and the Servo Drivers command pulse mode.
Set the mode to match the Controllers command pulse type.
Pn200.0 (command pulse mode) setting is incorrect. (When param- eter setting is being used.)
Check the Controllers command pulse type and the Servo Drivers command pulse mode.
Set the mode to match the Controllers command pulse type.
Servomotor power lines are incorrectly wired.
Check Servomotor power lines. Rewire correctly.
Command pulse is incor- rectly wired.
Check the command pulse wiring. Rewire correctly.
Check the command pulse volt- age.
Connect a resistor match- ing the voltage.
The Servomotor operates momentarily, but then it does not operate.
The Servomotor power lines or encoder lines are wired incorrectly.
Check the Servomotor power line U, V, and W phases, and the encoder line wiring.
Correct the wiring.
The command pulse is more than 250 kpps.
Check the Controllers command pulse frequency.
Reset the command pulse to 250 kpps max.
Servomotor operation is unstable.
The Servomotor power lines or encoder lines are wired incorrectly.
Check the Servomotor power line U, V, and W phases, and the encoder line wiring.
Correct the wiring.
There are eccentricities or looseness in the cou- pling connecting the Ser- vomotor shaft and the mechanical system, or there are load torque fluctuations according to how the pulley gears are engaging.
Check the machinery. Try operating the Servomotor with- out a load.
Adjust the machinery.
Gain is wrong. — Use autotuning. Adjust the gain manually.
Symptom Probable cause Items to check Countermeasures
Chapter 5
5-14
Troubleshooting
Servomotor is overheating.
The ambient temperature is too high.
Check to be sure that the ambient temperature around the Servomo- tor is no higher than 40C.
Lower the ambient temper- ature to 40C or less. (Use a cooler or fan.)
Servomotor installation area temperature is too high.
Check to be sure that the Servo- motor installation area tempera- ture is no higher than 40C.
Lower the Servomotor installation area tempera- ture.
Ventilation is obstructed. Check to see whether anything is blocking ventilation.
Ensure adequate ventila- tion.
There is an overload. Check the torque command value by means of monitor mode (Un002).
Lighten the load. Change to a larger capacity Servomotor and Servo Driver.
The correspondence between the Servo Driver and the Servomotor is incorrect.
Check the models. Combine models that corre- spond correctly.
There are unusual noises.
The machinery is vibrat- ing.
Inspect the machinery to see whether there are any foreign objects in the movable parts, or whether there is any damage, deformation, or looseness.
Fix any problems causing vibration.
Pn100 (speed loop gain) is insufficient.
— Use online autotuning. Adjust the gain manually (speed loop gain).
Vibration is occurring at the same frequency as the applica- ble power sup- ply.
Inductive noise is occur- ring.
Check to see whether the Servo Driver control signal lines are too long.
Shorten the control signal lines.
Check to see whether control sig- nal lines and power supply lines are too close to each other.
Separate control signal lines from power supply lines. Use a low-impedance power supply for control signals.
Symptom Probable cause Items to check Countermeasures
Chapter 5
5-15
Troubleshooting
5-4 Overload Characteristics (Electron Thermal Characteristics)
An overload protection (electron thermal) function is built into the Servo Driver to protect against Servo Driver or Servomotor overload. If an overload (A.70) does occur, first clear the cause of the error and then wait at least one minute for the Servomotor temperature to drop before turning on the power again. If the power is turned on again too soon, the Servomotor coil may be damaged.
Overload characteristics are shown in the following table. If, for example, a current of three times the Servomotors rated current flows continuously, it will be detected after approximately five seconds.
Note 1. The load ratio is the ratio of the motor current to the rated motor current as a percentage.
Load ratio (%) = 100
Note 2. For example, if a current of three times the rated motor current flows continuously, an over- load will be detected after approximately 5 seconds.
O pe
ra tio
n tim
e (s
)
A: Cylinder-style Servomotors: 30 to 400 W Flat-style Servomotors: 100 to 400 W
B: Cylinder-style Servomotors: 750 W Flat-style Servomotors: 750 W
150 300
10000
1000
100
10
5
1
A
B
100 200 250
Load ratio (%)
Motor current Rated motor current
Chapter 5
5-16
Troubleshooting
5-5 Periodic Maintenance
Maintenance and Inspection Precautions
!WARNING Do not attempt to disassemble, repair, or modify any Units. Any attempt to do so may result in malfunction, fire, or electric shock.
!Caution Resume operation only after transferring to the new Unit the contents of the data required for operation. Not doing so may result in an unexpected operation.
Servomotors and Servo Drivers contain many components and will operate properly only when each of the individual components is operating properly. Some of the electrical and mechanical components require maintenance depending on application conditions. In order to ensure proper long-term operation of Servomotors and Drivers, periodic inspection and part replacement is required according to the life of the components.
The periodic maintenance cycle depends on the installation environment and application conditions of the Servomotor or Servo Driver. Recommended maintenance times are listed below for Servomo- tors and Servo Drivers. Use these for reference in determining actual maintenance schedules.
Servomotors Recommended Periodic Maintenance
Bearings: 20,000 hours Reduction gear: 20,000 hours Oil seal: 5,000 hours
Application Conditions: Ambient Servomotor operating temperature of 40C, within allowable shaft load, rated operation (rated torque and r/min), installed as described in operation manual.
The radial loads during operation (rotation) on timing pulleys and other components contacting belts is twice the still load. Consult with the belt and pulley manufacturers and adjust designs and system settings so that the allowable shaft load is not exceeded even during operation. If a Servo- motor is used under a shaft load exceeding the allowable limit, the Servomotor shaft can break, the bearings can burn out, and other problems can occur.
When requesting repairs or investigations, separate them into Servomotors and reduction gears, and make separate requests for each product.
Servo Drivers Recommended Periodic Maintenance
Aluminum analytical capacitors: 50,000 hours, at an ambient Servo Driver operating temperature of 40C, 80% output of the rated operation (rated torque), installed as described in operation man- ual.
Axle fan: 30,000 hours, at an ambient Servo Driver operating temperature of 40C and an ambient humidity of 65%.
Chapter 5
5-17
Troubleshooting
When using the Servo Driver under the continuous operation mode, cool the Servo Driver with fans and air conditioners to maintain an ambient operating temperature below 40C.
The life of aluminum analytical capacitors is greatly affected by the ambient operating temperature. Generally speaking, an increase of 10C in the ambient operating temperature will reduce capacitor life by 50%. We recommend that ambient operating temperature be lowered and the power supply time be reduced as much as possible to lengthen the maintenance times for Servo Drivers.
If the Servomotor or Servo Driver is not to be used for a long time, or if they are to be used under conditions worse than those described above, a periodic inspection schedule of five years is recom- mended. Please consult with OMRON to determine whether or not components need to be replaced.
Chapter 6
Appendix
6-1 Connection Examples
Chapter 6
6-2
Appendix
6-1 Connection Examples
Connection Example 1: Connecting to SYSMAC CS1W-NC113/213/413 or C200HW-NC113/213/413 Position Control Units
Note 1. Incorrect signal wiring can cause damage to Units and the Servo Driver.
Note 2. Leave unused signal lines open and do not wire them.
Note 3. Use mode 2 for origin search.
Note 4. Use the 24-V DC power supply for command pulse signals as a dedicated power supply.
Note 5. The diode recommended for surge absorption is the ERB44-02 (Fuji Electric) or equivalent.
Note 6. Do not use the 24-V DC brake power supply for the 24-V DC control power.
CS1W-NC113/213/413 C200HW-NC113/213/413 R7D-AP@
R7M-A@
Contents No. CN1 TB
24-V input (for output) A1
0-V input (for output)
CCW (with a resistor)
CCW (without a resistor)
CW (with a resistor)
CW (without a resistor)
X-axis dev. cntr. reset output
X-axis origin input (24 V)
X-axis origin common
X-axis positioning completed input
Input common
X-axis external interrupt input
X-axis origin proximity input
X-axis CCW limit input X-axis CW limit input X-axis emerg. stop input
A2
4 1 2
5 6
33 32 8
13
14 18 10 35 34
7
Shell
3 +CCW
L1C L2C L1 L2
B1 B2
U V W
1 2
CCW +CW CW
+ECRST ECRST ZCOM
INP
+24VIN
RUN RESET OGND
ALMCOM ALM
FG
Z
A8 A7 A6 A5
A11 A15 A14 A12
A24
A19 A21 A23 A22 A20
X-axis pulse output
CN2
M
E X1
XB
24 V DC
24 V DC
Red White Blue Green/ Yellow
Servomotor cable Integrated Separate (power and encoder)
N oi
se fi
lte rR
T
Single-phase 200/230 V AC 50/60 Hz Single-phase 100/115 V AC 50/60 Hz
MC
MC
SUP
NFB ONOFF
X1 X1MC
Main-circuit power supply
Main-circuit contact
Servo error display
Surge killer
Class D ground (Class 3 ground: 100 or less)
X1
24 V DC
DC reactor
PL
B
24 V DC
XB BKIR
R88A-CPU@S
+ + +
Chapter 6
6-3
Appendix
Connection Example 2: Connecting to SYSMAC CS1W-NC133/233/433
Note 1. Incorrect signal wiring can cause damage to Units and the Servo Driver.
Note 2. Leave unused signal lines open and do not wire them.
Note 3. Use mode 2 for origin search.
Note 4. Use the 5-V DC power supply for command pulse signals as a dedicated power supply.
Note 5. The diode recommended for surge absorption is the ERB44-02 (Fuji Electric) or equivalent.
Note 6. Do not use the 24-V DC brake power supply for the 24-V DC control power.
CS1W-NC133/233/433 R7D-AP@
R7M-A@
Contents No. CN1 TB
5-V power supply for pulse output A4
5-V ground for pulse output
CW (+) output CW () output CCW (+) output CCW () output
X-axis dev. cntr. reset output
X-axis origin input (24 V) X-axis origin common X-axis positioning completed input
Input common
X-axis external interrupt input
X-axis origin proximity input
X-axis CCW limit input X-axis CW limit input X-axis emerg. stop input
A3 1 2
5 6
33 32 8
13
14 18 10 35 34
7
Shell
L1C L2C L1 L2
B1 B2
U V W
2
+CW CW
+ECRST ECRST ZCOM
INP
+24VIN
RUN RESET OGND
ALMCOM ALM
FG
Z
A5 A6 A7 A8
A11 A15 A14 A12
A24
A19 A21 A23 A22 A20
X-axis pulse output
CN2
M
E X1
XB
5 V DC
24 V DC
Red White Blue Green/ Yellow
N oi
se fi
lte rR
T
Single-phase 200/230 V AC 50/60 Hz Single-phase 100/115 V AC 50/60 Hz
MC
MC
SUP
NFB ONOFF
X1 X1MC
Main-circuit power supply
Main-circuit contact
Servo error display
Surge killer
X1
24 V DC
DC reactor
PL
B
24 V DC
XB BKIR
R88A-CPU@S
4 3 +CCW
CCW
24-V power supply for output A1 0-V power supply for output A2
Class D ground (Class 3 ground: 100 or less)
+ + +
1
Servomotor cable Integrated Separate (power and encoder)
Chapter 6
6-4
Appendix
Connection Example 3: Connecting to SYSMAC CJ1W-NC113/213/413
Note 1. Incorrect signal wiring can cause damage to Units and the Servo Driver.
Note 2. Leave unused signal lines open and do not wire them.
Note 3. Use mode 2 for origin search.
Note 4. Use the 24-V DC power supply for command pulse signals as a dedicated power supply.
Note 5. The diode recommended for surge absorption is the ERB44-02 (Fuji Electric) or equivalent.
Note 6. Do not use the 24-V DC brake power supply for the 24-V DC control power.
CJ1W-NC113/213/413 R7D-AP@
R7M-A@
Contents No. CN1 TB
24-V input (for output) A1
0-V input (for output)
CCW (with a resistor)
CCW (without a resistor)
CW (with a resistor)
CW (without a resistor)
X-axis dev. cntr. reset output
X-axis origin input (24 V) X-axis origin common X-axis positioning completed input
Input common
X-axis external interrupt input
X-axis origin proximity input
X-axis CCW limit input X-axis CW limit input X-axis emerg. stop input
A2
4 1 2
5 6
33 32 8
13
14 18 10 35 34
7
Shell
3 +CCW
L1C L2C L1 L2
B1 B2
U V W
1 2
CCW +CW CW
+ECRST ECRST ZCOM
INP
+24VIN
RUN RESET OGND
ALMCOM ALM
FG
Z
A8 A7 A6 A5
A10 A13 A12 A11
A20
A15 A17 A19 A18 A16
X-axis pulse output
CN2
M
E X1
XB
24 V DC
24 V DC
Red White Blue Green/ Yellow
N oi
se fi
lte rR
T
Single-phase 200/230 V AC 50/60 Hz Single-phase 100/115 V AC 50/60 Hz
MC
MC
SUP
NFB ONOFF
X1 X1MC
Main-circuit power supply
Main-circuit contact
Servo error display
Surge killer
X1
24 V DC
DC reactor
PL
B 24 V DC
XB BKIR
R88A-CPU@S
Class D ground (Class 3 ground: 100 or less)
+ + +
Servomotor cable Integrated Separate (power and encoder)
Chapter 6
6-5
Appendix
Connection Example 4: Connecting to SYSMAC CJ1W-NC133/233/433
Note 1. Incorrect signal wiring can cause damage to Units and the Servo Driver.
Note 2. Leave unused signal lines open and do not wire them.
Note 3. Use mode 2 for origin search.
Note 4. Use the 5-V DC power supply for command pulse signals as a dedicated power supply.
Note 5. The diode recommended for surge absorption is the ERB44-02 (Fuji Electric) or equivalent.
Note 6. Do not use the 24-V DC brake power supply for the 24-V DC control power.
CJ1W-NC133/233/433 R7D-AP@
R7M-A@
Contents No. CN1 TB
5-V power supply for pulse output A4
5-V ground for pulse output
X-axis dev. cntr. reset output
X-axis origin input (24 V) X-axis origin common X-axis positioning completed input
Input common
X-axis external interrupt input
X-axis origin proximity input
X-axis CCW limit input X-axis CW limit input X-axis emerg. stop input
A3 1 2
5 6
33 32 8
13
14 18 10 35 34
7
Shell
L1C L2C L1 L2
B1 B2
U V W
1 2
+CW CW
+ECRST ECRST ZCOM
INP
+24VIN
RUN RESET OGND
ALMCOM ALM
FG
Z
A10 A13 A12 A11
A20
A15 A17 A19 A18 A16
X-axis pulse output
CN2
M
E X1
XB
5 V DC
24 V DC
Red White Blue Green/ Yellow
N oi
se fi
lte rR
T
Single-phase 200/230 V AC 50/60 Hz Single-phase 100/115 V AC 50/60 Hz
MC
MC
SUP
NFB ONOFF
X1 X1MC
Main-circuit power supply
Main-circuit contact
Servo error display
Surge killer
X1
24 V DC
DC reactor
PL
B 24 V DC
XB BKIR
R88A-CPU@S
CW (+) output CW () output CCW (+) output CCW () output
A5 A6 A7 A8 4
3 +CCW CCW
24-V power supply for output A1 0-V power supply for output A2
Class D ground (Class 3 ground: 100 or less)
+ + + Servomotor cable
Integrated Separate (power and encoder)
Chapter 6
6-6
Appendix
Connection Example 5: Connecting to SYSMAC CS1W-HCP22
Note 1. Incorrect signal wiring can cause damage to Units and the Servo Driver.
Note 2. Leave unused signal lines open and do not wire them.
Note 3. Use the 24-V DC power supply for command pulse signals as a dedicated power supply.
Note 4. The diode recommended for surge absorption is the ERB44-02 (Fuji Electric) or equivalent.
Note 5. Do not use the 24-V DC brake power supply for the 24-V DC control power.
CS1W-HCP22 R7D-AP@
R7M-A@
Contents No. CN1 TB
24-V input (for output) A19
Common
CCW (1.6 k)
CW (1.6 k)
A20
4 1 2
5 6
33 32 8
13
14 18 10 35 34
7
Shell
3 +CCW
L1C L2C L1 L2
B1 B2
U V W
1 2
CCW +CW CW
+ECRST ECRST ZCOM
INP
+24VIN
RUN RESET OGND
ALMCOM ALM
FG
Z
A18
A16
Pulse output
1
CN2
M
E X1
XB
24 V DC
24 V DC
Red White Blue Green/ Yellow
N oi
se fi
lte rR
T
Single-phase 200/230 V AC 50/60 Hz Single-phase 100/115 V AC 50/60 Hz
MC
MC
SUP
NFB ONOFF
X1 X1MC
Main-circuit power supply
Main-circuit contact
Servo error display
Surge killer
X1
24 V DC
DC reactor
PL
B 24 V DC
XB BKIR
R88A-CPU@S
Class D ground (Class 3 ground: 100 or less)
+ + + Servomotor cable
Integrated Separate (power and encoder)
Chapter 6
6-7
Appendix
Connection Example 6: Connecting to 3F88M-DRT141 Single-axis Positioner for DeviceNet
Note 1. Incorrect signal wiring can cause damage to Units and the Servo Driver.
Note 2. Leave unused signal lines open and do not wire them.
Note 3. The diode recommended for surge absorption is the ERB44-02 (Fuji Electric) or equivalent.
Note 4. Do not use the 24-V DC brake power supply for the 24-V DC control power.
Note 5. General-purpose I/O is one allocation example. The emergency stop and limit input contacts are NC and the driver in-position and origin proximity contacts are NO.
3F88M-DRT141 R7D-AP@
R7M-A@
Contents No. CN1 TB
+24-V power supply (power supply for Unit) A24
VDD ground (power supply for Unit)
CCW pulse (+) CCW pulse () CW pulse (+) CW pulse ()
Power supply for origin 24 V
Deviation counter reset (+) Deviation counter reset ()
Origin sensor input Driver in-position
+24-V power supply (for general input)
Origin proximity + Limit input Limit input Emergency stop
B24
4 1 2
5 6
33 32 8
13
14 18 10 35 34
7
Shell
3 +CCW
L1C L2C L1 L2
B1 B2
U V W
1 2
CCW +CW CW
+ECRST ECRST ZCOM
INP
+24VIN
RUN RESET OGND
ALMCOM ALM
FG
Z
B21 B22 A21 A22
A11 A20 B20
B11 B10
A1
A10 A9 B9 B2
CN2
M
E X1
XB
24 V DC
24 V DC
Red White Blue Green/ Yellow
N oi
se fi
lte rR
T
Single-phase 200/230 V AC 50/60 Hz Single-phase 100/115 V AC 50/60 Hz
MC
MC
SUP
NFB ONOFF
X1 X1MC
Main-circuit power supply
Main-circuit contact
Servo error display
Surge killer
X1
24 V DC
DC reactor
PL
B
24 V DC
XB BKIR
R88A-CPU@S
24 V DC
1.6 k
Class D ground (Class 3 ground: 100 or less)
+ + +
Servomotor cable Integrated Separate (power and encoder)
Chapter 6
6-8
Appendix
Connection Example 7: Connecting to SYSMAC C200H-NC112
Note 1. Incorrect signal wiring can cause damage to Units and the Servo Driver.
Note 2. Leave unused signal lines open and do not wire them.
Note 3. Use mode 2 for origin search.
Note 4. Use the 24-V DC power supply for command pulse signals as a dedicated power supply.
Note 5. The diode recommended for surge absorption is the ERB44-02 (Fuji Electric) or equivalent.
Note 6. Do not use the 24-V DC brake power supply for the 24-V DC control power.
C200H-NC112 R7D-AP@
R7M-A@
CN1 TB
4 1 2
5 6
33 32
8 13 14 18 10 35 34
7
Shell
3 +CCW
L1C L2C L1 L2
B1 B2
U V W
1 2
CCW +CW CW
+ECRST ECRST
ZCOM
INP +24VIN
RUN RESET OGND
ALMCOM ALM
FG
Z
CN2
M
E X1
XB
24 V DC
Red White Blue Green/ Yellow
N oi
se fi
lte rR
T
Single-phase 200/230 V AC 50/60 Hz Single-phase 100/115 V AC 50/60 Hz
MC
MC
SUP
NFB ONOFF
X1 X1MC
Main-circuit power supply
Main-circuit contact
Servo error display
Surge Killer
X1
DC reactor
PL
B 24 V DC
XB BKIR
R88A-CPU@SContents No. 24-V DC input (for output)
5-V DC input (for output) CCW (with a resistor)
CCW (without a resistor)
CW (with a resistor)
CW (without a resistor)
Pulse output
A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B A B
1
2
3
4
5
6
11
9
10
12
13
19
20Emergency stop input
External interrupt input
CW limit input
Origin proximity input
CCW limit input
Positioning completed input
Origin input
Deviation counter reset output
0 V
0 V
24 V DC
2.2 k
24 V DC
Class D ground (Class 3 ground: 100 or less)
+ + +
Servomotor cable Integrated Separate (power and encoder)
Chapter 6
6-9
Appendix
Connection Example 8: Connecting to SYSMAC C500-NC113/211 or C200H-NC211
Note 1. Incorrect signal wiring can cause damage to Units and the Servo Driver.
Note 2. Leave unused signal lines open and do not wire them.
Note 3. Use mode 2 for origin search.
Note 4. Use the 24-V DC power supply for command pulse signals as a dedicated power supply.
Note 5. The diode recommended for surge absorption is the ERB44-02 (Fuji Electric) or equivalent.
Note 6. Do not use the 24-V DC brake power supply for the 24-V DC control power.
C500-NC113/211 C200H-NC211 R7D-AP@
R7M-A@
CN1 TB
4 1 2
5 6
33 32 8
13
14 18 10 35 34
7
Shell
3 +CCW
L1C L2C L1 L2
B1 B2
U V W
1 2
CCW +CW CW
+ECRST ECRST ZCOM
INP
+24VIN
RUN RESET OGND
ALMCOM ALM
FG
Z
CN2
M
E X1
XB
24 V DC
24 V DC
Red White Blue Green/ Yellow
N oi
se fi
lte rR
T
Single-phase 200/230 V AC 50/60 Hz Single-phase 100/115 V AC 50/60 Hz
MC
MC
SUP
NFB ONOFF
X1 X1MC
Main-circuit power supply
Main-circuit contact
Servo error display
Surge killer
X1
24 V DC
DC reactor
PL
B 24 V DC
XB BKIR
R88A-CPU@SContents No. 24-V DC input (for output) 1
0-V input (for output)
CCW (with a resistor)
CCW (without a resistor)
CW (with a resistor)
CW (without a resistor)
X-axis dev. cntr. reset output
X-axis origin input (24 V) X-axis origin common X-axis positioning completed input
X-/Y-axis input common
X-axis external interrupt input
X-axis origin proximity input X-axis CCW limit input X-axis CW limit input X-/Y-axis emerg. stop input
FG
23
13 14 2 3
4 10 11 8
22
6 7
17 18 19
12
X-axis pulse output
2.2 k
Class D ground (Class 3 ground: 100 or less)
+ + + Servomotor cable
Integrated Separate (power and encoder)
Chapter 6
6-10
Appendix
Connection Example 9: Connecting to Oriental XG8200S
Note 1. Incorrect signal wiring can cause damage to Units and the Servo Driver.
Note 2. Leave unused signal lines open and do not wire them.
Note 3. The diode recommended for surge absorption is the ERB44-02 (Fuji Electric) or equivalent.
Note 4. Do not use the 24-V DC brake power supply for the 24-V DC control power.
XG8200S (Oriental) R7D-AP@
R7M-A@
Contents No. CN1 TB
+5OUT A-1
+5OUT B-1
CCW-PULSE
CW-PULSE
CCR COM ZSG END
COM
CWLS CCWLS HOMELS
4 1 2
5 6
33 32 8
13
14 18 10 35 34
7
Shell
3 +CCW
L1C L2C L1 L2
B1 B2
U V W
1 2
CCW +CW CW
+ECRST ECRST ZCOM
INP
+24VIN
RUN RESET OGND
ALMCOM ALM
FG
Z
B-2
A-2
A-3 B-6 A-4 B-5
B-8
A-7 B-7 A-6
Pulse output
CN2
M
E X1
XB
24 V DC
Red White Blue Green/ Yellow
N oi
se fi
lte rR
T
Single-phase 200/230 V AC 50/60 Hz Single-phase 100/115 V AC 50/60 Hz
MC
MC
SUP
NFB ONOFF
X1 X1MC
Main-circuit power supply
Main-circuit contact
Servo error display
Surge killer
X1
24 V DC
DC reactor
PL
B 24 V DC
XB BKIR
R88A-CPU@S
Class D ground (Class 3 ground: 100 or less)
+ + + Servomotor cable
Integrated Separate (power and encoder)
Chapter 6
6-11
Appendix
Connection Example 10: Connecting to Oriental SG8030J
Note 1. Incorrect signal wiring can cause damage to Units and the Servo Driver.
Note 2. Leave unused signal lines open and do not wire them.
Note 3. The diode recommended for surge absorption is the ERB44-02 (Fuji Electric) or equivalent.
Note 4. Do not use the 24-V DC brake power supply for the 24-V DC control power.
SG8030J (Oriental) R7D-AP@
R7M-A@
Contents No. CN1 TB
+24V 3
GND
CCW pulse/rotation direction
CW pulse/pulse
Operation mode switching HOMELS Start M0 [CW scan] M1 [CCW scan] Emergency stop
2
4 1 2
5 6
33 32 8
13
14 18
10
35 34
7
Shell
3 +CCW
L1C L2C L1 L2
B1 B2
U V W
1 2
CCW +CW CW
+ECRST ECRST ZCOM
INP
+24VIN
RUN RESET
OGND
ALMCOM ALM
FG
Z
8
7
1 5 6
10 11 9
CN2
M
E X1
XB
24 V DC
Red White Blue Green/ Yellow
N oi
se fi
lte rR
T
Single-phase 200/230 V AC 50/60 Hz Single-phase 100/115 V AC 50/60 Hz
MC
MC
SUP
NFB ONOFF
X1 X1MC
Main-circuit power supply
Main-circuit contact
Servo error display
Surge killer
X1
24 V DC
DC reactor
PL
B 24 V DC
XB BKIR
R88A-CPU@S
Class D ground (Class 3 ground: 100 or less)
+ + + Servomotor cable
Integrated Separate (power and encoder)
Chapter 6
6-12
Appendix
Connection Example 11: Connecting to Keyence HC-50
Note 1. Incorrect signal wiring can cause damage to Units and the Servo Driver.
Note 2. Leave unused signal lines open and do not wire them.
Note 3. The diode recommended for surge absorption is the ERB44-02 (Fuji Electric) or equivalent.
Note 4. Do not use the 24-V DC brake power supply for the 24-V DC control power.
HC-50 (Keyence) R7D-AP@
R7M-A@
Contents No. CN1 TB
CCW+ CCW CW+ CW
CLR 0 V ZER
ZERV
TIM STP +ELS ELS
4 1 2
5 6
33 32 8
13
14 18 10 35 34
7
Shell
3 +CCW
L1C L2C L1 L2
B1 B2
U V W
CCW +CW CW
+ECRST ECRST ZCOM
INP
+24VIN
RUN RESET OGND
ALMCOM ALM
FG
Z
25 COM1 26
24 21
COIN 19 22
ZER+ 23
OLS 29 30 31 27 28
Pulse output
CN2
M
E X1
XB
24 V DC
Red White Blue Green/ Yellow
N oi
se fi
lte rR
T
Single-phase 200/230 V AC 50/60 Hz Single-phase 100/115 V AC 50/60 Hz
MC
MC
SUP
NFB ONOFF
X1 X1MC
Main-circuit power supply
Main-circuit contact
Servo error display
Surge killer
X1
24 V DC
DC reactor
PL
B 24 V DC
XB BKIR
R88A-CPU@S
24 V DC
1.6 k
Class D ground (Class 3 ground: 100 or less)
+ + +
1 2
Servomotor cable Integrated Separate (power and encoder)
Chapter 6
6-13
Appendix
Connection Example 12: Connecting to Melec C-870V1
Note 1. Incorrect signal wiring can cause damage to Units and the Servo Driver.
Note 2. Leave unused signal lines open and do not wire them.
Note 3. The diode recommended for surge absorption is the ERB44-02 (Fuji Electric) or equivalent.
Note 4. Do not use the 24-V DC brake power supply for the 24-V DC control power.
Note 5. Do not use XDRST as a general-purpose output.
R7D-AP@
R7M-A@
Contents No. CN1 TB
XCCWP XCCWP XCWP XCWP
XDRST XZORG XZORG XDEND
EXTV
EXTVGND XNORG XCWLM XCCWLM FSSTOP
4 1 2
5 6
33 32 8
13
14 18 10 35 34
7
Shell
3 +CCW
L1C L2C L1 L2
B1 B2
U V W
1 2
CCW +CW CW
+ECRST ECRST ZCOM
INP
+24VIN
RUN RESET OGND
ALMCOM ALM
FG
Z
19 20 17 18
22 XDRSTCOM 21
29 30 23
14/15
64/65
1 3
2 48
X-axis pulse output
CN2
M
E X1
XB
24 V DC
Red White Blue Green/ Yellow
N oi
se fi
lte rR
T
Single-phase 200/230 V AC 50/60 Hz Single-phase 100/115 V AC 50/60 Hz
MC
MC
SUP
NFB ONOFF
X1 X1MC
Main-circuit power supply
Main-circuit contact
Servo error display
Surge killer
X1
24 V DC
DC reactor
PL
B 24 V DC
XB BKIR
R88A-CPU@S
2.2 k
Class D ground (Class 3 ground: 100 or less)
+ + + Servomotor cable
Integrated Separate (power and encoder)
C-870V1 (Melec)
Chapter 6
6-14
Appendix
Connection Example 13: Connecting to SYSMAC CQM1H-PLB21
Note 1. Incorrect signal wiring can cause damage to Units and the Servo Driver.
Note 2. Leave unused signal lines open and do not wire them.
Note 3. Use the 24-V DC power supply for command pulse signals as a dedicated power supply.
Note 4. The diode recommended for surge absorption is the ERB44-02 (Fuji Electric) or equivalent.
Note 5. Do not use the 24-V DC brake power supply for the 24-V DC control power.
CQMIH-PLB21 R7D-AP@
R7M-A@
Contents No. CN1 TB
24-V input (for output) 15
0-V input (for output)
CCW (with a resistor) CCW (without a resistor) CW (with a resistor) CW (without a resistor)
12
4 1 2
5 6
33 32 8
13
14 18 10 35 34
7
Shell
3 +CCW
L1C L2C L1 L2
B1 B2
U V W
1 2
CCW +CW CW
+ECRST ECRST ZCOM
INP
+24VIN
RUN RESET OGND
ALMCOM ALM
FG
Z
13 5
14 6
CN2
M
E X1
XB
24 V DC
24 V DC
Red White Blue Green/ Yellow
N oi
se fi
lte rR
T
Single-phase 200/230 V AC 50/60 Hz Single-phase 100/115 V AC 50/60 Hz
MC
MC
SUP
NFB ONOFF
X1 X1MC
Main-circuit power supply
Main-circuit contact
Servo error display
Surge killer
X1
24 V DC
DC reactor
PL
B 24 V DC
XB BKIR
R88A-CPU@S
Class D ground (Class 3 ground: 100 or less)
+ + +
Servomotor cable Integrated Separate (power and encoder)
Chapter 6
6-15
Appendix
Connection Example 14: Connecting to SYSMAC CPM2C This diagram shows an example using a 10-point CPU Unit with transistor outputs (sinking).
Note 1. Incorrect signal wiring can cause damage to Units and the Servo Driver.
Note 2. Leave unused signal lines open and do not wire them.
Note 3. Use the 24-V DC power supply for command pulse signals as a dedicated power supply.
Note 4. The diode recommended for surge absorption is the ERB44-02 (Fuji Electric) or equivalent.
Note 5. Do not use the 24-V DC brake power supply for the 24-V DC control power.
CPM2C R7D-AP@
R7M-A@
Contents No. CN1 TB
24 V A10
COM ()
OUT01 CCW pulse output
OUT00 CW pulse output
A9
4 1 2
5 6
33 32 8
13
14 18 10 35 34
7
Shell
3 +CCW
L1C L2C L1 L2
B1 B2
U V W
1 2
CCW +CW CW
+ECRST ECRST ZCOM
INP
+24VIN
RUN RESET OGND
ALMCOM ALM
FG
Z
A2
A1
CN2
M
E X1
XB
24 V DC
24 V DC
Red White Blue Green/ Yellow
N oi
se fi
lte rR
T
Single-phase 200/230 V AC 50/60 Hz Single-phase 100/115 V AC 50/60 Hz
MC
MC
SUP
NFB ONOFF
X1 X1MC
Main-circuit power supply
Main-circuit contact
Servo error display
Surge killer
X1
24 V DC
DC reactor
PL
B 24 V DC
XB BKIR
R88A-CPU@S
1.6 k
1.6 k
Class D ground (Class 3 ground: 100 or less)
+ + + Servomotor cable
Integrated Separate (power and encoder)
R-1
Revision History
A manual revision code appears as a suffix to the catalog number on the front cover of the manual.
The following table outlines the changes made to the manual during each revision. Page numbers refer to the previous version.
Revision code Date Revised content 01 November 2001 Original production
02 July 2005 Following changes made to front matter. General precautionary notes added to the first page. Items to Check Before Unpacking: Moved to the first page. Notice: Information on general precautions notation added. Read and Understand this Manual: Information on liability and warranty added. Page 3-40: Wattage values corrected in note (changed 70 W to 30 W, 200 W to 75 W, and 300 W to 100 W).
03 October 2007 Pages 1-7 and 1-8: Diagrams changed. Page 2-4: Following models added: XW2B-20J6-8A, XW2B-40J6-9A, XW2B- 80J7-1A, XW2Z-100J-B10, XW2Z-200J-B10, XW2Z-100J-B12, XW2Z-200J-B12, XW2Z-100J-A26, XW2Z-050J-A28, XW2Z-100J-A28, XW2Z-050J-A29, XW2Z- 100J-A29, XW2Z-050J-A30, XW2Z-100J-A30, XW2Z-050J-A32, XW2Z-100J- A32, and Separate Servomotor Cables. Pages 2-12 to 2-15: Diagrams corrected (including adding set bolt diagrams), dimensions corrected, and set bolt (AT) dimensions added. Pages 2-31 and 2-34: Applicable load inertia row deleted. Pages 2-38 to 2-41: Reduction gear inertias corrected. Page 2-45: First paragraph replaced and expanded. Following heading changed. Page 2-47: Section added. Page 2-56, 2-58, and 2-81: Sections added. Page 3-6: CJ1M-CPU21/22/23 and FQM1-MMP21/22 added and motor cable part of diagram changed. Pages 3-9 and 3-10: Models added to ends of table. Page 3-11: Servomotor Cable section rewritten. Pages 3-12 and 3-13: Parts of diagrams including L1, L2, L3, L1C, and L2C cor- rected. Page 3-17: Callout added to bottom diagram. Page 3-19: Bulleted paragraph added. Page 3-20: Bottom table replaced. Page 3-30: Sentence starting for 200-VAC systems deleted. Page 4-24: Bulleted paragraph added at bottom of page. Page 4-27: Sentence starting first stop the Servomotor deleted.
Cat. No. I533-E1-04
SMARTSTEP A SERIES
R7M-A@ (Servomotors)
R7D-AP@ (Servo Drivers)
Servomotors/Servo Drivers
USER’S MANUAL
Thank you for choosing this SMARTSTEP A-series product. Proper use and handling of the product will ensure proper product performance, will lengthen product life, and may prevent possible accidents.
Please read this manual thoroughly and handle and operate the product with care. Please keep this manual handy for reference after reading it.
1.To ensure safe and proper use of the OMRON Inverters, please read this USER’S MANUAL (Cat. No. I533-E1) to gain sufficient knowledge of the devices, safety information, and precautions before actual use.
2.The products are illustrated without covers and shieldings for closer look in this USER’S MANUAL. For actual use of the products, make sure to use the covers and shieldings as specified.
3.This USER’S MANUAL and other related user’s manuals are to be delivered to the actual end users of the products.
4.Please keep this manual close at hand for future reference.
5.If the product has been left unused for a long time, please inquire at our sales representative.
NOTICE
1.This manual describes information about installation, wiring, switch setting, and troubleshooting of the SMARTSTEP A-series Servomotors and Servo Drivers. For information about actual operating procedures using a Parameter Unit, refer to the SMARTSTEP A Series Operation Manual (I534).
2.Be sure that this manual accompanies the product to its final user.
3.Although care has been given in documenting the product, please contact your OMRON representative if you have any suggestions on improving this manual.
4.Assume that anything not specifically described in this manual is not possible.
5.Do not allow the Servomotor or Servo Driver to be wired, set, or operated (from a Parameter Unit) by anyone that is not a profession electrical engineer or the equivalent.
6.We recommend that you add the following precautions to any instruction manuals you prepare for the system into which the product is being installed.
•Precautions on the dangers of high-voltage equipment.
•Precautions on touching the terminals of the product even after power has been turned OFF. (These terminals are live even with the power turned OFF.)
7.Specifications and functions may be changed without notice in order to improve product performance.
8.Positive and negative rotation of AC Servomotors described in this manual are defined as looking at the end of the output shaft of the motor as follows: Counterclockwise rotation is positive and clockwise rotation is negative.
9.Do not perform withstand-voltage or other megameter tests on the product. Doing so may damage internal components.
10.Servomotors and Servo Drivers have a finite service life. Be sure to keep replacement products on hand and to consider the operating environment and other conditions affecting the service life.
11.Do not set values for any parameters not described in this manual. Operating errors may result. Consult your OMRON representative if you have questions.
12.Before using the product under conditions which are not described in the manual or applying the product to nuclear control systems, railroad systems, aviation systems, vehicles, combustion systems, medical equipment, amusement machines, safety equipment, and other systems, machines, and equipment that may have a serious influence on lives and property if used improperly, consult your OMRON representative.
Items to Check Before Unpacking
1.Check the following items before removing the product from the package:
•Has the correct product been delivered (i.e., the correct model number and specifications)?
•Has the product been damaged in shipping?
2.Check that the following accessories have been delivered.
•Safety Precautions
No connectors or mounting screws are provided. Obtain these separately.
USER’S MANUAL
SMARTSTEP ASERIES
MODELS R7M-A@ (Servomotors)
R7D-AP@ (Servo Drivers)
Servomotors/Servo Drivers
Notice:
OMRON products are manufactured for use according to proper procedures by a qualified operator and only for the purposes described in this manual.
The following conventions are used to indicate and classify precautions in this manual. Always heed the information provided with them. Failure to heed precautions can result in injury to people or damage to property.
!DANGER Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. Additionally, there may be severe property damage.
!WARNING Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury. Additionally, there may be severe property damage.
!Caution Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury, or property damage.
OMRON Product References
All OMRON products are capitalized in this manual. The word “Unit” is also capitalized when it refers to an OMRON product, regardless of whether or not it appears in the proper name of the product.
The abbreviation “Ch,” which appears in some displays and on some OMRON products, often means “word” and is abbreviated “Wd” in documentation in this sense.
The abbreviation “PC” means Programmable Controller and is not used as an abbreviation for anything else.
Visual Aids
The following headings appear in the left column of the manual to help you locate different types of information.
Note Indicates information of particular interest for efficient and convenient operation of the product.
OMRON, 2001
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means, mechanical, electronic, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of OMRON.
No patent liability is assumed with respect to the use of the information contained herein. Moreover, because OMRON is constantly striving to improve its high-quality products, the information contained in this manual is subject to change without notice. Every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this manual. Nevertheless, OMRON assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions. Neither is any liability assumed for damages resulting from the use of the information contained in this publication.
General Warnings
Observe the following warnings when using the SMARTSTEP Servomotor and Servo Driver and all connected or peripheral devices.
This manual may include illustrations of the product with protective covers removed in order to describe the components of the product in detail. Make sure that these protective covers are on the product before use.
Consult your OMRON representative when using the product after a long period of storage.
!WARNING Always connect the frame ground terminals of the Servo Driver and the Servomotor to a class-3 ground (to 100 Ω or less). Not connecting to a class-3 ground may result in electric shock.
!WARNING Do not touch the inside of the Servo Driver. Doing so may result in electric shock.
!WARNING Do not remove the front cover, terminal covers, cables, or optional items while the power is being supplied. Doing so may result in electric shock.
!WARNING Installation, operation, maintenance, or inspection must be performed by authorized personnel. Not doing so may result in electric shock or injury.
!WARNING Wiring or inspection must not be performed for at least five minutes after turning OFF the power supply. Doing so may result in electric shock.
!WARNING Do not damage, press, or put excessive stress or heavy objects on the cables. Doing so may result in electric shock.
!WARNING Do not touch the rotating parts of the Servomotor in operation. Doing so may result in injury.
!WARNING Do not modify the product. Doing so may result in injury or damage to the product.
!WARNING Provide a stopping mechanism on the machine to ensure safety. The holding brake is not designed as a stopping mechanism for safety purposes.
!WARNING Provide an external emergency stopping mechanism that can stop operation and shutting off the power supply immediately. Not doing so may result in injury.
!WARNING Do not come close to the machine immediately after resetting momentary power interruption to avoid an unexpected restart. (Take appropriate measures to secure safety against an unexpected restart.) Doing so may result in injury.
!Caution Use the Servomotors and Servo Drivers in a specified combination. Using them incorrectly may result in fire or damage to the products.
!Caution Do not store or install the product in the following places. Doing so may result in fire, electric shock, or damage to the product.
•Locations subject to direct sunlight.
•Locations subject to temperatures or humidity outside the range specified in the specifications.
•Locations subject to condensation as the result of severe changes in temperature.
•Locations subject to corrosive or flammable gases.
•Locations subject to dust (especially iron dust) or salts.
•Locations subject to shock or vibration.
•Locations subject to exposure to water, oil, or chemicals.
!Caution Do not touch the Servo Driver radiator, Servo Driver regeneration resistor, or Servomotor while the power is being supplied or soon after the power is turned OFF. Doing so may result in a skin burn due to the hot surface.
Storage and Transportation Precautions
!Caution Do not hold the product by the cables or motor shaft while transporting it. Doing so may result in injury or malfunction.
!Caution Do not place any load exceeding the figure indicated on the product. Doing so may result in injury or malfunction.
Installation and Wiring Precautions
!Caution Do not step on or place a heavy object on the product. Doing so may result in injury.
!Caution Do not cover the inlet or outlet ports and prevent any foreign objects from entering the product. Doing so may result in fire.
!Caution Be sure to install the product in the correct direction. Not doing so may result in malfunction.
!Caution Provide the specified clearances between the Servo Driver and the control panel or with other devices. Not doing so may result in fire or malfunction.
!Caution Do not apply any strong impact. Doing so may result in malfunction.
!Caution Be sure to wire correctly and securely. Not doing so may result in motor runaway, injury, or malfunction.
!Caution Be sure that all the mounting screws, terminal screws, and cable connector screws are tightened to the torque specified in the relevant manuals. Incorrect tightening torque may result in malfunction.
!Caution Use crimp terminals for wiring. Do not connect bare stranded wires directly to terminals. Connection of bare stranded wires may result in burning.
!Caution Always use the power supply voltage specified in the User’s Manual. An incorrect voltage may result in malfunction or burning.
!Caution Take appropriate measures to ensure that the specified power with the rated voltage and frequency is supplied. Be particularly careful in places where the power supply is unstable. An incorrect power supply may result in malfunction.
!Caution Install external breakers and take other safety measures against short-circuiting in external wiring. Insufficient safety measures against short-circuiting may result in burning.
!Caution Take appropriate and sufficient countermeasures when installing systems in the following locations. Failure to do so may result in damage to the product.
•Locations subject to static electricity or other forms of noise.
•Locations subject to strong electromagnetic fields and magnetic fields.
•Locations subject to possible exposure to radioactivity.
•Locations close to power supplies.
Operation and Adjustment Precautions
!Caution Confirm that no adverse effects will occur in the system before performing the test operation. Not doing so may result in equipment damage.
!Caution Check the newly set parameters and switches for proper execution before actually running them. Not doing so may result in equipment damage.
!Caution Do not make any extreme adjustments or setting changes. Doing so may result in unstable operation and injury.
!Caution Separate the Servomotor from the machine, check for proper operation, and then connect to the machine. Not doing so may cause injury.
!Caution When an alarm occurs, remove the cause, reset the alarm after confirming safety, and then resume operation. Not doing so may result in injury.
!Caution Do not use the built-in brake of the Servomotor for ordinary braking. Doing so may result in malfunction.
Maintenance and Inspection Precautions
!WARNING Do not attempt to disassemble, repair, or modify any Units. Any attempt to do so may result in malfunction, fire, or electric shock.
!Caution Resume operation only after transferring to the new Unit the contents of the data required for operation. Not doing so may result in an unexpected operation.
Warning Labels
Warning labels are pasted on the product as shown in the following illustration. Be sure to follow the instructions given there.
Warning label
Example from R7D-AP01L
Example from R7D-AP01L
Read and Understand this Manual
Please read and understand this manual before using the product. Please consult your OMRON representative if you have any questions or comments.
Warranty and Limitations of Liability
WARRANTY
OMRON’s exclusive warranty is that the products are free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one year (or other period if specified) from date of sale by OMRON.
OMRON MAKES NO WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, REGARDING NONINFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, OR FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE OF THE PRODUCTS. ANY BUYER OR USER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE BUYER OR USER ALONE HAS DETERMINED THAT THE PRODUCTS WILL SUITABLY MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THEIR INTENDED USE. OMRON DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED.
LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY
OMRON SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, LOSS OF PROFITS OR COMMERCIAL LOSS IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THE PRODUCTS, WHETHER SUCH CLAIM IS BASED ON CONTRACT, WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE, OR STRICT LIABILITY.
In no event shall the responsibility of OMRON for any act exceed the individual price of the product on which liability is asserted.
IN NO EVENT SHALL OMRON BE RESPONSIBLE FOR WARRANTY, REPAIR, OR OTHER CLAIMS REGARDING THE PRODUCTS UNLESS OMRON’S ANALYSIS CONFIRMS THAT THE PRODUCTS WERE PROPERLY HANDLED, STORED, INSTALLED, AND MAINTAINED AND NOT SUBJECT TO CONTAMINATION, ABUSE, MISUSE, OR INAPPROPRIATE MODIFICATION OR REPAIR.
Application Considerations
SUITABILITY FOR USE
OMRON shall not be responsible for conformity with any standards, codes, or regulations that apply to the combination of products in the customer’s application or use of the products.
At the customer’s request, OMRON will provide applicable third party certification documents identifying ratings and limitations of use that apply to the products. This information by itself is not sufficient for a complete determination of the suitability of the products in combination with the end product, machine, system, or other application or use.
The following are some examples of applications for which particular attention must be given. This is not intended to be an exhaustive list of all possible uses of the products, nor is it intended to imply that the uses listed may be suitable for the products:
•Outdoor use, uses involving potential chemical contamination or electrical interference, or conditions or uses not described in this manual.
•Nuclear energy control systems, combustion systems, railroad systems, aviation systems, medical equipment, amusement machines, vehicles, safety equipment, and installations subject to separate industry or government regulations.
•Systems, machines, and equipment that could present a risk to life or property.
Please know and observe all prohibitions of use applicable to the products.
NEVER USE THE PRODUCTS FOR AN APPLICATION INVOLVING SERIOUS RISK TO LIFE OR PROPERTY WITHOUT ENSURING THAT THE SYSTEM AS A WHOLE HAS BEEN DESIGNED TO ADDRESS THE RISKS, AND THAT THE OMRON PRODUCTS ARE PROPERLY RATED AND INSTALLED FOR THE INTENDED USE WITHIN THE OVERALL EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM.
PROGRAMMABLE PRODUCTS
OMRON shall not be responsible for the user’s programming of a programmable product, or any consequence thereof.
Disclaimers
CHANGE IN SPECIFICATIONS
Product specifications and accessories may be changed at any time based on improvements and other reasons.
It is our practice to change model numbers when published ratings or features are changed, or when significant construction changes are made. However, some specifications of the products may be changed without any notice. When in doubt, special model numbers may be assigned to fix or establish key specifications for your application on your request. Please consult with your OMRON representative at any time to confirm actual specifications of purchased products.
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
Dimensions and weights are nominal and are not to be used for manufacturing purposes, even when tolerances are shown.
PERFORMANCE DATA
Performance data given in this manual is provided as a guide for the user in determining suitability and does not constitute a warranty. It may represent the result of OMRON’s test conditions, and the users must correlate it to actual application requirements. Actual performance is subject to the OMRON Warranty and Limitations of Liability.
ERRORS AND OMISSIONS
The information in this manual has been carefully checked and is believed to be accurate; however, no responsibility is assumed for clerical, typographical, or proofreading errors, or omissions.
Table of Contents |
|||||
Chapter 1. Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
1-1 |
||||
1-1 |
Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
1-2 |
|||
1-2 |
System Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
1-4 |
|||
1-3 |
Servo Driver Nomenclature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
1-5 |
|||
1-4 |
Applicable Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
1-6 |
|||
1-5 |
System Block Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
1-7 |
|||
Chapter 2. Standard Models and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-1 |
||||
2-1 |
Standard Models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-2 |
|||
2-2 |
External and Mounted Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-6 |
|||
2-3 |
Servo Driver Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-17 |
|||
2-4 |
Servomotor Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-31 |
|||
2-5 |
Reduction Gear Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-39 |
|||
2-6 |
Cable and Connector Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-43 |
|||
2-7 |
Servo Relay Units and Cable Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-58 |
|||
2-8 |
Parameter Unit Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-111 |
|||
2-9 |
External Regeneration Resistor Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-113 |
|||
2-10 |
DC Reactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
2-114 |
|||
Chapter 3. System Design and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
3-1 |
||||
3-1 |
Installation Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
3-3 |
|||
3-2 |
Wiring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
3-8 |
|||
3-3 |
Regenerative Energy Absorption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
3-37 |
|||
Chapter 4. Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
4-1 |
||||
4-1 |
Operational Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
4-3 |
|||
4-2 |
Switch Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
4-4 |
|||
4-3 |
Preparing for Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
4-7 |
|||
4-4 |
Trial Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
4-9 |
|||
4-5 |
Gain Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
4-11 |
|||
4-6 |
User Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
4-15 |
|||
4-7 |
Operating Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
4-26 |
|||
Chapter 5. Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
5-1 |
||||
5-1 |
Measures when Trouble Occurs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
5-2 |
|||
5-2 |
Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
5-5 |
|||
5-3 |
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
5-7 |
|||
5-4 |
Overload Characteristics (Electron Thermal Characteristics) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
5-15 |
|||
5-5 |
Periodic Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
5-16 |
|||
Chapter 6. Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
6-1 |
||||
6-1 |
Connection Examples. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
6-2 |
|||
Revision History. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . |
R-1 |
||||
Chapter 1
Introduction
1-1 Features
1-2 System Configuration
1-3 Servo Driver Nomenclature
1-4 Applicable Standards
1-5 System Block Diagrams
1-1 Features
The SMARTSTEP A-series Servomotors and Servo Drivers have been developed as pulse string input-type Position Controllers to replace stepping motors in simple positioning systems. The SMARTSTEP A-series Servomotors and Servo Drivers combine the stepping motor’s ease of use with faster positioning resulting from high speed and high torque, higher reliability with no loss of positioning accuracy even during sudden load changes, and other advanced features.
■ Faster Response and Rotation Speed
SMARTSTEP A-series Servomotors and Servo Drivers incorporate the same high-speed and hightorque features, unachievable with stepping motors, as the OMNUC W Series. The SMARTSTEP A- series Servomotors provide faster rotation speeds of up to 4,500 r/min, with constant operation possible at this speed. Faster output torque of up to 1 s can output up to approximately 300% of the rated torque, providing even faster middleand long-stroke positioning.
■ Constant Accuracy
The A-series product line’s higher encoder resolution of 2,000 pulses/rotation provides feedback control enabling continuous operation without loss of positioning accuracy, even with sudden load changes or sudden acceleration or deceleration.
■ Minimal Setting with Servo Driver Front Panel Switches
The SMARTSTEP A Series can be operated immediately without time-consuming parameter setting. The A-series Servo Drivers’ front panel switches enable easier alteration of function or positioning resolution settings.
● Resolution Settings
SMARTSTEP A-series Servomotor resolution can be selected from the following four levels: 500 pulses/rotation (0.72°/step); 1,000 pulses/rotation (0.36°/step) (default setting); 5,000 pulses/ rotation (0.072°/step); or 10,000 pulses/rotation (0.036°/step)
● Command Pulse Input Setting
SMARTSTEP A-series command pulse input setting can be switched between CW/CCW (2-pulse) and SIGN/PULS (single-pulse) methods to easily adapt to Position Controller output specifications.
● Dynamic Brake Setting
SMARTSTEP A-series Servomotors can be forcibly decelerated to a stop at RUN OFF or when an alarm occurs.
● Gain Setting
A special rotary switch on SMARSTEP A-series Servo Drivers enables easy gain setting. Online autotuning can also be activated with the flick of a switch, and responsiveness can be easily matched to the machinery to be used.
1-2
Note Using a Parameter Unit or personal computer enables operation with parameter settings.
■ Cylinder-style and Flat-style Servomotors
The SMARTSTEP A Series offers Flanged Cylinder-style Servomotors, with a smaller mounting area, and Flat-style Servomotors, with a shorter overall length. The Flat Servomotor depth dimensions are approximately the same as those of stepping motors of the same output capacity. Servomotors can be selected by size, thereby making equipment more compact.
■ A Wider Selection of Programming Devices
Special SMARTSTEP A-series Parameter Units and personal computer monitoring software are available. The special monitoring software enables performing parameter setting, speed and current monitoring, speed and current waveform displays, I/O monitoring, autotuning, jogging, and other operations from a computer. It is also possible to perform multiple-axis communications that set the parameters and monitor operations for multiple Servo Drivers. For details, refer to the Servo Driver Personal Computer Monitor Software (CD-ROM) for Windows 95/98, Version 2.0 (WMON Win Ver.2.0) (Catalog No.: SBCE-011).
1-3
1-2 System Configuration
SYSMAC + Position Control Unit with pulse string output |
||||
B.B INP |
TGON |
REF POWER |
||
VCMP |
||||
NC413 |
||||
MACHINE |
||||
No. |
||||
CN1 CN2 |
||||
R7A–PR02A PARAMETER UNIT |
||||
RESET |
SCROLL |
MODE/SET |
||
Pulse String |
||||
SYSMAC CJ/CS/C/CV |
Position Control Units |
JOG |
DATA |
|
RUN |
||||
Programmable Controller |
CJ1W-NC113/213/413 |
|||
CJ1W-NC133/233/433 |
READ |
WRITE |
||
CS1W-NC113/213/413 |
DRIVER |
PR PR |
DRIVER |
|
CS1W-NC133/233/433 |
R7A-PR02A Parameter Unit |
|||
C200HW-NC113/213/413 |
(Hand-held) |
|||
C500-NC113/211 |
||||
SYSMAC Programmable Controllers with pulse outputs |
SYSMAC CPM2A |
SYSMAC CPM2C |
PA203
POWER
/
SYSMAC CQM1H
Single-shaft Positioner with pulse string output
MS |
OP |
EN |
|||
NS |
No. |
OPEN |
|||
13F88M- |
LINE |
||||
M0 |
DRT141 |
LINE |
|||
AXIS |
CW |
||||
M1 |
POSITIONER |
CCW |
M2 |
ALARM |
||||||||||
2 |
34 |
NA |
M2 |
LS |
IT |
||||||
9 |
M1 |
FT LIM |
|||||||||
78 |
×10 |
M0 |
SO SRH NG |
||||||||
ORG |
R ALM |
||||||||||
2 |
34 |
CODE |
|||||||||
9 |
EN |
STOP M |
|||||||||
87 |
×1 |
DRIVE |
R AL |
||||||||
R |
|||||||||||
1 |
DR0 |
OTHE |
|||||||||
2 ON |
|||||||||||
3 ↓ |
DR1 |
N |
|||||||||
L/R |
ED : |
) |
MUNICATIO |
||||||||
(R |
COM |
||||||||||
H |
SPEEDbps |
||||||||||
DIP SW |
ITC |
125k |
|||||||||
DR1 |
250kbps |
||||||||||
DR0 |
O |
FF |
|||||||||
F |
500kbps |
||||||||||
OFF |
OF |
− |
|||||||||
ON |
LOCAL/REMOTE |
||||||||||
ON |
ON |
||||||||||
OFF |
H |
MODE |
|||||||||
ON |
ITC |
REMOTEL |
MODE |
||||||||
P SW |
|||||||||||
DI |
L/R |
LOCA |
|||||||||
OFF |
|||||||||||
ON |
I/O
3F88M-DRT141 Single-shaft Positioner for DeviceNet
SMARTSTEP A-series
R7D-AP@ Servo Driver
SMARTSTEP A-series
R7M-A@ Servomotor
1-4
1-3 Servo Driver Nomenclature
Main-circuit power supply |
indicator |
Main-circuit power |
supply input terminals |
DC reactor connection terminals |
Control-circuit power supply |
input terminals |
External regeneration |
resistance terminals |
Servomotor power terminals |
FG terminals for power supply and servomotor power
Rotary switch for unit No. selection
Rotary switch for gain adjustment
Function selection switches:
• Switch/parameter setting enable switch
• Resolution setting
• Command pulse input setting
•Dynamic braking setting
•Online autotuning switch
Alarm display
Control-circuit power supply indicator
Communications connector (CN3)
Monitor output connector (CN4)
Control I/O connector (CN1)
Encoder input connector (CN2)
1-5
Introduction |
Chapter 1 |
||
1-4 Applicable Standards |
|||
■ EC Directives |
|||
EC Directives |
Product |
Applicable standards |
Remarks |
Low Voltage |
AC Servo Drivers |
EN50178 |
Safety requirements for electrical |
Directive |
devices for measurement, control, |
||
and research facilities |
|||
AC Servomotors |
IEC60034-1, -5, -8, -9 |
Rotating electrical equipment |
|
EN60034-1, -9 |
|||
EMC Directives |
AC Servo Drivers and |
EN55011 class A group 1 |
Wireless interference and measure- |
AC Servomotors |
ment methods for radio-frequency |
||
devices for industry, science, and |
|||
medical application |
|||
EN61000-6-2 |
Electromagnetic compatibility and |
||
immunity standards for industrial |
|||
environments |
|||
Note Installation under the conditions stipulated in 3-2-5 EMC-compatible Wiring must be met to ensure conformance to EMC Directives.
■ UL and cUL Standards
Standards |
Product |
Applicable standards |
File No. |
Remarks |
||
UL |
AC Servo Drivers |
UL508C |
E179149 |
Power conversion devices |
||
AC Servomotors |
UL1004 |
E179189 |
Electric motors |
|||
cUL |
AC Servo Drivers |
cUL C22.2 |
No. 14 |
E179149 |
Industrial control devices |
|
AC Servomotors |
cUL C22.2 |
No. 100 |
E179189 |
Motors and generators |
||
1-6
1-5 System Block Diagrams
■ 100 V AC: R7D-APA3L/-APA5L/-AP01L/-AP02L/-AP04L
AC Servo Driver |
||||||||||||
1 |
B1 |
B2 |
||||||||||
2 |
AC Servomotor |
|||||||||||
Fuse |
P1 |
P2 |
U |
U |
||||||||
R |
CHARGE |
|||||||||||
V |
||||||||||||
L1 |
V |
|||||||||||
W |
M |
|||||||||||
T |
W |
|||||||||||
L2 |
+ |
(See note.) |
||||||||||
− |
N2 |
|||||||||||
N1 |
||||||||||||
Relay |
Voltage |
Gate drive |
||||||||||
overcurrent protection |
CN2 |
|||||||||||
drive |
detection |
Gate drive |
||||||||||
Interface |
E |
|||||||||||
Voltage |
||||||||||||
detection |
||||||||||||
L1C |
Current |
|||||||||||
+ |
+ |
±5 V |
PWM |
ASIC |
detection |
|||||||
− |
− |
DC/DC |
+16.5 V |
generation |
||||||||
L2C |
conversion |
+5 V |
Digital |
Encoder signal |
CN1 |
|||||||
±15 V |
current amp |
processing |
||||||||||
Command |
||||||||||||||||||||||
+5 V |
pulse |
Command |
||||||||||||||||||||
processing |
pulse input |
|||||||||||||||||||||
POWER |
Analog |
Current |
Position |
|||||||||||||||||||
command |
||||||||||||||||||||||
voltage |
processing |
control |
||||||||||||||||||||
0 V |
conversion |
Speed |
||||||||||||||||||||
Serial port |
control |
I/O |
Control I/O |
|||||||||||||||||||
Alarm code display |
CPU |
|||||||||||||||||||||
RS-422 |
||||||||||||||||||||||
CN4 |
CN3 |
Note |
Only on R7D-AP04H/AP04L. |
|||||||||||||||||||
Analog monitor output |
Parameter Unit/computer |
1-7
■ 200 V AC: R7D-APA3H/-APA5H/-AP01H/-AP02H/-AP04H
AC Servo Driver |
||||||
1 |
B1 |
B2 |
||||
2 |
P1 |
AC Servomotor |
||||
Fuse |
P2 |
U |
U |
|||
CHARGE |
||||||
R |
V |
|||||
+ |
V |
|||||
L1 |
W |
M |
||||
T |
− |
W |
||||
L2 |
(See note.) |
N2
N1
Relay |
Voltage |
Gate drive |
|
Gate drive |
overcurrent protection |
||
drive |
detection |
CN2 |
Interface |
E |
||||||||
Voltage |
|||||||||
detection |
|||||||||
L1C |
Current |
||||||||
+ |
±5 V |
PWM |
ASIC |
detection |
|||||
+ |
|||||||||
− |
DC/DC |
+16.5 V |
generation |
||||||
− |
|||||||||
L2C |
conversion |
+5 V |
Digital |
Encoder signal |
CN1 |
||||
±15 V |
current amp |
processing |
|||||||
Command |
||||||||||||||||||||||
+5 V |
pulse |
Command |
||||||||||||||||||||
processing |
pulse input |
|||||||||||||||||||||
POWER |
Analog |
Current |
Position |
|||||||||||||||||||
command |
||||||||||||||||||||||
voltage |
processing |
control |
||||||||||||||||||||
0 V |
conversion |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Speed |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Serial port |
control |
I/O |
Control I/O |
|||||||||||||||||||
Alarm code display |
CPU |
|||||||||||||||||||||
RS-422 |
||||||||||||||||||||||
CN4 |
CN3 |
Note |
Only on R7D-AP04H/AP04L. |
|||||||||||||||||||
Analog monitor output |
Parameter Unit/computer |
■ 200 V AC: R7D-AP08H
AC Servo Driver
1 |
B1 B2 B3 |
FAN |
±12 V |
||
2 |
AC Servomotor |
|
P |
P |
U |
U |
||||||
R |
Fuse |
CHARGE |
|||||||
V |
|||||||||
L1 |
+ |
V |
|||||||
W |
M |
||||||||
S |
− |
W |
|||||||
L2 |
|||||||||
L3 |
T |
N |
N |
||||||
Relay |
Voltage |
Gate |
Gate drive over- |
||||||
current protection |
CN2 |
||||||||
drive |
detection |
drive |
Ther- |
||||||
mistor |
E |
||||||||
Voltage |
Interface |
||||||||
detection |
L1C |
Current |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ASIC |
detection |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
+ |
±5 V |
PWM |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
+ |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
− |
− |
DC/DC |
+16.5 V |
generation |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
conversion |
CN1 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
L2C |
+5 V |
Digital |
Encoder |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
current amp |
signal |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
±15 V |
processing |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Command |
Command |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
pulse |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
+5 V |
processing |
pulse input |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Position |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
POWER |
Analog |
Current |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
command |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
voltage |
control |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
processing |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0 V |
conversion |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Speed |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Serial port |
control |
I/O |
Control I/O |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Alarm code display |
CPU |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
RS-422 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CN4 |
CN3 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Analog monitor output |
Parameter Unit/computer |
1-8
Chapter 2
Standard Models and
Specifications
2-1 Standard Models
2-2 External and Mounted Dimensions
2-3 Servo Driver Specifications
2-4 Servomotor Specifications
2-5 Reduction Gear Specifications
2-6 Cable and Connector Specifications
2-7 Servo Relay Units and Cable Specifications
2-8 Parameter Unit Specifications
2-9 External Regeneration Resistor Specifications
2-10 DC Reactors
Standard Models and Specifications |
Chapter 2 |
|
2-1 Standard Models
■ Servomotors
● 3,000-r/min Cylinder-style Servomotors
Specifications |
Model |
|||
Without |
Straight shaft |
30 W |
R7M-A03030 |
|
brake |
without key |
|||
50 W |
R7M-A05030 |
|||
100 W |
R7M-A10030 |
|||
200 W |
R7M-A20030 |
|||
400 W |
R7M-A40030 |
|||
750 W |
R7M-A75030 |
|||
Straight shaft |
30 W |
R7M-A03030-S1 |
||
with key |
||||
50 W |
R7M-A05030-S1 |
|||
100 W |
R7M-A10030-S1 |
|||
200 W |
R7M-A20030-S1 |
|||
400 W |
R7M-A40030-S1 |
|||
750 W |
R7M-A75030-S1 |
|||
With |
Straight shaft |
30 W |
R7M-A03030-B |
|
brake |
without key |
|||
50 W |
R7M-A05030-B |
|||
100 W |
R7M-A10030-B |
|||
200 W |
R7M-A20030-B |
|||
400 W |
R7M-A40030-B |
|||
750 W |
R7M-A75030-B |
|||
Straight shaft |
30 W |
R7M-A03030-BS1 |
||
with key |
||||
50 W |
R7M-A05030-BS1 |
|||
100 W |
R7M-A10030-BS1 |
|||
200 W |
R7M-A20030-BS1 |
|||
400 W |
R7M-A40030-BS1 |
|||
750 W |
R7M-A75030-BS1 |
|||
● 3,000-r/min Flat-style Servomotors
Specifications |
Model |
|||
Without |
Straight shaft |
100 W |
R7M-AP10030 |
|
brake |
without key |
|||
200 W |
R7M-AP20030 |
|||
400 W |
R7M-AP40030 |
|||
750 W |
R7M-AP75030 |
|||
Straight shaft |
100 W |
R7M-AP10030-S1 |
||
with key |
||||
200 W |
R7M-AP20030-S1 |
|||
400 W |
R7M-AP40030-S1 |
|||
750 W |
R7M-AP75030-S1 |
|||
With |
Straight shaft |
100 W |
R7M-AP10030-B |
|
brake |
without key |
|||
200 W |
R7M-AP20030-B |
|||
400 W |
R7M-AP40030-B |
|||
750 W |
R7M-AP75030-B |
|||
Straight shaft |
100 W |
R7M-AP10030-BS1 |
||
with key |
||||
200 W |
R7M-AP20030-BS1 |
|||
400 W |
R7M-AP40030-BS1 |
|||
750 W |
R7M-AP75030-BS1 |
■ Servo Drivers
Specifications |
Model |
||
Single-phase |
30 W |
R7D-APA3L |
|
100 V AC |
|||
50 W |
R7D-APA5L |
||
100 W |
R7D-AP01L |
||
200 W |
R7D-AP02L |
||
400 W |
R7D-AP04L |
||
Single-phase |
30 W |
R7D-APA3H |
|
200 V AC |
|||
50 W |
R7D-APA5H |
||
100 W |
R7D-AP01H |
||
200 W |
R7D-AP02H |
||
400 W |
R7D-AP04H |
||
750 W |
R7D-AP08H |
||
2-2
Standard Models and Specifications |
Chapter 2 |
■ Reduction Gears (Straight Shaft with Key)
●For Cylinder-style Servomotors (Backlash = 3′ Max.)
Specifications |
Model |
|
Servomotor |
Reduction gears |
|
capacity |
(deceleration ratio) |
|
50 W |
1/5 |
R7G-VRSFPB05B50 |
1/9 |
R7G-VRSFPB09B50 |
|
1/15 |
R7G-VRSFPB15B50 |
|
1/25 |
R7G-VRSFPB25B50 |
|
100 W |
1/5 |
R7G-VRSFPB05B100 |
1/9 |
R7G-VRSFPB09B100 |
|
1/15 |
R7G-VRSFPB15B100 |
|
1/25 |
R7G-VRSFPB25B100 |
|
200 W |
1/5 |
R7G-VRSFPB05B200 |
1/9 |
R7G-VRSFPB09C400 |
|
1/15 |
R7G-VRSFPB15C400 |
|
1/25 |
R7G-VRSFPB25C200 |
|
400 W |
1/5 |
R7G-VRSFPB05C400 |
1/9 |
R7G-VRSFPB09C400 |
|
1/15 |
R7G-VRSFPB15C400 |
|
1/25 |
R7G-VRSFPB25D400 |
|
750 W |
1/5 |
R7G-VRSFPB05C750 |
1/9 |
R7G-VRSFPB09D750 |
|
1/15 |
R7G-VRSFPB15D750 |
|
1/25 |
R7G-VRSFPB25E750 |
|
Note There are no reduction gears for 30-W Servomotors.
●For Cylinder-style Servomotors (Backlash = 45′ Max.)
Specifications |
Model |
|
Servomotor |
Reduction gears |
|
capacity |
(deceleration ratio) |
|
50 W |
1/5 |
R7G-RGSF05B50 |
1/9 |
R7G-RGSF09B50 |
|
1/15 |
R7G-RGSF15B50 |
|
1/25 |
R7G-RGSF25B50 |
|
100 W |
1/5 |
R7G-RGSF05B100 |
1/9 |
R7G-RGSF09B100 |
|
1/15 |
R7G-RGSF15B100 |
|
1/25 |
R7G-RGSF25B100 |
|
200 W |
1/5 |
R7G-RGSF05B200 |
1/9 |
R7G-RGSF09C400 |
|
1/15 |
R7G-RGSF15C400 |
|
1/25 |
R7G-RGSF25C400 |
|
400 W |
1/5 |
R7G-RGSF05C400 |
1/9 |
R7G-RGSF09C400 |
|
1/15 |
R7G-RGSF15C400 |
|
1/25 |
R7G-RGSF25C400 |
|
750 W |
1/5 |
R7G-RGSF05C750 |
1/9 |
R7G-RGSF09C750 |
|
1/15 |
R7G-RGSF15C750 |
|
1/25 |
R7G-RGSF25C750 |
|
Note There are no reduction gears for 30-W Servomotors.
●For Flat-style Servomotors (Backlash = 3′ Max.)
Specifications |
Model |
|
Servomotor |
Reduction gears |
|
capacity |
(deceleration ratio) |
|
100 W |
1/5 |
R7G-VRSFPB05B100P |
1/9 |
R7G-VRSFPB09B100P |
|
1/15 |
R7G-VRSFPB15B100P |
|
1/25 |
R7G-VRSFPB25C100P |
|
200 W |
1/5 |
R7G-VRSFPB05B200P |
1/9 |
R7G-VRSFPB09C400P |
|
1/15 |
R7G-VRSFPB15C400P |
|
1/25 |
R7G-VRSFPB25C200P |
|
400 W |
1/5 |
R7G-VRSFPB05C400P |
1/9 |
R7G-VRSFPB09C400P |
|
1/15 |
R7G-VRSFPB15C400P |
|
1/25 |
R7G-VRSFPB25D400P |
|
750 W |
1/5 |
R7G-VRSFPB05C750P |
1/9 |
R7G-VRSFPB09D750P |
|
1/15 |
R7G-VRSFPB15D750P |
|
1/25 |
R7G-VRSFPB25E750P |
|
●For Flat-style Servomotors (Backlash = 45′ Max.)
Specifications |
Model |
|
Servomotor |
Reduction gears |
|
capacity |
(deceleration ratio) |
|
100 W |
1/5 |
R7G-RGSF05B100P |
1/9 |
R7G-RGSF09B100P |
|
1/15 |
R7G-RGSF15B100P |
|
1/25 |
R7G-RGSF25B100P |
|
200 W |
1/5 |
R7G-RGSF05B200P |
1/9 |
R7G-RGSF09C400P |
|
1/15 |
R7G-RGSF15C400P |
|
1/25 |
R7G-RGSF25C400P |
|
400 W |
1/5 |
R7G-RGSF05C400P |
1/9 |
R7G-RGSF09C400P |
|
1/15 |
R7G-RGSF15C400P |
|
1/25 |
R7G-RGSF25C400P |
|
750 W |
1/5 |
R7G-RGSF05C750P |
1/9 |
R7G-RGSF09C750P |
|
1/15 |
R7G-RGSF15C750P |
|
1/25 |
R7G-RGSF25C750P |
|
2-3
Standard Models and Specifications |
Chapter 2 |
■ Servo Relay Units for CN1
Specifications |
Model |
|||
Servo |
For CS1W-NC113/133 |
XW2B-20J6-1B |
||
Relay Unit |
CJ1W-NC113/133 |
|||
C200HW-NC113 |
||||
C200H-NC112 |
||||
3F88M-DRT141 |
||||
(No communications supported.) |
||||
For CS1W-NC213/233/413/433 |
XW2B-40J6-2B |
|||
CJ1W-NC213/233/413/433 |
||||
C200HW-NC213/413 |
||||
C500-NC113/211 |
||||
C200H-NC211 |
||||
(No communications supported.) |
||||
For CS1W-HCP22 |
XW2B-20J6-3B |
|||
CQM1H-PLB21 |
||||
CQM1-CPU43-V1 |
||||
(No communications supported.) |
||||
For CS1W-NC213/233/413/433 |
XW2B-40J6-4A |
|||
CJ1W-NC213/233/413/433 |
||||
(Communications supported.) |
||||
For CJ1M-CPU21/CPU22/ |
XW2B-20J6-8A |
|||
CPU23 |
||||
XW2B-40J6-9A |
||||
For CS1W-HCP22-V1 and |
XW2B-80J7-1A |
|||
FQM1-MMP21 |
||||
Servo |
No communications |
1 m |
XW2Z-100J-B5 |
|
Driver |
supported. |
|||
2 m |
XW2Z-200J-B5 |
|||
Cable |
||||
Communications sup- |
1 m |
XW2Z-100J-B7 |
||
ported. |
||||
2 m |
XW2Z-200J-B7 |
|||
For FQM1-MMP21 |
1 m |
XW2Z-100J-B10 |
||
2 m |
XW2Z-200J-B10 |
|||
For CS1W-HCP22-V1 |
1 m |
XW2Z-100J-B12 |
||
2 m |
XW2Z-200J-B12 |
|||
Position |
For CQM1H-PLB21, |
0.5 m |
XW2Z-050J-A3 |
|
Control |
CQM1-CPU43-V1 |
|||
1 m |
XW2Z-100J-A3 |
|||
Unit Cable |
||||
For C200H-NC112 |
0.5 m |
XW2Z-050J-A4 |
||
1 m |
XW2Z-100J-A4 |
|||
For C200H-NC211, |
0.5 m |
XW2Z-050J-A5 |
||
C500-NC113/211 |
||||
1 m |
XW2Z-100J-A5 |
|||
For CS1W-NC113, |
0.5 m |
XW2Z-050J-A8 |
||
C200HW-NC113 |
||||
1 m |
XW2Z-100J-A8 |
|||
For CS1W-NC213/413, |
0.5 m |
XW2Z-050J-A9 |
||
C200HW-NC213/413 |
||||
1 m |
XW2Z-100J-A9 |
|||
For CS1W-NC133 |
0.5 m |
XW2Z-050J-A12 |
||
1 m |
XW2Z-100J-A12 |
|||
For CS1W-NC233/433 |
0.5 m |
XW2Z-050J-A13 |
||
1 m |
XW2Z-100J-A13 |
|||
For CJ1W-NC113 |
0.5 m |
XW2Z-050J-A16 |
||
1 m |
XW2Z-100J-A16 |
|||
For CJ1W-NC213/413 |
0.5 m |
XW2Z-050J-A17 |
||
1 m |
XW2Z-100J-A17 |
|||
For CJ1W-NC133 |
0.5 m |
XW2Z-050J-A20 |
||
1 m |
XW2Z-100J-A20 |
|||
For CJ1W-NC233/433 |
0.5 m |
XW2Z-050J-A21 |
||
1 m |
XW2Z-100J-A21 |
|||
For CS1W-HCP22 |
0.5 m |
XW2Z-050J-A22 |
||
(1 axis) |
||||
1 m |
XW2Z-100J-A22 |
|||
For CS1W-HCP22 |
0.5 m |
XW2Z-050J-A23 |
||
(2 axes) |
||||
1 m |
XW2Z-100J-A23 |
|||
For 3F88M-DRT141 |
0.5 m |
XW2Z-050J-A25 |
||
1 m |
XW2Z-100J-A25 |
|||
Specifications |
Model |
|||
Position |
For CJ1M-CPU21/ |
1 m |
XW2Z-100J-A26 |
|
Control |
CPU22/CPU23 |
|||
Unit Cable |
||||
For FQM1-MMP21 for |
0.5 m |
XW2Z-050J-A28 |
||
general-purpose I/O |
||||
1 m |
XW2Z-100J-A28 |
|||
For CS1W-HCP22-V1 |
0.5 m |
XW2Z-050J-A29 |
||
for general-purpose I/O |
||||
1 m |
XW2Z-100J-A29 |
|||
For FQM1-MMP21 for |
0.5 m |
XW2Z-050J-A30 |
||
special I/O |
||||
1 m |
XW2Z-100J-A30 |
|||
For CS1W-HCP22-V1 |
0.5 m |
XW2Z-050J-A32 |
||
for special I/O |
||||
1 m |
XW2Z-100J-A32 |
|||
■ Control Cables for CN1 |
Specifications |
Model |
||
General-purpose Control Cable |
1 m |
R88A-CPU001S |
|
(with Connector on one end) |
|||
2 m |
R88A-CPU002S |
||
Connector Terminal Block Cable |
1 m |
R88A-CTU001N |
|
2 m |
R88A-CTU002N |
||
Connector Terminal Blocks |
XW2B-40F5-P |
||
■ Integrated Servomotor Cables
Specifications |
Model |
||
For Servomotors without |
3 m |
R7A-CEA003S |
|
brakes (both Cylinderand |
|||
5 m |
R7A-CEA005S |
||
Flat-style) |
|||
10 m |
R7A-CEA010S |
||
15 m |
R7A-CEA015S |
||
20 m |
R7A-CEA020S |
||
For Servomotors with |
3 m |
R7A-CEA003B |
|
brakes (both Cylinderand |
|||
5 m |
R7A-CEA005B |
||
Flat-style) |
|||
10 m |
R7A-CEA010B |
||
15 m |
R7A-CEA015B |
||
20 m |
R7A-CEA020B |
||
■ Separate Servomotor Cables
● Power Cables
Specifications |
Standard cable |
Robot cable |
||
model |
model |
|||
For Servo- |
3 m |
R88A-CAWA003S |
R88A-CAWA003SR |
|
motors with- |
||||
5 m |
R88A-CAWA005S |
R88A-CAWA005SR |
||
out brakes |
||||
(both Cylin- |
10 m |
R88A-CAWA010S |
R88A-CAWA010SR |
|
derand |
15 m |
R88A-CAWA015S |
R88A-CAWA015SR |
|
Flat-style) |
||||
20 m |
R88A-CAWA020S |
R88A-CAWA020SR |
||
For Servo- |
3 m |
R88A-CAWA003B |
R88A-CAWA003BR |
|
motors with |
||||
5 m |
R88A-CAWA005B |
R88A-CAWA005BR |
||
brakes (both |
||||
10 m |
R88A-CAWA010B |
R88A-CAWA010BR |
||
Cylinder- |
||||
and Flat- |
15 m |
R88A-CAWA015B |
R88A-CAWA015BR |
|
style) |
||||
20 m |
R88A-CAWA020B |
R88A-CAWA020BR |
||
● Encoder Cables
Specifications |
Standard cable |
Robot cable |
||
model |
model |
|||
For Servo- |
3 m |
R7A-CRA003C |
R7A-CRA003CR |
|
motors (Cyl- |
||||
5 m |
R7A-CRA005C |
R7A-CRA005CR |
||
inder-style or |
||||
Flat-style) |
10 m |
R7A-CRA010C |
R7A-CRA010CR |
|
15 m |
R7A-CRA015C |
R7A-CRA015CR |
||
20 m |
R7A-CRA020C |
R7A-CRA020CR |
||
Note Use a robot cable if cable flexibility is required.
2-4
Standard Models and Specifications |
Chapter 2 |
||||||||||
■ Peripheral Cable Connectors |
|||||||||||
Specifications |
Model |
||||||||||
Analog Monitor Cable (CN4) |
1 m |
R88A-CMW001S |
|||||||||
Computer Monitor Cable (CN3) |
DOS |
2 m |
R7A-CCA002P2 |
||||||||
PC98 |
2 m |
R7A-CCA002P3 |
|||||||||
Control I/O Connector (CN1) |
R88A-CNU01C |
||||||||||
Encoder Connector (CN2) |
R7A-CNA01R |
||||||||||
Encoder Connector (Servomotor end) |
R7A-CNA02R |
||||||||||
Communications Cable |
1 m |
XW2Z-100J-C1 |
|||||||||
2 m |
XW2Z-200J-C1 |
||||||||||
■ Parameter Units |
|||||||||||
Specifications |
Model |
||||||||||
Hand-held (with 1-m cable) |
R7A-PR02A |
||||||||||
■ External Regeneration Resistors |
|||||||||||
Specifications |
Model |
||||||||||
Resistor |
220 W 47 Ω |
R88A-RR22047S |
|||||||||
■ DC Reactors |
|||||||||||
Specifications |
Model |
||||||||||
For R7D-APA3L/APA5L/APA01L |
R88A-PX5063 |
||||||||||
For R7D-AP02L |
R88A-PX5062 |
||||||||||
For R7D-AP04L |
R88A-PX5061 |
||||||||||
For R7D-APA3H/APA5H/AP01H |
R88A-PX5071 |
||||||||||
For R7D-AP02H |
R88A-PX5070 |
||||||||||
For R7D-AP04H |
R88A-PX5069 |
||||||||||
For R7D-AP08H |
R88A-PX5061 |
||||||||||
■ Front-panel Brackets |
|||||||||||
Specifications |
Model |
||||||||||
For the SMARTSTEP A Series |
R88A-TK01W |
2-5
Standard Models and Specifications |
Chapter 2 |
|
2-2 External and Mounted Dimensions
2-2-1 Servo Drivers
■Single-phase 100 V AC: R7D-APA3L/-APA5L/-AP01L/-AP02L (30 W to 200 W) Single-phase 200 V AC: R7D-APA3H/-APA5H/-AP01H/-AP02H (30 W to 200 W)
● Wall Mounting
External dimensions |
Mounted dimensions |
17
● Front Panel Mounting (Using Mounting Brackets)
External dimensions
195 |
180 |
|||
Mounted dimensions
7.5 |
Two, M4 |
|
6 |
||
10 |
||
195 |
180±0.5 |
(168) |
(7.5) 6
2-6
Standard Models and Specifications |
Chapter 2 |
■Single-phase 100 V AC: R7D-AP04L (400 W) Single-phase 200 V AC: R7D-AP04H (400 W)
● Wall Mounting
External dimensions |
Mounted dimensions |
5.5 |
5 dia. |
5.5 |
|||
160 |
149.5 |
160 |
149.5±0.5 |
||
(5) |
5 |
(5) |
|||
12 |
(75) |
130 |
|||
75 |
17
● Front Panel Mounting (Using Mounting Brackets)
External dimensions |
|||
5 dia. |
24.5 |
||
7.5 |
52 |
1.5 |
2 |
195 |
180 |
|||
Mounted dimensions
7.5 |
Two, M4 |
|
6 |
||
10 |
||
195 |
180±0.5 |
(168) |
(7.5) 6
2-7
Standard Models and Specifications |
Chapter 2 |
■ Single-phase/Three-phase 200 V AC: R7D-AP08H (750 W)
● Wall Mounting
External dimensions |
Mounted dimensions |
5.5 |
5 dia. |
5.5 |
|
160 |
149.5 |
160 |
149.5±0.5 |
(5) |
90 |
(5) |
|
17
● Front Panel Mounting (Using Mounting Brackets)
External dimensions
5 dia. |
24.5 |
||||||
7.5 |
52 |
12.5 |
2 |
||||
195 |
180 |
|||||||||
(7.5) |
5 |
||||||
43.5 |
|||||||
42 |
22.5 |
||||||
Mounted dimensions
7.5 |
Two, M4 |
|
6 |
||
10 |
||
195 |
180±0.5 |
(168) |
(7.5) 6
2-8
Standard Models and Specifications |
Chapter 2 |
2-2-2 Parameter Unit
■ R7A-PR02A Hand-held Parameter Unit
17 0.8
B.B |
INP TGON REF POWER |
VCMP |
R7A–PR02A PARAMETER UNIT
SCROLL MODE/SET
RESET
JOG
DATA
RUN
READ WRITE
4.8 dia.
2-9
Standard Models and Specifications |
Chapter 2 |
2-2-3 Servomotors
■ Cylinder-style Servomotors without a Brake
● 30 W/50 W/100 W R7M-A03030(-S1)/-A05030(-S1)/-A10030(-S1)
300±30
19.5 |
20 |
300±30 |
21.5 |
5 |
||||
9.5 |
Two, 4.3 dia. |
Dimensions of shaft end with key (-S1) |
||||||
11 |
dia.S |
dia.30h7 |
46 |
40 |
h |
|||
dia. |
b |
|||||||
14 |
t1 |
|||||||
5 |
2.5 |
40 |
||||||
LL |
25 |
|||||||
Model |
Dimensions (mm) |
|||||||
LL |
S |
b |
h |
t1 |
||||
R7M-A03030-@ |
69.5 |
6h6 |
2 |
2 |
1.2 |
|||
R7M-A05030-@ |
77 |
6h6 |
2 |
2 |
1.2 |
|||
R7M-A10030-@ |
94.5 |
8h6 |
3 |
3 |
1.8 |
|||
■ Cylinder-style Servomotors with a Brake |
● 30 W/50 W/100 W R7M-A03030-B(S1)/-A05030-B(S1)/-A10030-B(S1)
300±30
6 dia. |
7 dia. |
300±30 |
|||||
19.5 |
27 |
21.5 |
5 |
||||
9.5 |
Two, 4.3 dia. |
Dimensions of shaft end with key (-BS1) |
|||||
11 |
dia.S |
dia.30h7 |
46 |
40 |
h |
||
dia. |
b |
||||||
14 |
t1 |
||||||
5 |
2.5 |
40 |
|||||
LL |
25 |
Model |
Dimensions (mm) |
||||
LL |
S |
b |
h |
t1 |
|
R7M-A03030-B@ |
101 |
6h6 |
2 |
2 |
1.2 |
R7M-A05030-B@ |
108.5 |
6h6 |
2 |
2 |
1.2 |
R7M-A10030-B@ |
135 |
8h6 |
3 |
3 |
1.8 |
2-10
Standard Models and Specifications |
Chapter 2 |
■ Cylinder-style Servomotors without a Brake
● 200 W/400 W/750 W R7M-A20030(-S1)/-A40030(-S1)/-A75030(-S1)
300±30
6 dia. |
Dimensions of output section of 750-W Servomotors |
|||||||
13 |
7 dia. |
|||||||
20 |
300±30 |
21.5 |
||||||
9 |
Four, Z dia. |
|||||||
2 |
||||||||
11 |
dia. |
D1 |
dia. |
Dimensions of shaft end with key (-S1) |
||||
S |
||||||||
D2dia. |
||||||||
C |
5 |
|||||||
5 |
||||||||
G |
3 |
C |
QK |
3 |
||||
LL |
LR |
Model |
Dimensions (mm) |
||||||||
LL |
LR |
C |
D1 |
D2 |
G |
Z |
S |
QK |
|
R7M-A20030-@ |
96.5 |
30 |
60 |
70 |
50h7 |
6 |
5.5 |
14h6 |
20 |
R7M-A40030-@ |
124.5 |
30 |
60 |
70 |
50h7 |
6 |
5.5 |
14h6 |
20 |
R7M-A75030-@ |
145 |
40 |
80 |
90 |
70h7 |
8 |
7 |
16h6 |
30 |
■ Cylinder-style Servomotors with a Brake
● 200 W/400 W/750 W R7M-A20030-B(S1)/-A40030-B(S1)/-A75030-B(S1)
300±30
6 dia. |
7 dia. |
|
13 |
27 |
300±30 |
21.5 |
||
9 |
Four, Z dia. |
|
11 |
dia. |
D |
1 |
dia. |
|
S |
|||||
D2 dia. |
C |
||||
G |
3 |
C |
|||
LL |
LR |
Dimensions of output section of 750-W Servomotors
2
Dimensions of shaft end with key (-BS1)
Model |
Dimensions (mm) |
||||||||
LL |
LR |
C |
D1 |
D2 |
G |
Z |
S |
QK |
|
R7M-A20030-B@ |
136 |
30 |
60 |
70 |
50h7 |
6 |
5.5 |
14h6 |
20 |
R7M-A40030-B@ |
164 |
30 |
60 |
70 |
50h7 |
6 |
5.5 |
14h6 |
20 |
R7M-A75030-B@ |
189.5 |
40 |
80 |
90 |
70h7 |
8 |
7 |
16h6 |
30 |
2-11
Standard Models and Specifications |
Chapter 2 |
■ Flat-style Servomotors without a Brake
● 100 W/200 W/400 W/750 W R7M-AP10030(-S1)/-AP20030(-S1)/-AP40030(-S1)/AP75030(-S1)
13 |
dia. |
|
7 |
||
300±30 |
||
A2 |
||
A1 |
A5 |
|
D1 |
Dimensions of shaft end with key (-S1) |
||
dia. |
h |
||
b |
|||
C |
|||
QK |
t1 |
Model |
Dimensions (mm) |
|||||||||||||||||
Basic servomotor dimensions |
With key (shaft |
Cable outlet dimensions |
||||||||||||||||
end dimensions) |
||||||||||||||||||
LL |
LR |
C |
D1 |
D2 |
F |
G |
Z |
S |
QK |
b |
h |
t1 |
A1 |
A2 |
A3 |
A4 |
A5 |
|
R7M-AP10030-@ |
62 |
25 |
60 |
70 |
50h7 |
3 |
6 |
5.5 |
8h6 |
14 |
3 |
3 |
1.8 |
9 |
18 |
25 |
21 |
14 |
R7M-AP20030-@ |
67 |
30 |
80 |
90 |
70h7 |
3 |
8 |
7 |
14h6 |
16 |
5 |
5 |
3 |
|||||
R7M-AP40030-@ |
87 |
|||||||||||||||||
R7M-AP75030-@ |
86.5 |
40 |
120 |
145 |
110h7 |
3.5 |
10 |
10 |
16h6 |
22 |
5 |
5 |
3 |
28 |
38 |
19 |
■ Flat-style Servomotors with a Brake
● 100 W/200 W/400 W/750 W R7M-AP10030-B(S1)/-AP20030-B(S1)/-AP40030-B(S1)/AP75030-B(S1)
300±30
6 dia. |
|
7 dia. |
|
13 |
300±30 |
A2 |
|
A1 |
A5 |
S dia. |
D1 |
Dimensions of shaft end with key (-BS1) |
||
dia. |
h |
|||
D2 dia. |
C |
b |
||
QK |
t1 |
Model |
Dimensions (mm) |
||||||||||||||||||
Basic servomotor dimensions |
With key (shaft |
Cable outlet dimensions |
|||||||||||||||||
end dimensions) |
|||||||||||||||||||
LL |
LR |
C |
D1 |
D2 |
F |
G |
Z |
S |
QK |
b |
h |
t1 |
A1 |
A2 |
A3 |
A4 |
A5 |
||
R7M-AP10030-B@ |
91 |
25 |
60 |
70 |
50h7 |
3 |
6 |
5.5 |
8h6 |
14 |
3 |
3 |
1.8 |
9 |
18 |
25 |
21 |
23 |
|
R7M-AP20030-B@ |
98.5 |
30 |
80 |
90 |
70h7 |
3 |
8 |
7 |
14h6 |
16 |
5 |
5 |
3 |
||||||
R7M-AP40030-B@ |
118.5 |
||||||||||||||||||
R7M-AP75030-B@ |
120 |
40 |
120 |
145 |
110h7 |
3.5 |
10 |
10 |
16h6 |
22 |
5 |
5 |
3 |
28 |
38 |
26 |
2-12
Standard Models and Specifications |
Chapter 2 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
2-2-4 |
Reduction Gears |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
■ For Cylinder-style Servomotors (Backlash = 3′ |
Max.) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Model |
Dimensions (mm) |
Weight |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
(kg) |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
LM |
LR |
C1 |
C2 |
D1 |
D2 |
D3 |
D4 |
E3 |
F |
G |
S |
T |
Z1 |
Z2 |
AT* |
l |
Key dimensions |
||||||||
QK |
b |
h |
t1 |
||||||||||||||||||||||
50 W |
1/5 |
R7G-VRSFPB05B50 |
67.5 |
32 |
52 |
40 |
46 |
60 |
50 |
45 |
10 |
3 |
6 |
12 |
20 |
M4 |
M5 |
M3 |
12 |
16 |
4 |
4 |
2.5 |
0.55 |
|
1/9 |
R7G-VRSFPB09B50 |
67.5 |
32 |
52 |
40 |
46 |
60 |
50 |
45 |
10 |
3 |
6 |
12 |
20 |
M4 |
M5 |
M3 |
12 |
16 |
4 |
4 |
2.5 |
0.55 |
||
1/15 |
R7G-VRSFPB15B50 |
78 |
32 |
52 |
40 |
46 |
60 |
50 |
45 |
10 |
3 |
6 |
12 |
20 |
M4 |
M5 |
M3 |
12 |
16 |
4 |
4 |
2.5 |
0.7 |
||
1/25 |
R7G-VRSFPB25B50 |
78 |
32 |
52 |
40 |
46 |
60 |
50 |
45 |
10 |
3 |
6 |
12 |
20 |
M4 |
M5 |
M3 |
12 |
16 |
4 |
4 |
2.5 |
0.7 |
||
100 W |
1/5 |
R7G-VRSFPB05B100 |
67.5 |
32 |
52 |
40 |
46 |
60 |
50 |
45 |
10 |
3 |
6 |
12 |
20 |
M4 |
M5 |
M3 |
12 |
16 |
4 |
4 |
2.5 |
0.55 |
|
1/9 |
R7G-VRSFPB09B100 |
67.5 |
32 |
52 |
40 |
46 |
60 |
50 |
45 |
10 |
3 |
6 |
12 |
20 |
M4 |
M5 |
M3 |
12 |
16 |
4 |
4 |
2.5 |
0.55 |
||
1/15 |
R7G-VRSFPB15B100 |
78 |
32 |
52 |
40 |
46 |
60 |
50 |
45 |
10 |
3 |
6 |
12 |
20 |
M4 |
M5 |
M3 |
12 |
16 |
4 |
4 |
2.5 |
0.7 |
||
1/25 |
R7G-VRSFPB25C100 |
92 |
50 |
78 |
40 |
46 |
90 |
70 |
62 |
17 |
3 |
6 |
19 |
30 |
M4 |
M6 |
M3 |
20 |
22 |
6 |
6 |
3.5 |
1.7 |
||
200 W |
1/5 |
R7G-VRSFPB05B200 |
72.5 |
32 |
52 |
60 |
70 |
60 |
50 |
45 |
10 |
3 |
10 |
12 |
20 |
M5 |
M5 |
M4 |
12 |
16 |
4 |
4 |
2.5 |
0.72 |
|
1/9 |
R7G-VRSFPB09C400 |
89.5 |
50 |
78 |
60 |
70 |
90 |
70 |
62 |
17 |
3 |
8 |
19 |
30 |
M5 |
M6 |
M4 |
20 |
22 |
6 |
6 |
3.5 |
1.7 |
||
1/15 |
R7G-VRSFPB15C400 |
100 |
50 |
78 |
60 |
70 |
90 |
70 |
62 |
17 |
3 |
8 |
19 |
30 |
M5 |
M6 |
M4 |
20 |
22 |
6 |
6 |
3.5 |
2.1 |
||
1/25 |
R7G-VRSFPB25C400 |
100 |
50 |
78 |
60 |
70 |
90 |
70 |
62 |
17 |
3 |
8 |
19 |
30 |
M5 |
M6 |
M4 |
20 |
22 |
6 |
6 |
3.5 |
2.1 |
||
400 W |
1/5 |
R7G-VRSFPB05C400 |
89.5 |
50 |
78 |
60 |
70 |
90 |
70 |
62 |
17 |
3 |
8 |
19 |
30 |
M5 |
M6 |
M4 |
20 |
22 |
6 |
6 |
3.5 |
1.7 |
|
1/9 |
R7G-VRSFPB09C400 |
89.5 |
50 |
78 |
60 |
70 |
90 |
70 |
62 |
17 |
3 |
8 |
19 |
30 |
M5 |
M6 |
M4 |
20 |
22 |
6 |
6 |
3.5 |
1.7 |
||
1/15 |
R7G-VRSFPB15C400 |
100 |
50 |
78 |
60 |
70 |
90 |
70 |
62 |
17 |
3 |
8 |
19 |
30 |
M5 |
M6 |
M4 |
20 |
22 |
6 |
6 |
3.5 |
2.1 |
||
1/25 |
R7G-VRSFPB25D400 |
104 |
61 |
98 |
60 |
70 |
115 |
90 |
75 |
18 |
5 |
8 |
24 |
40 |
M5 |
M8 |
M4 |
20 |
30 |
8 |
7 |
4 |
3.2 |
||
750 W |
1/5 |
R7G-VRSFPB05C750 |
93.5 |
50 |
78 |
80 |
90 |
90 |
70 |
62 |
17 |
3 |
10 |
19 |
30 |
M6 |
M6 |
M4 |
20 |
22 |
6 |
6 |
3.5 |
2.1 |
|
1/9 |
R7G-VRSFPB09D750 |
97.5 |
61 |
98 |
80 |
90 |
115 |
90 |
75 |
18 |
5 |
10 |
24 |
40 |
M6 |
M8 |
M4 |
20 |
30 |
8 |
7 |
4 |
3.4 |
||
1/15 |
R7G-VRSFPB15D750 |
110 |
61 |
98 |
80 |
90 |
115 |
90 |
75 |
18 |
5 |
10 |
24 |
40 |
M6 |
M8 |
M4 |
20 |
30 |
8 |
7 |
4 |
3.8 |
||
1/25 |
R7G-VRSFPB25E750 |
135 |
75 |
125 |
80 |
90 |
135 |
110 |
98 |
17 |
5 |
10 |
32 |
55 |
M6 |
M10 |
M4 |
20 |
45 |
10 |
8 |
5 |
7.2 |
||
* «AT» in the table refers to the set bolt.
External Diagrams
Four, Z1 dia.
Set bolt (AT)
E3 |
|||
F |
|||
Sh6 dia. |
D4 dia. |
D3h7 dia. |
|
G |
T |
||
LM |
LR |
Key dimensions
b
Four, Z2 dia. (effective depth: l)
2-13
Standard Models and Specifications |
Chapter 2 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
■ For Cylinder-style Servomotors (Backlash = 45′ Max.) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Model |
Dimensions (mm) |
Weight |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
(kg) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
LM |
LR |
C1 |
C2 |
D1 |
D2 |
D3 |
D4 |
E3 |
F |
G |
S |
T |
Z1 |
Z2 |
AT* |
l |
Key dimensions |
|||||||||
QK |
b |
h |
t1 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
50 W |
1/5 |
R7G-RGSF05B50 |
67.5 |
32 |
52 |
40 |
46 |
60 |
50 |
45 |
10 |
3 |
6 |
12 |
20 |
M4 |
M5 |
M3 |
12 |
16 |
4 |
4 |
2.5 |
0.55 |
||
1/9 |
R7G-RGSF09B50 |
67.5 |
32 |
52 |
40 |
46 |
60 |
50 |
45 |
10 |
3 |
6 |
12 |
20 |
M4 |
M5 |
M3 |
12 |
16 |
4 |
4 |
2.5 |
0.55 |
|||
1/15 |
R7G-RGSF15B50 |
78 |
32 |
52 |
40 |
46 |
60 |
50 |
45 |
10 |
3 |
6 |
12 |
20 |
M4 |
M5 |
M3 |
12 |
16 |
4 |
4 |
2.5 |
0.70 |
|||
1/25 |
R7G-RGSF25B50 |
78 |
32 |
52 |
40 |
46 |
60 |
50 |
45 |
10 |
3 |
6 |
12 |
20 |
M4 |
M5 |
M3 |
12 |
16 |
4 |
4 |
2.5 |
0.70 |
|||
100 W |
1/5 |
R7G-RGSF05B100 |
67.5 |
32 |
52 |
40 |
46 |
60 |
50 |
45 |
10 |
3 |
6 |
12 |
20 |
M4 |
M5 |
M3 |
12 |
16 |
4 |
4 |
2.5 |
0.55 |
||
1/9 |
R7G-RGSF09B100 |
67.5 |
32 |
52 |
40 |
46 |
60 |
50 |
45 |
10 |
3 |
6 |
12 |
20 |
M4 |
M5 |
M3 |
12 |
16 |
4 |
4 |
2.5 |
0.55 |
|||
1/15 |
R7G-RGSF15B100 |
78 |
32 |
52 |
40 |
46 |
60 |
50 |
45 |
10 |
3 |
6 |
12 |
20 |
M4 |
M5 |
M3 |
12 |
16 |
4 |
4 |
2.5 |
0.70 |
|||
1/25 |
R7G-RGSF25B100 |
78 |
32 |
52 |
40 |
46 |
60 |
50 |
45 |
10 |
3 |
6 |
12 |
20 |
M4 |
M5 |
M3 |
12 |
16 |
4 |
4 |
2.5 |
0.70 |
|||
200 W |
1/5 |
R7G-RGSF05B200 |
72.5 |
32 |
52 |
60 |
70 |
60 |
50 |
45 |
10 |
3 |
10 |
12 |
20 |
M5 |
M5 |
M4 |
12 |
16 |
4 |
4 |
2.5 |
0.72 |
||
1/9 |
R7G-RGSF09C400 |
89.5 |
50 |
78 |
60 |
70 |
90 |
70 |
62 |
17 |
3 |
8 |
19 |
30 |
M5 |
M6 |
M4 |
20 |
22 |
6 |
6 |
3.5 |
1.7 |
|||
1/15 |
R7G-RGSF15C400 |
100 |
50 |
78 |
60 |
70 |
90 |
70 |
62 |
17 |
3 |
8 |
19 |
30 |
M5 |
M6 |
M4 |
20 |
22 |
6 |
6 |
3.5 |
2.1 |
|||
1/25 |
R7G-RGSF25C400 |
100 |
50 |
78 |
60 |
70 |
90 |
70 |
62 |
17 |
3 |
8 |
19 |
30 |
M5 |
M6 |
M4 |
20 |
22 |
6 |
6 |
3.5 |
2.1 |
|||
400 W |
1/5 |
R7G-RGSF05C400 |
89.5 |
50 |
78 |
60 |
70 |
90 |
70 |
62 |
17 |
3 |
8 |
19 |
30 |
M5 |
M6 |
M4 |
20 |
22 |
6 |
6 |
3.5 |
1.7 |
||
1/9 |
R7G-RGSF09C400 |
89.5 |
50 |
78 |
60 |
70 |
90 |
70 |
62 |
17 |
3 |
8 |
19 |
30 |
M5 |
M6 |
M4 |
20 |
22 |
6 |
6 |
3.5 |
1.7 |
|||
1/15 |
R7G-RGSF15C400 |
100 |
50 |
78 |
60 |
70 |
90 |
70 |
62 |
17 |
3 |
8 |
19 |
30 |
M5 |
M6 |
M4 |
20 |
22 |
6 |
6 |
3.5 |
2.1 |
|||
1/25 |
R7G-RGSF25C400 |
100 |
50 |
78 |
60 |
70 |
90 |
70 |
62 |
17 |
3 |
8 |
19 |
30 |
M5 |
M6 |
M4 |
20 |
22 |
6 |
6 |
3.5 |
2.1 |
|||
750 W |
1/5 |
R7G-RGSF05C750 |
93.5 |
50 |
78 |
80 |
90 |
90 |
70 |
62 |
17 |
3 |
10 |
19 |
30 |
M6 |
M6 |
M4 |
20 |
22 |
6 |
6 |
3.5 |
2.1 |
||
1/9 |
R7G-RGSF09C750 |
93.5 |
50 |
78 |
80 |
90 |
90 |
70 |
62 |
17 |
3 |
10 |
19 |
30 |
M6 |
M6 |
M4 |
20 |
22 |
6 |
6 |
3.5 |
2.1 |
|||
1/15 |
R7G-RGSF15C750 |
110 |
50 |
78 |
80 |
90 |
90 |
70 |
62 |
17 |
3 |
10 |
19 |
30 |
M6 |
M6 |
M4 |
20 |
22 |
6 |
6 |
3.5 |
2.5 |
|||
1/25 |
R7G-RGSF25C750 |
110 |
50 |
78 |
80 |
90 |
90 |
70 |
62 |
17 |
3 |
10 |
19 |
30 |
M6 |
M6 |
M4 |
20 |
22 |
6 |
6 |
3.5 |
2.5 |
|||
* «AT» in the table refers to the set bolt.
External Diagrams
Four, Z1 dia.
Set bolt (AT)
E3 |
|||
F |
|||
Sh6 dia. |
D4 dia. |
D3h7 dia. |
|
G |
T |
||
LM |
LR |
Key dimensions
b
Four, Z2 dia. (effective depth: l)
2-14
Standard Models and Specifications |
Chapter 2 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
■ For Flat-style Servomotors (Backlash = 3′ |
Max.) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Model |
Dimensions (mm) |
Weight |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
(kg) |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
LM |
LR |
C1 |
C2 |
D1 |
D2 |
D3 |
D4 |
E3 |
F |
G |
S |
T |
Z1 |
Z2 |
AT* |
l |
Key dimensions |
||||||||||
QK |
b |
h |
t1 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
100 W |
1/5 |
R7G-VRSFPB05B100P |
72.5 |
32 |
52 |
60 |
70 |
60 |
50 |
45 |
10 |
3 |
10 |
12 |
20 |
M5 |
M5 |
M4 |
12 |
16 |
4 |
4 |
2.5 |
0.72 |
|||
1/9 |
R7G-VRSFPB09B100P |
72.5 |
32 |
52 |
60 |
70 |
60 |
50 |
45 |
10 |
3 |
10 |
12 |
20 |
M5 |
M5 |
M4 |
12 |
16 |
4 |
4 |
2.5 |
0.72 |
||||
1/15 |
R7G-VRSFPB15B100P |
83 |
32 |
52 |
60 |
70 |
60 |
50 |
45 |
10 |
3 |
10 |
12 |
20 |
M5 |
M5 |
M4 |
12 |
16 |
4 |
4 |
2.5 |
0.77 |
||||
1/25 |
R7G-VRSFPB25C100P |
92 |
50 |
78 |
60 |
70 |
90 |
70 |
62 |
17 |
3 |
10 |
19 |
30 |
M5 |
M6 |
M3 |
20 |
22 |
6 |
6 |
3.5 |
1.8 |
||||
200 W |
1/5 |
R7G-VRSFPB05B200P |
72.5 |
32 |
52 |
80 |
90 |
60 |
50 |
45 |
10 |
3 |
12 |
12 |
20 |
M6 |
M5 |
M4 |
12 |
16 |
4 |
4 |
2.5 |
0.85 |
|||
1/9 |
R7G-VRSFPB09C400P |
93.5 |
50 |
78 |
80 |
90 |
90 |
70 |
62 |
17 |
3 |
12 |
19 |
30 |
M6 |
M6 |
M4 |
20 |
22 |
6 |
6 |
3.5 |
1.8 |
||||
1/15 |
R7G-VRSFPB15C400P |
100 |
50 |
78 |
80 |
90 |
90 |
70 |
62 |
17 |
3 |
12 |
19 |
30 |
M6 |
M6 |
M4 |
20 |
22 |
6 |
6 |
3.5 |
2.2 |
||||
1/25 |
R7G-VRSFPB25C200P |
100 |
50 |
78 |
80 |
90 |
90 |
70 |
62 |
17 |
3 |
12 |
19 |
30 |
M6 |
M6 |
M4 |
20 |
22 |
6 |
6 |
3.5 |
2.2 |
||||
400 W |
1/5 |
R7G-VRSFPB05C400P |
93.5 |
50 |
78 |
80 |
90 |
90 |
70 |
62 |
17 |
3 |
10 |
19 |
30 |
M6 |
M6 |
M4 |
20 |
22 |
6 |
6 |
3.5 |
1.8 |
|||
1/9 |
R7G-VRSFPB09C400P |
93.5 |
50 |
78 |
80 |
90 |
90 |
70 |
62 |
17 |
3 |
12 |
19 |
30 |
M6 |
M6 |
M4 |
20 |
22 |
6 |
6 |
3.5 |
1.8 |
||||
1/15 |
R7G-VRSFPB15C400P |
100 |
50 |
78 |
80 |
90 |
90 |
70 |
62 |
17 |
3 |
12 |
19 |
30 |
M6 |
M6 |
M4 |
20 |
22 |
6 |
6 |
3.5 |
2.2 |
||||
1/25 |
R7G-VRSFPB25D400P |
109 |
61 |
98 |
80 |
90 |
115 |
90 |
75 |
18 |
5 |
12 |
24 |
40 |
M6 |
M8 |
M4 |
20 |
30 |
8 |
7 |
4 |
3.4 |
||||
750 W |
1/5 |
R7G-VRSFPB05C750P |
98 |
50 |
78 |
120 |
145 |
90 |
70 |
62 |
17 |
3 |
15 |
19 |
30 |
M8 |
M6 |
M4 |
20 |
22 |
6 |
6 |
3.5 |
2.6 |
|||
1/9 |
R7G-VRSFPB09D750P |
97.5 |
61 |
98 |
120 |
145 |
115 |
90 |
75 |
18 |
5 |
15 |
24 |
40 |
M8 |
M8 |
M4 |
20 |
30 |
8 |
7 |
4 |
3.8 |
||||
1/15 |
R7G-VRSFPB15D750P |
110 |
61 |
98 |
120 |
145 |
115 |
90 |
75 |
18 |
5 |
15 |
24 |
40 |
M8 |
M8 |
M4 |
20 |
30 |
8 |
7 |
4 |
4.2 |
||||
1/25 |
R7G-VRSFPB25E750P |
155 |
75 |
125 |
120 |
145 |
135 |
110 |
98 |
17 |
5 |
15 |
32 |
55 |
M8 |
M10 |
M4 |
20 |
45 |
10 |
8 |
5 |
7.8 |
* «AT» in the table refers to the set bolt.
External Diagrams
E3 |
|||||
Four, Z1 dia. |
F |
Four, Z2 dia. |
|||
(effective depth: l) |
|||||
D1 |
dia. |
D2 |
dia. |
||
Sh6 dia. |
D4 dia. |
D3h7 dia. |
Set bolt (AT)
Key dimensions
b
2-15
Standard Models and Specifications |
Chapter 2 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
■ For Flat-style Servomotors (Backlash = 45′ Max.) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Model |
Dimensions (mm) |
Weight |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
(kg) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
LM |
LR |
C1 |
C2 |
D1 |
D2 |
D3 |
D4 |
E3 |
F |
G |
S |
T |
Z1 |
Z2 |
AT* |
l |
Key dimensions |
|||||||||
QK |
b |
h |
t1 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
100 W |
1/5 |
R7G-RGSF05B100P |
72.5 |
32 |
52 |
60 |
70 |
60 |
50 |
45 |
10 |
3 |
10 |
12 |
20 |
M5 |
M5 |
M4 |
12 |
16 |
4 |
4 |
2.5 |
0.72 |
||
1/9 |
R7G-RGSF09B100P |
72.5 |
32 |
52 |
60 |
70 |
60 |
50 |
45 |
10 |
3 |
10 |
12 |
20 |
M5 |
M5 |
M4 |
12 |
16 |
4 |
4 |
2.5 |
0.72 |
|||
1/15 |
R7G-RGSF15B100P |
78 |
32 |
52 |
60 |
70 |
60 |
50 |
45 |
10 |
3 |
8 |
12 |
20 |
M5 |
M5 |
M4 |
12 |
16 |
4 |
4 |
2.5 |
0.77 |
|||
1/25 |
R7G-RGSF25B100P |
78 |
32 |
52 |
60 |
70 |
60 |
50 |
45 |
10 |
3 |
8 |
12 |
20 |
M5 |
M5 |
M4 |
12 |
16 |
4 |
4 |
2.5 |
0.77 |
|||
200 W |
1/5 |
R7G-RGSF05B200P |
72.5 |
32 |
52 |
80 |
90 |
60 |
50 |
45 |
10 |
3 |
12 |
12 |
20 |
M6 |
M5 |
M4 |
12 |
16 |
4 |
4 |
2.5 |
0.85 |
||
1/9 |
R7G-RGSF09C400P |
89.5 |
50 |
78 |
80 |
90 |
90 |
70 |
62 |
17 |
3 |
12 |
19 |
30 |
M6 |
M6 |
M4 |
20 |
22 |
6 |
6 |
3.5 |
1.8 |
|||
1/15 |
R7G-RGSF15C400P |
100 |
50 |
78 |
80 |
90 |
90 |
70 |
62 |
17 |
3 |
12 |
19 |
30 |
M6 |
M6 |
M4 |
20 |
22 |
6 |
6 |
3.5 |
2.2 |
|||
1/25 |
R7G-RGSF25C400P |
100 |
50 |
78 |
80 |
90 |
90 |
70 |
62 |
17 |
3 |
12 |
19 |
30 |
M6 |
M6 |
M4 |
20 |
22 |
6 |
6 |
3.5 |
2.2 |
|||
400 W |
1/5 |
R7G-RGSF05C400P |
89.5 |
50 |
78 |
80 |
90 |
90 |
70 |
62 |
17 |
3 |
12 |
19 |
30 |
M6 |
M6 |
M4 |
20 |
22 |
6 |
6 |
3.5 |
1.8 |
||
1/9 |
R7G-RGSF09C400P |
89.5 |
50 |
78 |
80 |
90 |
90 |
70 |
62 |
17 |
3 |
12 |
19 |
30 |
M6 |
M6 |
M4 |
20 |
22 |
6 |
6 |
3.5 |
1.8 |
|||
1/15 |
R7G-RGSF15C400P |
100 |
50 |
78 |
80 |
90 |
90 |
70 |
62 |
17 |
3 |
12 |
19 |
30 |
M6 |
M6 |
M4 |
20 |
22 |
6 |
6 |
3.5 |
2.2 |
|||
1/25 |
R7G-RGSF25C400P |
100 |
50 |
78 |
80 |
90 |
90 |
70 |
62 |
17 |
3 |
12 |
19 |
30 |
M6 |
M6 |
M4 |
20 |
22 |
6 |
6 |
3.5 |
2.2 |
|||
750 W |
1/5 |
R7G-RGSF05C750P |
93.5 |
50 |
78 |
120 |
145 |
90 |
70 |
62 |
17 |
3 |
15 |
19 |
30 |
M8 |
M6 |
M4 |
20 |
22 |
6 |
6 |
3.5 |
2.5 |
||
1/9 |
R7G-RGSF09C750P |
93.5 |
50 |
78 |
120 |
145 |
90 |
70 |
62 |
17 |
3 |
15 |
19 |
30 |
M8 |
M6 |
M4 |
20 |
22 |
6 |
6 |
3.5 |
2.5 |
|||
1/15 |
R7G-RGSF15C750P |
110 |
50 |
78 |
120 |
145 |
90 |
70 |
62 |
17 |
3 |
15 |
19 |
30 |
M8 |
M6 |
M4 |
20 |
22 |
6 |
6 |
3.5 |
2.9 |
|||
1/25 |
R7G-RGSF25C750P |
110 |
50 |
78 |
120 |
145 |
90 |
70 |
62 |
17 |
3 |
15 |
19 |
30 |
M8 |
M6 |
M4 |
20 |
22 |
6 |
6 |
3.5 |
2.9 |
|||
* «AT» in the table refers to the set bolt.
External Diagrams
Four, Z1 dia.
Set bolt (AT)
E3 |
||||
F |
Four, Z2 dia. |
|||
(effective depth: l) |
||||
D2 |
dia. |
|||
Sh6 dia. |
D4 dia. |
D3h7 dia. |
||
G |
T |
@C1 |
||
LM |
LR |
Key dimensions
b
2-16
Standard Models and Specifications |
Chapter 2 |
2-3 Servo Driver Specifications
■ SMARTSTEP A-series R7D-AP@ Servo Drivers
Select a Servo Driver to match the Servomotor to be used.
2-3-1 General Specifications
Item |
Specifications |
Ambient operating temperature |
0 to 55°C |
Ambient operating humidity |
90% max. (with no condensation) |
Ambient storage temperature |
–20 to 85°C |
Ambient storage humidity |
90% max. (with no condensation) |
Storage and operating atmo- |
No corrosive gasses. |
sphere |
|
Vibration resistance |
10 to 55 Hz in X, Y, and Z directions with 0.1-mm double amplitude; accel- |
eration: 4.9 m/s2 max. |
|
Impact resistance |
Acceleration 19.6 m/s2 max., in X, Y, and Z directions, three times |
Insulation resistance |
Between power line terminals and case: 0.5 MΩ min. (at 500 V DC) |
Dielectric strength |
Between power line terminals and case: 1,500 V AC for 1 min at 50/60 Hz |
Between each control signal and case: 500 V AC for 1 min |
|
Protective structure |
Built into panel (IP10). |
Note |
1. |
The above items reflect individual evaluation testing. The results may differ under compound |
conditions. |
||
Note |
2. |
Absolutely do not conduct a withstand voltage test with a Megger tester on the Servo Driver. |
If such tests are conducted, internal elements may be damaged. |
||
Note |
3. |
Depending on the operating conditions, some Servo Driver parts will require maintenance. |
Refer to 5-5 Periodic Maintenance for details. |
||
Note |
4. |
The service life of the Servo Driver is 50,000 hours at an average ambient temperature of |
40°C at 80% of the rated torque. |
2-17
Standard Models and Specifications |
Chapter 2 |
2-3-2 Performance Specifications
■ Control Specifications
● 100-V AC Input Type
Item |
R7D-APA3L |
R7D-APA5L |
R7D-AP01L |
R7D-AP02L |
R7D-AP04L |
||
Continuous output cur- |
0.42 A |
0.6 A |
0.89 A |
2.0 A |
2.6 A |
||
rent (rms) |
|||||||
Momentary maximum out- |
1.3 A |
1.9 A |
2.8 A |
6.0 A |
8.0 A |
||
put current (rms) |
|||||||
Input power |
Main cir- |
Single-phase 100/115 V AC (85 to 127 V) 50/60 Hz (double voltage method) |
|||||
supply |
cuits |
||||||
Control |
Single-phase 100/115 V AC (85 to 127 V) 50/60 Hz |
||||||
circuits |
|||||||
Heating value |
Main cir- |
3.1 W |
4.6 W |
6.7 W |
13.3 W |
20.0 W |
|
cuits |
|||||||
Control |
13 W |
13 W |
13 W |
13 W |
13 W |
||
circuits |
|||||||
Control method |
All-digital servo |
||||||
Speed feedback |
2,000 pulses/revolution, incremental encoder |
||||||
Inverter method |
PWM method based on IGBT |
||||||
PWM frequency |
11.7 kHz |
||||||
Maximum applicable fre- |
250 kpps |
||||||
quency (command pulse |
|||||||
application) |
|||||||
Weight |
Approx. 0.8 kg |
Approx. 0.8 kg |
Approx. 0.8 kg |
Approx. 0.8 kg |
Approx. 1.1 kg |
||
Applicable Servomotor |
30 W |
50 W |
100 W |
200 W |
400 W |
||
wattage |
|||||||
Applicable |
Cylinder- |
A03030 |
A05030 |
A10030 |
A20030 |
A40030 |
|
Servomotor |
style |
||||||
(R7M-) |
|||||||
Flat-style |
– |
– |
AP10030 |
AP20030 |
AP40030 |
||
● 200-V AC Input Type (Single-phase Input)
Item |
R7D- |
R7D- |
R7D- |
R7D- |
R7D- |
R7D- |
|
APA3H |
APA5H |
AP01H |
AP02H |
AP04H |
AP08H |
||
Continuous output cur- |
0.42 A |
0.6 A |
0.89 A |
2.0 A |
2.6 A |
4.4 A |
|
rent (rms) |
|||||||
Momentary maximum |
1.3 A |
1.9 A |
2.8 A |
6.0 A |
8.0 A |
13.9 A |
|
output current (rms) |
|||||||
Input power |
Main cir- |
Single-phase 200/230 V AC (170 to 253 V) 50/60 Hz (for R7D–AP08H only, three- |
|||||
supply |
cuits |
phase input possible) |
|||||
Control |
Single-phase 200/230 V AC (170 to 253 V) 50/60 Hz |
||||||
circuits |
|||||||
Heating |
Main cir- |
3.1 W |
4.6 W |
6.7 W |
13.3 W |
20 W |
47 W |
value |
cuits |
||||||
Control |
20 W |
20 W |
20 W |
20 W |
20 W |
20 W |
|
circuits |
|||||||
Control method |
All-digital servo |
||||||
2-18
Standard Models and Specifications |
Chapter 2 |
||||||||
Item |
R7D- |
R7D- |
R7D- |
R7D- |
R7D- |
R7D- |
|||
APA3H |
APA5H |
AP01H |
AP02H |
AP04H |
AP08H |
||||
Speed feedback |
2,000 pulses/revolution, incremental encoder |
||||||||
Inverter method |
PWM method based on IGBT |
||||||||
PWM frequency |
11.7 kHz |
||||||||
Maximum applicable |
250 kpps |
||||||||
frequency (command |
|||||||||
pulse application) |
|||||||||
Weight |
Approx. |
Approx. |
Approx. |
Approx. |
Approx. |
Approx. |
|||
0.8 kg |
0.8 kg |
0.8 kg |
0.8 kg |
1.1 kg |
1.7 kg |
||||
Applicable Servomotor |
30 W |
50 W |
100 W |
200 W |
400 W |
750 W |
|||
wattage |
|||||||||
Applicable |
Cylinder- |
A03030 |
A05030 |
A10030 |
A20030 |
A40030 |
A75030 |
||
Servomotor |
type |
||||||||
(R7M-) |
|||||||||
Flat-type |
– |
– |
AP10030 |
AP20030 |
AP40030 |
AP75030 |
|||
2-3-3 |
Terminal Block Specifications |
||
Signal |
Function |
Condition |
|
L1 |
Main circuits power |
R7D–AP@H: Single-phase 200/230 V AC (170 to 253 V AC) 50/60 Hz |
|
supply input |
R7D–AP@L: Single-phase 100/115 V AC (85 to 127 V AC) 50/60 Hz |
||
L2 |
|||
Note: Only the R7D–AP08H (750 W) has an L3 terminal, enabling three- |
|||
L3 |
|||
phase input: Three-phase 200/230 V AC (170 to 253 V AC) 50/60 Hz |
|||
+1 |
DC Reactor termi- |
Normally short-circuit between +1 and +2. |
|
nal for power sup- |
If harmonic control measures are required, connect a DC Reactor between +1 |
||
+2 |
|||
ply harmonic |
|||
and +2. |
|||
control |
|||
–Main circuit DC outDo not connect anything. put (Reverse)
L1C |
Control circuits |
R7D-AP@H: Single-phase 200/230 V AC (170 to 253 V AC) 50/60 Hz |
|||||
power supply input |
R7D-AP@L: Single-phase 100/115 V AC (85 to 127 V AC) 50/60 Hz |
||||||
L2C |
|||||||
B1 |
External regenera- |
30 to 200 W: No External Regeneration Resistor can be connected. |
|||||
tion resistance con- |
400 W: This terminal does not normally need to be connected. If regenerative |
||||||
B2 |
|||||||
nection terminals |
energy is high, connect an External Regeneration Resistor between B1 and |
||||||
B3 |
|||||||
B2. |
|||||||
750 W: Normally shorted between B2 and B3. If there is high regenerative |
|||||||
energy, remove the short bar between B2 and B3 and connect an External |
|||||||
Regeneration Resistor between B1 and B2. |
|||||||
U |
Servomotor con- |
Red |
These are the terminals for outputs to the Servomotor. Be sure to |
||||
nection terminals |
wire these terminals correctly. |
||||||
V |
White |
||||||
W |
Blue |
||||||
Green/ |
|||||||
Yellow |
|||||||
Frame ground |
This is the ground terminal. Ground to a minimum of 100 Ω (class D, class 3). |
||||||
2-19
Standard Models and Specifications |
Chapter 2 |
2-3-4 Control I/O Specifications (CN1)
■ Control I/O and External Signals for Position Control |
||||||||
Reverse pulse |
+CW |
1 200 Ω |
8 |
INP |
||||
Positioning |
||||||||
−CW |
2 |
completed output |
||||||
3 200 Ω |
(See |
Maximum operating |
||||||
+CCW |
7 |
BKIR |
voltage: 30 V DC |
|||||
Forward pulse |
note 2.) |
|||||||
Brake interlock |
Maximum Output |
|||||||
Current: |
||||||||
−CCW |
4 |
10 |
OGND |
Phase Z: 20 mA DC |
||||
Deviation |
(See |
Other than Phase Z: |
||||||
5 200 Ω |
50 mA DC |
|||||||
counter reset |
+ECRST |
note 2.) |
32 |
Z |
||||
Phase Z |
||||||||
−ECRST |
6 |
33 |
ZCOM |
|||||
(See |
||||||||
note 2.) |
34 |
ALM |
||||||
Alarm output |
||||||||
35 |
ALMCOM |
|||||||
(See |
||||||||
note 2.) |
||||||||
24 V DC |
+24VIN |
13 |
22 |
TXD+ |
||||
Transmission data |
(See note 1.) |
|||||||
RUN command |
RUN |
14 |
3.3 k |
23 |
TXD− |
|||
20 |
RXD+ |
|||||||
Alarm reset |
Reception data |
|||||||
RESET |
18 |
3.3 k |
||||||
21 |
RXD− |
|||||||
24 |
RT |
|||||||
Terminating |
||||||||
resistance terminal |
||||||||
Shell |
FG |
|||||||
Frame ground |
||||||||
Note |
1. Interface for RS-422: |
•Applicable line driver: T.I. SN75174, MC3487 or equivalent
•Applicable line receiver: T.I. SN75175, MC3486 or equivalent
Note 2. Automatic-reset fuses are used for output protection. If overcurrent causes the fuse to operate, current will not flow, and after a fixed period of time it will automatically reset.
2-20
Standard Models and Specifications |
Chapter 2 |
||||||||
■ Control I/O Signals |
|||||||||
● CN1 Control Inputs |
|||||||||
Pin |
Signal name |
Function |
Contents |
||||||
No. |
|||||||||
1 |
+PULS/CW/A |
Feed pulses, reverse |
Pulse string input terminals for position commands. |
||||||
pulses, or 90° phase |
Line-driver input: 7 mA at 3 V |
||||||||
2 |
–PULS/CW/A |
||||||||
difference pulses |
Maximum response frequency: 250 kpps |
||||||||
(phase A) |
|||||||||
Open-collector input: 7 to 15 mA |
|||||||||
3 |
+SIGN/CCW/B |
Direction signal, for- |
|||||||
Maximum response frequency: 250 kpps |
|||||||||
ward pulses, or 90° |
|||||||||
4 |
–SIGN/CCW/B |
Any of the following can be selected by means of a Pn200.0 |
|||||||
phase difference |
setting: feed pulses or direction signals (PULS/SIGN); forward |
||||||||
pulses (phase B) |
|||||||||
or reverse pulses (CW/CCW); 90° phase difference (phase A/B) |
|||||||||
signals (A/B). |
|||||||||
5 |
+ECRST |
Deviation counter |
Line-driver input: 7 mA at 3 V |
||||||
reset |
Open-collector input: 7 to 15 mA |
||||||||
6 |
–ECRST |
||||||||
ON: Pulse commands prohibited and deviation counter cleared. |
|||||||||
Note Input for at least 20 s. |
|||||||||
13 |
+24VIN |
+24-V power supply |
Power supply input terminal (+24 V DC) for sequence inputs |
||||||
input for control DC |
(pins 14 and 18). |
||||||||
14 |
RUN |
RUN command input |
ON: Servo ON (Starts power to Servomotor.) |
||||||
18 |
RESET |
Alarm reset input |
ON: Servo alarm status is reset. |
||||||
● CN1 Control Outputs |
|||||||||
Pin |
Signal |
Function |
Contents |
||||||
No. |
name |
||||||||
32 |
Z |
Phase Z output |
Outputs the Encoder’s phase Z. (1 pulse/revolution) |
||||||
Open collector output (maximum output voltage: 30 V DC max; |
|||||||||
33 |
ZCOM |
||||||||
maximum output current: 20 mA) |
|||||||||
34 |
Alarm output |
When the Servo Driver generates an alarm, the output turns |
|||||||
ALM |
|||||||||
OFF. Open collector output (maximum operating voltage: 30 V |
|||||||||
35 |
ALMCOM |
||||||||
DC; maximum output current: 50 mA) |
|||||||||
7 |
BKIR |
Brake interlock output |
Outputs the holding brake timing signals. |
||||||
8 |
INP |
Positioning completed |
ON when the position error is within the positioning completed |
||||||
output |
range (Pn500). |
||||||||
10 |
OGND |
Output ground common |
Ground common for sequence outputs (pins 7 and 8). |
||||||
Note |
An open-collector output interface is used for pin-7 and -8 sequence outputs. (Maximum operating volt- |
||||||||
age: 30 V DC; maximum output current: 50 mA) |
2-21
Standard Models and Specifications |
Chapter 2 |
|||
● Interface for RS-422 |
||||
Pin |
Signal name |
Function |
Contents |
|
No. |
||||
20 |
RXD+ |
Reception data |
Interface for RS-422A transmission and reception. |
|
21 |
RXD– |
|||
22 |
TXD+ |
Transmission data |
||
23 |
TXD– |
|||
24 |
RT |
Terminating resistance terminal |
Connect to pin 21 (RXD–) on the end Unit. |
|
19 |
GND |
RS-422A ground |
Ground for RS-422A. |
|
■ CN1: Pin Arrangement
1 |
+PULS |
+ feed pulse, |
|||
+ reverse pulse, |
|||||
− feed pulse, |
/+CW/+A |
||||
−PULS |
+ phase A |
||||
2 |
− reverse pulse, |
||||
/−CW/−A |
+ direction |
||||
− phase A |
+SIGN |
signal, |
|||
3 |
|||||
− direction |
+ forward pulse, |
||||
/+CCW/+B |
|||||
4 |
−SIGN |
signal, |
+ phase B |
||
/−CCW |
− forward pulse, |
||||
/−B |
− phase B |
+ deviation |
|||
5 |
+ECRST |
||||
6 |
−ECRST |
Deviation |
counter reset |
||
counter reset |
|||||
7 |
BKIR |
Brake interlock |
|||
output |
|||||
Positioning |
|||||
8 |
|||||
INP |
completed |
||||
output |
9 |
||||
10 |
OGND |
Output ground |
|||
common |
|||||
11 |
|||||
12 |
|||||
13 |
+24VIN |
Control DC |
|||
RUN command |
+24-V input |
||||
14 |
RUN |
input |
|||
15 |
|||||
16 |
|||||
17 |
|||||
18 |
RESET |
Alarm reset |
|||
input |
|||||
20 |
RXD+ |
Reception |
|||
data + |
|||||
22 |
TXD+ |
Transmission |
|||
data + |
|||||
Terminating |
|||||
24 |
resistance |
||||
RT |
terminal |
||||
26 |
|||||
28 |
|||||
30 |
|||||
Encoder |
|||||
32 |
Z |
phase-Z |
|||
output |
|||||
34 |
Alarm output |
||||
ALM |
|||||
36 |
|||||
19 |
GND |
Ground for |
|
RS-422A |
|||
21 |
RXD− |
Reception |
|
data − |
|||
23 |
TXD− |
Transmission |
|
data − |
|||
25 |
|||
27 |
|||
29 |
|||
31 |
|||
33 |
ZCOM |
Phase-Z |
|
output ground |
|||
35 |
ALMCOM |
Alarm output |
|
ground |
|||
Note Do not wire the empty pins.
● CN1 Connectors (36P)
Servo Driver receptacle |
10236-52A2JL (Sumitomo 3M) |
Cable solder plug |
10136-3000VE (Sumitomo 3M) |
Cable case |
10336-52A0-008 (Sumitomo 3M) |
2-22
Standard Models and Specifications |
Chapter 2 |
■ Control Input Circuits
● Position Command Pulse Inputs and Deviation Counter Reset Inputs
Line Driver Input
Controller
+
−
Applicable line driver: AM26LS31A or equivalent
Servo Driver
+ |
200 Ω |
|
Input current: 7 mA, 3 V |
||
− |
Open Collector Input
Using External Power Supply
Vcc |
|||
R |
+ |
200 |
Ω |
Input current: 7 to 15 mA |
|||
− |
Note Select a value for resistance R so that the input current will be from 7 to 15 mA.
Vcc |
R |
24 V |
1.6 to 2.4 kΩ |
12 V |
750 to 1.1 kΩ |
5 V |
None |
● Sequence Inputs
Servo Driver
External power supply:
24 V + 1 V DC
Power supply capacity: 50 mA min. (per Unit)
+24VIN |
13 |
|
Photocoupler input: 24 V DC, 7 mA |
||
14 |
3.3 k |
|
Minimum ON time: 2 ms |
To other input circuit GNDs |
To other input circuits |
Signal Levels ON level: Minimum (+24VIN-11) V OFF level: Maximum (+24VIN-1) V
2-23
Standard Models and Specifications |
Chapter 2 |
■ Control Output Circuits
● Sequence and Alarm Outputs |
|||||
Servo Driver |
|||||
To other output circuits |
|||||
+ |
X |
||||
External power supply |
Maximum operating voltage: |
30 V DC |
|||
− |
Di |
24 V DC ± 1 V |
Maximum output current: |
50 mA |
|
(See note.) |
Di: Diode for preventing surge voltage (Use speed diodes.) |
||||
Note Automatic-reset fuses are used for output protection. If overcurrent causes the fuse to operate, current will not flow, and after a fixed period of time it will automatically reset.
● Phase-Z Output |
|||
Servo Driver |
Controller |
||
32 |
Z |
||
33 |
ZCOM |
Maximum operating voltage: 30 V DC |
|
Maximum output current: |
20 mA |
||
(See note.) |
FG |
Note Automatic-reset fuses are used for output protection. If overcurrent causes the fuse to operate, current will not flow, and after a fixed period of time it will automatically reset.
2-24
Loading…
Specifications:594/594208-r7dap.pdf file (04 Feb 2023) |
Accompanying Data:
Omron R7D-AP Amplifier, Other PDF Operation & User’s Manual (Updated: Saturday 4th of February 2023 05:32:35 PM)
Rating: 4.6 (rated by 29 users)
Compatible devices: E3NC-SA0, WS02-CXPC1-V9 — V9, R88D-KN01L-ECT-L, CQM1H-SCB41, E3NC-LA0, E3NX-FA0, E3C-LDA — 3, E3X-NA -.
Recommended Documentation:
Text Version of Omron R7D-AP Operation & User’s Manual
(Ocr-Read Summary of Contents, UPD: 04 February 2023)
-
38, Chapter 2 2-12 Standard Models and Specifications ■ Flat-style Servomotors without a Brake ● 100 W/200 W/400 W/750 W R7M-AP10030(-S1)/-AP20030(-S1)/-AP40030(-S1)/AP75030(-S1) ■ Flat-style Servomotors with a Brake ● 100 W/200 W/400 W/750 W R7M-AP10030-B(S1)/-AP20030-B(S1)/-AP40030-B(…
-
21, Omron R7D-AP Chapter 1 1-3 Introduction Note Using a Parameter Unit or personal computer enables operation with parameter settings. ■ Cylinder-style and Flat-style Servomotors The SMARTSTEP A Series offers Flanged Cylinder-style Servomotors, with a smaller mounting area, and Flat-style …
-
157, Omron R7D-AP Chapter 3 3-17 System Design and Installation ● 200V AC Input ([email protected]) Note 1. Use the same wire sizes and tightening torques for 1, 2, B1, and B2. Note 2. Connect an OMRON Servomotor Cable to the Servomotor connection terminals. ■ Wire Sizes and Allowable…
-
34, Chapter 2 2-8 Standard Models and Specifications ■ Single-phase/Three-phase 200 V AC: R7D-AP08H (750 W) ● Wall Mounting ● Front Panel Mounting (Using Mounting Brackets) External dimensions Mounted dimensions 5 dia. 90 160 (75) 180 17 Two, M4 149.5±0.5 160 5.5 (5) 90 27 149.5 5.5(5) External dimens…
-
8, !Caution Do not store or install the product in the following places. Doing so may result in fire, electric shock, or damage to the product. • Locations subject to direct sunlight. • Locations subject to temperatures or humidity outside the range specified in the specifications. �…
-
46, Chapter 2 2-20 Standard Models and Specifications 2-3-4 Control I/O Specifications (CN1) ■ Control I/O and External Signals for Position Control Note 1. Interface for RS-422: • Applicable line driver: T.I. SN75174, MC3487 or equivalent • Applicable line receive…
-
206, Chapter 4 4-24 Operation • Sets the (primary) filter time constant for the internal torque command. • When the mechanical resonance frequency is within the response frequency of the servo loop, Ser- vomotor vibration will occur. To prevent this from occurring, set t…
-
190, Chapter 4 4-8 Operation ■ Turning ON Power • First carry out the preliminary checks, and then turn ON the control-circuit power supply. It makes no difference whether or not the main-circuit power supply is also turned ON. • The ALM output will take approximately 2 seconds to turn ON after the…
-
74, Chapter 2 2-48 Standard Models and Specifications ● Wiring ■ Integrated Cables for Servomotors with Brakes (R7A-CEA@@@B) ● Cable Models Model Length (L) Outer diameter of sheath Weight R7A-CEA003B 3 m 12.4 dia. Approx. 0.8 kg R7A-CEA005B 5 m Approx. 1.2 kg R7A-CEA010B 10 m Approx. 2.1 kg R7A-CE…
-
44, Omron R7D-AP Chapter 2 2-18 Standard Models and Specifications 2-3-2 Performance Specifications ■ Control Specifications ● 100-V AC Input Type ● 200-V AC Input Type (Single-phase Input) Item R7D-APA3L R7D-APA5L R7D-AP01L R7D-AP02L R7D-AP04L Continuous output cur- rent (rms) 0.42 A 0.6 A 0.89 A 2.0 A 2.6 …
-
134, Chapter 2 2-108 Standard Models and Specifications ■ Motion Controller Cable for General-purpose I/O These Motion Controller Cables connect a Motion Control Module (FQM1-MMP21) and the general- purpose I/O of a Servo Relay Unit (XW2B-80J7-1A). ● Cable Models ● Connection Config…
-
Omron R7D-AP User Manual
-
Omron R7D-AP User Guide
-
Omron R7D-AP PDF Manual
-
Omron R7D-AP Owner’s Manuals
Recommended Instructions: TH1401, TC-P55VT30, DM2000X
-
Sony CMT-CPX22 — Micro Hi Fi Component System
CMT-CPX22Micro System 200 Watts Total: 100 Watts Per Channel x 2 (RMS 10% THD)5 Disc Tray Loading CD Player MechanismS-Master™ Digital Amplifier Design 2-Way Main Speakers with 5″ Glass Fiber Woofers and a Soft Dome TweeterCD-R/CD-RW with MP3 Playback Capability1 Dual Cassette Deck- Dual Auto Reverse 20 FM and 10 AM Station PresetsAnalog Audio Input x 1 (Video/MD)O …
CMT-CPX22 — Micro Hi Fi Component System 2
-
Toyotomi BS-36UFF
Kerosene-Fired and Oil-Fired Water HeaterOperation and Maintenance InstructionsMODEL BS-36UFF(Type C)CONTENTSIMPORTANTREAD AND UNDERSTAND INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE INSTALLING OR USING THIS WATER HEATER.RETAIN INSTRUCTIONS FOR FUTURE REFERENCE. CHECK LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES FORPERMITTED USE.CAUTIONTHIS WATER HEATER SHALL NOT BE USED FOR COMMERCIAL USE OR FOR ANY PURPOSES OTHERTHAN H …
BS-36UFF 16
-
Whirlpool AKT 905/IX
AKT 905 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION SHEET DestinationsGB 5019 319 01337To get full satisfaction from the hob, please read these instructions carefully and keep them for future consultation.ITGBESPTLIGHTING THE BURNERS• To ignite one of the burners, turn the relative knob anti-clockwise to the maximum flame setting .• Press the knob against the control panel to ignite the burn …
AKT 905/IX 4
-
Whirlpool W10295370
Water Filter Installation InstructionsFollow these simple instructions for your lter type.Refrigerator Water Filter 11. Locate the lter door in the right side of the refrigerator ceiling.2. Press in the tab on the lter cover door to release the door latch3. During initial installation of the water lter, remove the blue bypass cap located in the refrigerator and retain for …
W10295370 1
Popular Right Now:
Operating Impressions, Questions and Answers: